Agilent X-Series

Signal Analyzer
This manual provides documentation for the
following X-Series Analyzer:

MXA Signal Analyzer N9020A

N9020A MXA
Specifications Guide
(Comprehensive Reference Data)
Notices
© Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2007 - 2014 Manual Part Number licensed as “Commercial computer soft-
ware” as defined in DFAR 252.227-7014
No part of this manual may be reproduced N9020-90113 (June 1995), or as a “commercial item” as
in any form or by any means (including Supersedes: October 2013 defined in FAR 2.101(a) or as “Restricted
electronic storage and retrieval or transla-
Print Date computer software” as defined in FAR
tion into a foreign language) without prior
52.227-19 (June 1987) or any equivalent
agreement and written consent from Agi-
lent Technologies, Inc. as governed by
May 2014 agency regulation or contract clause. Use,
duplication or disclosure of Software is
United States and international copyright Printed in USA subject to Agilent Technologies’ standard
laws.
Agilent Technologies, Inc. commercial license terms, and non-DOD
1400 Fountaingrove Parkway Departments and Agencies of the U.S.
Santa Rosa, CA 95403 Government will receive no greater than
Restricted Rights as defined in FAR
52.227-19(c)(1-2) (June 1987). U.S. Gov-
Warranty ernment users will receive no greater than
The material contained in this doc- Limited Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-
ument is provided “as is,” and is 14 (June 1987) or DFAR 252.227-7015
(b)(2) (November 1995), as applicable in
subject to being changed, without
any technical data.
notice, in future editions. Further,
to the maximum extent permitted
by applicable law, Agilent disclaims Safety Notices
all warranties, either express or
implied, with regard to this manual CAUTION
and any information contained
herein, including but not limited to
the implied warranties of mer- A CAUTION notice denotes a
chantability and fitness for a par- hazard. It calls attention to an
ticular purpose. Agilent shall not operating procedure, practice, or
be liable for errors or for incidental the like that, if not correctly per-
or consequential damages in con- formed or adhered to, could result
nection with the furnishing, use, or in damage to the product or loss of
performance of this document or of
important data. Do not proceed
any information contained herein.
Should Agilent and the user have a
beyond a CAUTION notice until
separate written agreement with the indicated conditions are fully
warranty terms covering the mate- understood and met.
rial in this document that conflict
with these terms, the warranty WARNING
terms in the separate agreement
shall control. A WARNING notice denotes a
hazard. It calls attention to an
Technology Licenses operating procedure, practice,
The hardware and/or software described or the like that, if not correctly
in this document are furnished under a performed or adhered to, could
license and may be used or copied only in result in personal injury or
accordance with the terms of such license. death. Do not proceed beyond a
WARNING notice until the indi-
Restricted Rights Legend cated conditions are fully
If software is for use in the performance understood and met.
of a U.S. Government prime contract or
subcontract, Software is delivered and

2
Warranty
This Agilent technologies instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for
a period of three years from the date of shipment. During the warranty period, Agilent Technologies will,
at its option, either repair or replace products that prove to be defective.
For warranty service or repair, this product must be returned to a service facility designated by Agilent
Technologies. Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to Agilent Technologies and Agilent Technologies shall
pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer. However, Buyer shall pay all shipping charges, duties,
and taxes for products returned to Agilent Technologies from another country.

Where to Find the Latest Information

Documentation is updated periodically. For the latest information about this analyzer, including firmware
upgrades, application information, and product information, see the following URLs:
http://www.agilent.com/find/mxa
To receive the latest updates by email, subscribe to Agilent Email Updates:
http://www.agilent.com/find/emailupdates
Information on preventing analyzer damage can be found at:
http://www.agilent.com/find/tips

3
4
Contents

1. Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer

Definitions and Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Conditions Required to Meet Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Frequency and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Frequency Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Standard Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Precision Frequency Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
External Frequency Reference 1 PPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Frequency Readout Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Frequency Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Frequency Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Sweep Time and Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Gated Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Number of Frequency Sweep Points (buckets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Nominal Measurement Time vs. Span [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Resolution Bandwidth (RBW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Analysis Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Preselector Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Video Bandwidth (VBW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Amplitude Accuracy and Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Maximum Safe Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Marker Readout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Nominal Frequency Response Band 0 [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
IF Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
IF Phase Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Input Attenuation Switching Uncertainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
RF Input VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Nominal VSWR [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Reference Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Display Scale Fidelity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Nominal Display Scale Fidelity [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Available Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Dynamic Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Gain Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Displayed Average Noise Level (DANL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Spurious Responses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Second Harmonic Distortion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Third Order Intermodulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Nominal TOI vs. Mixer Level and Tone Separation [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

5
Contents

Nominal Dynamic Range at 1 GHz [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Nominal Dynamic Range Bands 1-4 [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Nominal Dynamic Range vs. Offset Frequency vs. RBW [Plot]
(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, ship standard with N9020A-EP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Nominal Dynamic Range vs. Offset Frequency vs. RBW [Plot] (SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233) . . . . . . 55
Phase Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Nominal Phase Noise of Different LO Optimizations [Plot]
(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, Ship standard with N9020A-EP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Nominal Phase Noise of Different LO Optimizations [Plot] (SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233) . . . . . . . . . 58
Nominal Phase Noise at Different Center Frequencies [Plot]
(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, Ship standard with N9020A-EP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Nominal Phase Noise at Different Center Frequencies [Plot] (SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233). . . . . . . . . 59
Power Suite Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Occupied Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Adjacent Channel Power (ACP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fast ACPR Test [Plot]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Multi-Carrier Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Burst Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
TOI (Third Order Intermodulation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Harmonic Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Spurious Emissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

2. I/Q Analyzer
Specifications Affected by I/Q Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Clipping-to-Noise Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Data Acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Time Record Length (IQ pairs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
ADC Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

3. VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application

Vector Signal Analysis Performance (N9064A-1FP/1TP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Center Frequency Tuning Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Frequency Span, Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
FFT Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Frequency Points per Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

6
Contents

FFT Window Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ADC overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Amplitude Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Amplitude Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
IF Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Third Order Intermodulation distortion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Noise Density at 1 GHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Residual Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Image Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
LO Related Spurious . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Other Spurious. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Analog Modulation Analysis (N9064A-1FP/1TP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
AM Demodulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
PM Demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
FM Demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Flexible Digital Modulation Analysis (N9064A-2FP/2TP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Residual EVM for Video Modulation Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
WLAN Modulation Analysis (N9064A-3FP/3TP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
IEEE 802.11b/g DSSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

4. Option B25 - 25 MHz Analysis Bandwidth

Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
IF Spurious Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
IF Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
IF Phase Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Data Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Time Record Length (IQ pairs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
ADC Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

5. Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth

Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
SFDR (Spurious-Free Dynamic Range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
IF Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
IF Phase Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Nominal Phase Linearity [Plot]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Data Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Time Record Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
ADC Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

7
Contents

Capture Time [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

6. Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth

Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
SFDR (Spurious-Free Dynamic Range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
SFDR (Spurious-Free Dynamic Range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
IF Residual Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
IF Frequency Response. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
IF Phase Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
EVM measurement floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Data Acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Time Record Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
ADC Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Capture Time [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

7. Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs

Frequency and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Amplitude Accuracy and Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Nominal Channel Match, 50Ω Input, Single-Ended input mode, 0.25V Range [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Nominal Phase Match, 50Ω Input, Single-Ended input mode, 0.25V Range [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Application Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Capture Length vs. Span, 2-channel with 89600 VSA, I+jQ Mode [Plot] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

8. Option CR3 - Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output

Specifications Affected by Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Other Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Aux IF Out Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Second IF Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

9. Option CRP - Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output

Specifications Affected by Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Other Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Aux IF Out Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Arbitrary IF Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

10. Option EA3 - Electronic Attenuator, 3.6 GHz

Specifications Affected by Electronic Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Other Electronic Attenuator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Range (Frequency and Attenuation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Distortions and Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Electronic Attenuator Switching Uncertainty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

8
Contents

11. Option EMC - Precompliance EMI Features

Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Frequency Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
EMI Resolution Bandwidths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
EMI Average Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Quasi-Peak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
RMS Average Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

12. Option ESC - External Source Control

General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Frequency Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Power Sweep Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Measurement Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Supported External Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

13. Option EXM - External Mixing

Specifications Affected by External mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Other External Mixing Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Connection Port EXT MIXER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Mixer Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
IF Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
LO Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

14. Option MPB - Microwave Preselector Bypass

Specifications Affected by Microwave Preselector Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Other Microwave Preselector Bypass Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Additional Spurious Responses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

15. Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers

Specifications Affected by Preamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Other Preamp Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Noise figure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
1 dB Gain Compression Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Displayed Average Noise Level (DANL) − Preamp On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Frequency Response − Preamp On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
RF Input VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Nominal VSWR − Preamp On (Plot) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Second Harmonic Distortion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Third Order Intermodulation Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Nominal Dynamic Range at 1 GHz, Preamp On (Plot) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

16. Option PFR - Precision Frequency Reference

Specifications Affected by Precision Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

9
Contents

17. Options RT1, RT2 - Real-time Spectrum Analyzer (RTSA)

Real-time Spectrum Analyzer Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
General Frequency Domain Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Density View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Spectrogram View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Power vs. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Frequency Mask Trigger (FMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

18. Option YAS - Y-Axis Screen Video Output

Specifications Affected by Y-Axis Screen Video Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Other Y-Axis Screen Video Output Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
General Port Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Screen Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Continuity and Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

19. Analog Demodulation Measurement Application

RF Carrier Frequency and Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Maximum Information
Bandwidth (Info BW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Capture Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Post-Demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Maximum Audio
Frequency Span. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Conditions required to meet specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
FM Deviation Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
FM Rate Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Carrier Frequency Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Carrier Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Post-Demod Distortion Residual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Post-Demod Distortion Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Distortion Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AM Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Residual FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Hum & Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Amplitude Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Conditions required to meet specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
AM Depth Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
AM Rate Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Carrier Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Amplitude Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Post-Demod Distortion Residual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Post-Demod Distortion Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Distortion Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

10
Contents

FM Rejection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Residual AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Phase Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Conditions required to meet specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
PM Deviation Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
PM Rate Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Carrier Frequency Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Carrier Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Phase Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Post-Demod Distortion Residual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Post-Demod Distortion Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Distortion Measurement Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
AM Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Residual PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Analog Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
FM Stereo/Radio Data System (RDS) Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
FM Stereo Modulation Analysis Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

20. Noise Figure Measurement Application

General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Noise Figure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Noise Figure Uncertainty Calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Nominal Instrument Noise Figure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Nominal Instrument Input VSWR, DC Coupled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

21. Phase Noise Measurement Application

General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Maximum Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Measurement Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Measurement Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Amplitude Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Nominal Phase Noise at Different Center Frequencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

22. Pulse Measurement Software

General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Maximum Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Hardware Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Software Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

23. 1xEV-DO Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Occupied Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Power vs. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Spectrum Emission Mask and Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

11
Contents

Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

QPSK EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Code Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Modulation Accuracy (Composite Rho). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Alternative Frequency Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

24. 802.16 OFDMA Measurement Application

Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Occupied Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Spurious Emissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Modulation Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

25. Bluetooth Measurement Application

Basic Rate Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Modulation Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Carrier Frequency Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Low Energy Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Modulation Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Carrier Frequency Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
LE In-band Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
EDR Relative Transmit Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
EDR Modulation Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
EDR Carrier Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
EDR In-band Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Bluetooth Basic Rate and Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Bluetooth Low Energy System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

26. cdma2000 Measurement Application

Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Occupied Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

12
Contents

Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Code Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
QPSK EVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Modulation Accuracy (Composite Rho) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

27. CMMB Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Channel Power with Shoulder Attenuation View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Modulation Analysis Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Modulation Analysis Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
CMMB Modulation Analysis Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

28. Digital Cable TV Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
DVB-C 64QAM EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

29. DTMB Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Channel Power with Shoulder Attenuation View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
16QAM EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

30. DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Channel Power with Shoulder Attenuation View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Spurious Emission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
DVB-T 64QAM EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
DVB-T2 256QAM EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

13
Contents

31. GSM/EDGE Measurement Application

Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
EDGE Error Vector Magnitude
(EVM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Power vs. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
EDGE Power vs. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Power Ramp Relative Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Phase and Frequency Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Output RF Spectrum (ORFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Frequency Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
In-Band Frequency Ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

32. iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement Application

Frequency and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Amplitude Accuracy and Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Application Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Parameter Setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
iDEN Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
iDEN Signal Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
MotoTalk Signal Demod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

33. ISDB-T Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Channel Power with Shoulder Attenuation View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Modulation Analysis Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Modulation Analysis Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
ISDB-T Modulation Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
ISDB-Tmm Modulation Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

34. LTE Measurement Application

Supported Air Interface Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Transmit On/Off Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Occupied Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Spurious Emissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Modulation Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Operating Band, FDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Operating Band, TDD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

14
Contents

35. LTE-A Measurement Application

Supported Air Interface Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Transmit On/Off Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Occupied Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Modulation Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Operating Band, FDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Operating Band, TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

36. TD-SCDMA Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Power vs. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Transmit Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Single Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Occupied Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Code Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Modulation Accuracy (Composite EVM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

37. W-CDMA Measurement Application

Conformance with 3GPP TS 25.141 Base Station Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Occupied Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Code Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
QPSK EVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Modulation Accuracy (Composite EVM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

38. Single Acquisition Combined Fixed WiMAX Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Transmit Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Tx Output Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
64QAM EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

15
Contents

In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

39. Multi-Standard Radio Measurement Application

Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Occupied Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Spurious Emissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Conformance EVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
In-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

40. WLAN Measurement Application

Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Power Statistics CCDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Occupied Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Power vs. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Spectrum Emission Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Spurious Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
64QAM EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
CCK 11Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
List Sequence Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Transmit Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Transmit Output Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
CCK 11Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

16
1 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer

This chapter contains the specifications for the core signal analyzer. The specifications and
characteristics for the measurement applications and options are covered in the chapters that follow.

17
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Definitions and Requirements

Definitions and Requirements

This book contains signal analyzer specifications and supplemental information. The distinction among
specifications, typical performance, and nominal values are described as follows.

Definitions
• Specifications describe the performance of parameters covered by the product warranty (temperature
= 0 to 55°C1 also referred to as "Full temperature range" or "Full range", unless otherwise noted).
• 95th percentile values indicate the breadth of the population (≈2σ) of performance tolerances
expected to be met in 95% of the cases with a 95% confidence, for any ambient temperature in the
range of 20 to 30°C. In addition to the statistical observations of a sample of instruments, these values
include the effects of the uncertainties of external calibration references. These values are not
warranted. These values are updated occasionally if a significant change in the statistically observed
behavior of production instruments is observed.
• Typical describes additional product performance information that is not covered by the product
warranty. It is performance beyond specification that 80% of the units exhibit with a 95% confidence
level over the temperature range 20 to 30°C. Typical performance does not include measurement
uncertainty.
• Nominal values indicate expected performance, or describe product performance that is useful in the
application of the product, but is not covered by the product warranty.

Conditions Required to Meet Specifications

The following conditions must be met for the analyzer to meet its specifications.
• The analyzer is within its calibration cycle. See the General section of this chapter.
• Under auto couple control, except that Auto Sweep Time Rules = Accy.
• For signal frequencies < 10 MHz, DC coupling applied.
• Any analyzer that has been stored at a temperature range inside the allowed storage range but outside
the allowed operating range must be stored at an ambient temperature within the allowed operating
range for at least two hours before being turned on.
• The analyzer has been turned on at least 30 minutes with Auto Align set to Normal, or if Auto Align
is set to Off or Partial, alignments must have been run recently enough to prevent an Alert message. If
the Alert condition is changed from “Time and Temperature” to one of the disabled duration choices,
the analyzer may fail to meet specifications without informing the user.

Certification
Agilent Technologies certifies that this product met its published specifications at the time of shipment
from the factory. Agilent Technologies further certifies that its calibration measurements are traceable to
the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology, to the extent allowed by the Institute’s
calibration facility, and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization
members.

1. For earlier instruments ( S/N prefix <MY/SG/US5051), the operating temperature ranges from 5 to 50°C

18 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Frequency Range
Maximum Frequency
Option 503 3.6 GHz
Option 508 8.4 GHz
Option 513 13.6 GHz
Option 526 26.5 GHz

Preamp Option P03 3.6 GHz

Preamp Option P08 8.4 GHz
Preamp Option P13 13.6 GHz
Preamp Option P26 26.5 GHz

Minimum Frequency
Preamp AC Coupleda DC Coupled
Off 10 MHz 10 Hz
On 10 MHz 100 kHz

Harmonic
Band Mixing Mode LO Multiple (Nb) Band Overlapsc
0 (20 Hz to 3.6 GHz) 1− 1 Options 503, 508, 513, 526
1 (3.5 GHz to 8.4 GHz) 1− 1 Options 508, 513, 526
2 (8.3 GHz to 13.6 GHz) 1− 2 Options 513, 526
3 (13.5 to 17.1 GHz) 2− 2 Options 526
4 (17.0 to 26.5 GHz) 2− 4 Options 526
a. AC Coupled only applicable to Freq Options 503, 508, 513, and 526.
b. N is the LO multiplication factor. For negative mixing modes (as indicated by the “−” in the “Har-
monic Mixing Mode” column), the desired 1st LO harmonic is higher than the tuned frequency by the
1st IF (5.1225 GHz for band 0, 322.5 MHz for all other bands).

Chapter 1 19
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

c. In the band overlap regions, for example, 3.5 to 3.6 GHz, the analyzer may use either band for mea-
surements, in this example Band 0 or Band 1. The analyzer gives preference to the band with the better
overall specifications (which is the lower numbered band for all frequencies below 26 GHz), but will
choose the other band if doing so is necessary to achieve a sweep having minimum band crossings. For
example, with CF = 3.58 GHz, with a span of 40 MHz or less, the analyzer uses Band 0, because the
stop frequency is 3.6 GHz or less, allowing a span without band crossings in the preferred band. If the
span is between 40 and 160 MHz, the analyzer uses Band 1, because the start frequency is above
3.5 GHz, allowing the sweep to be done without a band crossing in Band 1, though the stop frequency
is above 3.6 GHz, preventing a Band 0 sweep without band crossing. With a span greater than
160 MHz, a band crossing will be required: the analyzer sweeps up to 3.6 GHz in Band 0; then exe-
cutes a band crossing and continues the sweep in Band 1.
Specifications are given separately for each band in the band overlap regions. One of these specifica-
tions is for the preferred band, and one for the alternate band. Continuing with the example from the
previous paragraph (3.58 GHz), the preferred band is band 0 (indicated as frequencies under 3.6 GHz)
and the alternate band is band 1 (3.5 to 8.4 GHz). The specifications for the preferred band are war-
ranted. The specifications for the alternate band are not warranted in the band overlap region, but per-
formance is nominally the same as those warranted specifications in the rest of the band. Again, in this
example, consider a signal at 3.58 GHz. If the sweep has been configured so that the signal at
3.58 GHz is measured in Band 1, the analysis behavior is nominally as stated in the Band 1 specifica-
tion line (3.5 to 8.4 GHz) but is not warranted. If warranted performance is necessary for this signal,
the sweep should be reconfigured so that analysis occurs in Band 0. Another way to express this situa-
tion in this example Band 0/Band 1 crossing is this: The specifications given in the “Specifications”
column which are described as “3.5 to 8.4 GHz” represent nominal performance from 3.5 to 3.6 GHz,
and warranted performance from 3.6 to 8.4 GHz.

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Standard Frequency Reference
Accuracy ±[(time since last adjustment ×
aging rate) + temperature stability +
calibration accuracya]
Temperature Stability
20 to 30°C ±2 × 10−6
Full temperature range ±2 × 10−6
Aging Rate ±1 × 10−6/yearb
Achievable Initial Calibration Accuracy ±1.4 × 10−6
Settability ±2 × 10−8
Residual FM ≤10 Hz × Nc p-p in
(Center Frequency = 1 GHz 20 ms (nominal)
10 Hz RBW, 10 Hz VBW)
a. Calibration accuracy depends on how accurately the frequency standard was adjusted to 10 MHz. If the
adjustment procedure is followed, the calibration accuracy is given by the specification “Achievable
Initial Calibration Accuracy.”
b. For periods of one year or more.
c. N is the LO multiplication factor.

20 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Precision Frequency Reference
(Option PFR)
Accuracy ±[(time since last adjustment
× aging rate) + temperature
stability + calibration
accuracya]b
Temperature Stability
20 to 30°C ±1.5 × 10−8 Nominally linearc
Full temperature range ±5 × 10−8
Aging Rate ±5 × 10−10/day (nominal)
Total Aging
1 Year ±1 × 10−7
2 Years ±1.5 × 10−7
Settability ±2 × 10−9
Warm-up and Retraced Nominal
300 s after turn on ±1 × 10−7 of final frequency
900 s after turn on ±1 × 10−8 of final frequency

Achievable Initial Calibration Accuracye ±4 × 10−8

Standby power to reference oscillator Not supplied
Residual FM ≤0.25 Hz × Nf p-p in 20 ms
(Center Frequency = 1 GHz (nominal)
10 Hz RBW, 10 Hz VBW)
a. Calibration accuracy depends on how accurately the frequency standard was adjusted to 10 MHz. If the
adjustment procedure is followed, the calibration accuracy is given by the specification “Achievable
Initial Calibration Accuracy.”
b. The specification applies after the analyzer has been powered on for four hours.
c. Narrow temperature range performance is nominally linear with temperature. For example, for
25±3º C, the stability would be only three-fifths as large as the warranted 25±5º C, thus ±0.9 × 10−8.
d. Standby mode does not apply power to the oscillator. Therefore warm-up applies every time the power
is turned on. The warm-up reference is one hour after turning the power on. Retracing also occurs
every time warm-up occurs. The effect of retracing is included within the “Achievable Initial Calibra-
tion Accuracy” term of the Accuracy equation.
e. The achievable calibration accuracy at the beginning of the calibration cycle includes these effects:
1) Temperature difference between the calibration environment and the use environment
2) Orientation relative to the gravitation field changing between the calibration environment and the
use environment
3) Retrace effects in both the calibration environment and the use environment due to turning the
instrument power off.
4) Settability
f. N is the LO multiplication factor.

Chapter 1 21
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
External Frequency Reference 1 PPS
Frequency Accuracy ±[External reference accuracy +
reference tracking accuracy]
Reference Tracking Accuracy a

Quantization 3 × 10–11 (nominal)

Delay 300 s (nominal)
Temperature Stability ±5 × 10−9 With J7203A AFR
Aging Rateb ±1 × 10−9/year With J7203A AFR
Calibration Accuracyb ±5 × 10−11 With J7203A AFR
a. The internal reference tracks the 1 PPS (pulse per second) external reference signal, such as might be
supplied by the Agilent Atomic Frequency Reference (AFR, Model # J7203A) or a GPS signal, imper-
fectly. There will be steps in the effective reference frequency of the size given by the "quantization"
specification. And the internal reference will track the 1 PPS with a delay given by the delay specifica-
tion. The effect of this delay is to make the ambient temperature effects on the internal reference
incompletely eliminated. For example, assume an internal temperature stability of 1.5 x 10–8 across
10°C, thus 1.5 x 10–9/°C. Assume an ambient temperature changing by 0.5°C/hour, thus 0.00014°C/s.
Multiply these by the delay to find the tracking error for changing ambient temperature. With 300 s
delay, this is an error of 6.3 x 10–11.
b. Unlike the case with internal crystal-based references, the AFR calibration accuracy is so good that it is
not practical to calibrate it periodically as part of a field calibration. Therefore, the calibration accuracy
term applies perpetually, and the aging rate computation should include the time since the AFR was
calibrated, usually by its manufacturer at the time of manufacture, not the time since the analyzer with
AFR was calibrated.

22 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Frequency Readout Accuracy ±(marker freq × freq ref accy. + 0.25% Single detector onlyc
× span + 5% × RBWa + 2 Hz + 0.5 ×
horizontal resolutionb)
Example for EMCd ±0.0032% (nominal)
a. The warranted performance is only the sum of all errors under autocoupled conditions. Under
non-autocoupled conditions, the frequency readout accuracy will nominally meet the specification
equation, except for conditions in which the RBW term dominates, as explained in examples below.
The nominal RBW contribution to frequency readout accuracy is 2% of RBW for RBWs from 1 Hz to
390 kHz, 4% of RBW from 430 kHz through 3 MHz (the widest autocoupled RBW), and 30% of RBW
for the (manually selected) 4, 5, 6 and 8 MHz RBWs.
First example: a 120 MHz span, with autocoupled RBW. The autocoupled ratio of span to RBW is
106:1, so the RBW selected is 1.1 MHz. The 5% × RBW term contributes only 55 kHz to the total fre-
quency readout accuracy, compared to 300 kHz for the 0.0.25% × span term, for a total of 355 kHz. In
this example, if an instrument had an unusually high RBW centering error of 7% of RBW (77 kHz) and
a span error of 0.20% of span (240 kHz), the total actual error (317 kHz) would still meet the computed
specification (355 kHz).
Second example: a 20 MHz span, with a 4 MHz RBW. The specification equation does not apply
because the Span: RBW ratio is not autocoupled. If the equation did apply, it would allow 50 kHz of
error (0.25%) due to the span and 200 kHz error (5%) due to the RBW. For this non-autocoupled RBW,
the RBW error is nominally 30%, or 1200 kHz.
b. Horizontal resolution is due to the marker reading out one of the sweep points. The points are spaced
by span/(Npts –1), where Npts is the number of sweep points. For example, with the factory preset
value of 1001 sweep points, the horizontal resolution is span/1000. However, there is an exception:
When both the detector mode is “normal” and the span > 0.25 × (Npts –1) × RBW, peaks can occur
only in even-numbered points, so the effective horizontal resolution becomes doubled, or span/500 for
the factory preset case. When the RBW is autocoupled and there are 1001 sweep points, that exception
occurs only for spans > 750 MHz.
c. Specifications apply to traces in most cases, but there are exceptions. Specifications always apply to the
peak detector. Specifications apply when only one detector is in use and all active traces are set to Clear
Write. Specifications also apply when only one detector is in use in all active traces and the "Restart"
key has been pressed since any change from the use of multiple detectors to a single detector. In other
cases, such as when multiple simultaneous detectors are in use, additional errors of 0.5, 1.0 or 1.5
sweep points will occur in some detectors, depending on the combination of detectors in use.
d. In most cases, the frequency readout accuracy of the analyzer can be exceptionally good. As an exam-
ple, Agilent has characterized the accuracy of a span commonly used for Electro-Magnetic Compatibil-
ity (EMC) testing using a source frequency locked to the analyzer. Ideally, this sweep would include
EMC bands C and D and thus sweep from 30 to 1000 MHz. Ideally, the analysis bandwidth would be
120 kHz at −6 dB, and the spacing of the points would be half of this (60 kHz). With a start frequency
of 30 MHz and a stop frequency of 1000.2 MHz and a total of 16168 points, the spacing of points is
ideal. The detector used was the Peak detector. The accuracy of frequency readout of all the points
tested in this span was with ±0.0032% of the span. A perfect analyzer with this many points would
have an accuracy of ±0.0031% of span. Thus, even with this large number of display points, the errors
in excess of the bucket quantization limitation were negligible.

Chapter 1 23
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Frequency Countera See noteb
Count Accuracy ±(marker freq × freq ref accy. + 0.100 Hz)
Delta Count Accuracy ±(delta freq. × freq ref accy. + 0.141 Hz)
Resolution 0.001 Hz
a. Instrument conditions: RBW = 1 kHz, gate time = auto (100 ms), S/N ≥ 50 dB, frequency = 1 GHz
b. If the signal being measured is locked to the same frequency reference as the analyzer, the specified
count accuracy is ±0.100 Hz under the test conditions of footnote a. This error is a noisiness of the
result. It will increase with noisy sources, wider RBWs, lower S/N ratios, and source frequencies >
1 GHz.

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Frequency Span
Range
Option 503 0 Hz, 10 Hz to 3.6 GHz
Option 508 0 Hz, 10 Hz to 8.4 GHz
Option 513 0 Hz, 10 Hz to 13.6 GHz
Option 526 0 Hz, 10 Hz to 26.5 GHz

Resolution 2 Hz
Span Accuracy
Swept ±(0.25% × span + horizontal resolutiona)
FFT ±(0.1% × span + horizontal resolutiona)
a. Horizontal resolution is due to the marker reading out one of the sweep points. The points are spaced
by span/(Npts − 1), where Npts is the number of sweep points. For example, with the factory preset
value of 1001 sweep points, the horizontal resolution is span/1000. However, there is an exception:
When both the detector mode is “normal” and the span > 0.25 × (Npts − 1) × RBW, peaks can occur
only in even-numbered points, so the effective horizontal resolution becomes doubled, or span/500 for
the factory preset case. When the RBW is auto coupled and there are 1001 sweep points, that exception
occurs only for spans > 750 MHz.

24 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Sweep Time and Trigger
Sweep Time Range
Span = 0 Hz 1 μs to 6000 s
Span ≥ 10 Hz 1 ms to 4000 s
Sweep Time Accuracy
Span ≥ 10 Hz, swept ±0.01% (nominal)
Span ≥ 10 Hz, FFT ±40% (nominal)
Span = 0 Hz ±0.01% (nominal)

Sweep Trigger Free Run, Line, Video,

External 1, External 2, RF
Burst, Periodic Timer
Delayed Triggera
Range
Span ≥ 10 Hz, swept 0 to 500 ms
Span = 0 Hz or FFT −150 ms to +500 ms
Resolution 0.1 μs
a. Delayed trigger is available with line, video, RF burst and external triggers.

Chapter 1 25
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Triggers Additional information on some of the
triggers and gate sources
Video Independent of Display Scaling and
Reference Level
Minimum settable level −170 dBm Useful range limited by noise
Maximum usable level Highest allowed mixer levela + 2 dB
(nominal)
Detector and Sweep Type
relationships
Sweep Type = Swept
Detector = Normal, Peak, Triggers on the signal before detection,
Sample or Negative Peak which is similar to the displayed signal
Detector = Average Triggers on the signal before detection, but
with a single-pole filter added to give similar
smoothing to that of the average detector
Sweep Type = FFT Triggers on the signal envelope in a
bandwidth wider than the FFT width
RF Burst
Level Range −50 to −10 dBm plus attenuation (nominal)b
Level Accuracy ±2 dB + Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
(nominal)
Bandwidth (−10 dB)
Most cases 16 MHz (nominal)
Sweep Type = FFT; 30 MHz (nominal)
FFT Width = 25 MHz;
Span ≥ 8 MHz
Frequency Limitations If the start or center frequency is too close to
zero, LO feedthrough can degrade or prevent
triggering. How close is too close depends on
the bandwidth listed above.
External Triggers See “Trigger Inputs” on page 75

26 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

TV Triggers Triggers on the leading edge of the selected
sync pulse of standardized TV signals.
Amplitude Requirements –65 dBm minimum video carrier power at
the input mixer, nominal
Compatible Standards NTSC-M,
NTSC-Japan,
NTSC-4.43,
PAL-M, PAL-N,
PAL-N
Combination,
PAL-B/-D/-G/-H/-I.
PAL-60, SECAM-L
Field Selection Entire Frame, Field
One, Field Two
Line Selection 1 to 525, or 1 to
625, standard
dependent
a. The highest allowed mixer level depends on the IF Gain. It is nominally –10 dBm for Preamp Off and
IF Gain = Low.
b. Noise will limit trigger level range at high frequencies, such as above 15 GHz.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Gated Sweep
Gate Methods Gated LO
Gated Video
Gated FFT
Span Range Any span
Gate Delay Range 0 to 100.0 s
Gate Delay Settability 4 digits, ≥100 ns
Gate Delay Jitter 33.3 ns p-p (nominal)
Gate Length Range 100 ns to 5.0 s Gate length for the FFT method is fixed at
(Except Method = FFT) 1.83/RBW, with nominally 2% tolerance.
Gated Frequency and Nominally no additional error for gated
Amplitude Errors measurements when the Gate Delay is
greater than the MIN FAST setting
Gate Sources External 1 Pos or neg edge triggered
External 2
Line
RF Burst
Periodic

Chapter 1 27
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Number of Frequency Sweep Points
(buckets)
Factory preset 1001
Range 1 to 40,001 Zero and non-zero spans

Nominal Measurement Time vs. Span [Plot]

28 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Resolution Bandwidth (RBW)
Range (−3.01 dB bandwidth) 1 Hz to 8 MHz
Bandwidths above 3 MHz are 4, 5,
6, and 8 MHz.
Bandwidths 1 Hz to 3 MHz are
spaced at 10% spacing using the
E24 series (24 per decade): 1.0, 1.1,
1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 1.8, 2.0, 2.2, 2.4,
2.7, 3.0, 3.3, 3.6, 3.9, 4.3, 4.7, 5.1,
5.6, 6.2, 6.8, 7.5, 8.2, 9.1 in each
decade.
Power bandwidth accuracya
RBW Range CF Range
1 Hz to 750 kHz All ±1.0% (0.044 dB)
820 kHz to 1.2 MHz <3.6 GHz ±2.0% (0.088 dB)
1.3 to 2.0 MHz <3.6 GHz ±0.07 dB (nominal)
2.2 to 3 MHz <3.6 GHz ±0.15 dB (nominal)
4 to 8 MHz <3.6 GHz ±0.25 dB (nominal)

Noise BW to RBW ratiob 1.056 ±2% (nominal)

Accuracy (−3.01 dB bandwidth)c

1 Hz to 1.3 MHz RBW ±2% (nominal)
1.5 MHz to 3 MHz RBW
CF ≤ 3.6 GHz ±7% (nominal)
CF > 3.6 GHz ±8% (nominal)
4 MHz to 8 MHz RBW
CF ≤ 3.6 GHz ±15% (nominal)
CF > 3.6 GHz ±20% (nominal)
Selectivity (−60 dB/−3 dB) 4.1:1 (nominal)
a. The noise marker, band power marker, channel power and ACP all compute their results using the
power bandwidth of the RBW used for the measurement. Power bandwidth accuracy is the power
uncertainty in the results of these measurements due only to bandwidth-related errors. (The analyzer
knows this power bandwidth for each RBW with greater accuracy than the RBW width itself, and can
therefore achieve lower errors.) The warranted specifications shown apply to the Gaussian RBW filters
used in swept and zero span analysis. There are four different kinds of filters used in the spectrum ana-
lyzer: Swept Gaussian, Swept Flattop, FFT Gaussian and FFT Flattop. While the warranted perfor-
mance only applies to the swept Gaussian filters, because only they are kept under statistical process
control, the other filters nominally have the same performance.
b. The ratio of the noise bandwidth (also known as the power bandwidth) to the RBW has the nominal
value and tolerance shown. The RBW can also be annotated by its noise bandwidth instead of this 3 dB
bandwidth. The accuracy of this annotated value is similar to that shown in the power bandwidth
accuracy specification.

Chapter 1 29
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

c. Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy can be observed at slower sweep times than auto-coupled conditions.
Normal sweep rates cause the shape of the RBW filter displayed on the analyzer screen to widen by
nominally 6%. This widening declines to 0.6% nominal when the Swp Time Rules key is set to Accu-
racy instead of Normal. The true bandwidth, which determines the response to impulsive signals and
noise-like signals, is not affected by the sweep rate.

Description Specification Supplemental information

Analysis Bandwidtha
Standard 10 MHz
With Option B25b 25 MHz
With Option B40 40 MHz
With Option B85 85 MHz
With Option B1A 125 MHz
With Option B1X 160 MHz
a. Analysis bandwidth is the instantaneous bandwidth available about a center frequency over which the
input signal can be digitized for further analysis or processing in the time, frequency, or modulation
domain.
b. Option B25 is standard for instruments ordered after May 1, 2011.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Preselector Bandwidth
Mean BW at −4 dBa Standard Deviation
Center Frequency (nominal) (nominal)
5 GHz 58 MHz 9%
10 GHz 57 MHz 8%
15 GHz 59 MHz 9%
20 GHz 64 MHz 9%
25 GHz 74 MHz 9%
−3 dB Bandwidth −7.5% relative to −4 dB bandwidth, nominal
a. The preselector can have a passband ripple up to 3 dB. To avoid ambiguous results, the –4 dB band-
width is characterized.

30 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Video Bandwidth (VBW)
Range Same as Resolution Bandwidth
range plus wide-open VBW
(labeled 50 MHz)
Accuracy ±6% (nominal)
in swept mode and zero spana
a. For FFT processing, the selected VBW is used to determine a number of averages for FFT results. That
number is chosen to give roughly equivalent display smoothing to VBW filtering in a swept measure-
ment. For example, if VBW = 0.1 × RBW, four FFTs are averaged to generate one result.

Chapter 1 31
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental
Information
Measurement Range
Preamp Off Displayed Average Noise Level to +30 dBm
Preamp On Displayed Average Noise Level to +30 dBm Options P03, P08, P13, P26
Input Attenuation Range 0 to 70 dB, in 2 dB steps

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Maximum Safe Input Level Applies with or without preamp
(Options P03, P08, P13, P26)
Average Total Power +30 dBm (1 W)
Peak Pulse Power +50 dBm (100 W)
(≤10 μs pulse width,
≤1% duty cycle,
input attenuation ≥ 30 dB)
DC voltage
DC Coupled ±0.2 Vdc
AC Coupled ±100 Vdc

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Display Range
Log Scale Ten divisions displayed;
0.1 to 1.0 dB/division in 0.1 dB steps, and
1 to 20 dB/division in 1 dB steps
Linear Scale Ten divisions

32 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Marker Readout
Resolution
Log (decibel) units
Trace Averaging Off, on-screen 0.01 dB
Trace Averaging On or remote 0.001 dB
Linear units resolution ≤1% of signal level (nominal)

Chapter 1 33
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Frequency Response

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Frequency Response Refer to the footnote for
(Maximum error relative to Band Overlaps on page 19.
reference condition (50 MHz) Modes above 18 GHza
Mechanical attenuator onlyb
Swept operationc
Attenuation 10 dB)

20 to 30°C Full range 95th Percentile (≈2σ)

20 Hz to 10 MHz ±0.6 dB ±0.8 dB ±0.28 dB
10 MHzd to 3.6 GHz ±0.45 dB ±0.57 dB ±0.17 dB
3.5 to 8.4 GHzef ±1.5 dB ±2.5 dB ±0.48 dB
8.3 to 13.6 GHzef ±2.0 dB ±2.7 dB ±0.47 dB
13.5 to 17.1 GHzef ±2.0 dB ±2.7 dB ±0.52 dB
17.0 to 22.0 GHzef ±2.0 dB ±3.5 dB ±0.52 dB
22.0 to 26.5 GHzef ±2.5 dB ±3.7 dB ±0.71 dB
a. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to response errors due to modes in the Type-N connector
used. With the use of Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nominally six
such modes. The effect of these modes with this connector are included within these specifications.
b. See the Electronic Attenuator (Option EA3) chapter for Frequency Response using the electronic atten-
uator.
c. For Sweep Type = FFT, add the RF flatness errors of this table to the IF Frequency Response errors. An
additional error source, the error in switching between swept and FFT sweep types, is nominally ±0.01
dB and is included within the “Absolute Amplitude Error” specifications.
d. Specifications apply with DC coupling at all frequencies. With AC coupling, specifications apply at
frequencies of 50 MHz and higher. Statistical observations at 10 MHz and lower show that most instru-
ments meet the specifications, but a few percent of instruments can be expected to have errors that,
while within the specified limits, are closer to those limits than the measurement uncertainty guard-
band, and thus are not warranted. The effect at 20 to 50 MHz is negligible, but not warranted.
e. Specifications for frequencies > 3.5 GHz apply for sweep rates ≤100 MHz/ms.
f. Preselector centering applied.

34 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Nominal Frequency Response Band 0 [Plot]

Chapter 1 35
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Frequency Responsea Modes above 18 GHzb
(Demodulation and FFT
response relative to the
center frequency)
Slope (dB/MHz)
Center Spanc Max Errord Midwidth Error (95th RMSf
Freq (GHz) (MHz) Preselector (Exceptione) (95th Percentile) Percentile) (nominal)
<3.6 ≤10 ±0.40 dB ±0.12 dB ±0.10 0.04 dB
≥3.6, ≤26.5 ≤10 On 0.25 dB
≥3.6, ≤26.5 ≤10 Offg ±0.45 dB ±0.12 dB ±0.10 0.04 dB
a. The IF frequency response includes effects due to RF circuits such as input filters, that are a function of
RF frequency, in addition to the IF passband effects.
b. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use of Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nom-
inally six such modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase
errors of nominally up to ±1.2°.
c. This column applies to the instantaneous analysis bandwidth in use. In the Spectrum Analyzer Mode,
this would be the FFT width.
d. The maximum error at an offset (f) from the center of the FFT width is given by the expression
± [Midwidth Error + (f × Slope)], but never exceeds ±Max Error. Here the Midwidth Error is the error at
the center frequency for a given FFT span. Usually, the span is no larger than the FFT width in which
case the center of the FFT width is the center frequency of the analyzer. When using the Spectrum Ana-
lyzer mode with an analyzer span is wider than the FFT width, the span is made up of multiple concate-
nated FFT results, and thus has multiple centers of FFT widths; in this case the f in the equation is the
offset from the nearest center. Performance is nominally three times better at most center frequencies.
e. The specification does not apply for frequencies greater than 3.6 MHz from the center in FFT widths of
7.2 to 8 MHz.
f. The “rms” nominal performance is the standard deviation of the response relative to the center fre-
quency, integrated across the span. This performance measure was observed at a center frequency in
each harmonic mixing band, which is representative of all center frequencies; it is not the worst case fre-
quency.
g. Option MPB is installed and enabled.

36 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Phase Linearity Deviation from mean phase linearity
Modes above 18 GHza
Span Peak-to-peak
Center Freq (GHz) (MHz) Preselector (nominal) RMS (nominal)b
≥0.02, <3.6 ≤10 n/a 0.4° 0.1°
≥3.6, ≤26.5 ≤10 Offc 0.4° 0.1°
≥3.6, ≤26.5 ≤10 On 1.0° 0.2°
a. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nomi-
nally six such modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase errors
of nominally up to ±1.2°.
b. The listed performance is the standard deviation of the phase deviation relative to the mean phase devi-
ation from a linear phase condition, where the rms is computed across the span shown and over the
range of center frequencies shown.
c. Option MPB is installed and enabled.

Chapter 1 37
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
At 50 MHza
20 to 30°C ±0.33 dB ±0.15 dB (95th percentile)
Full temperature range ±0.36 dB
At all frequenciesa
20 to 30°C ±(0.33 dB + frequency response)
Full temperature range ±(0.36 dB + frequency response)
95th Percentile Absolute ±0.23 dB
Amplitude Accuracyb
(Wide range of signal levels,
RBWs, RLs, etc.,
0.01 to 3.6 GHz,
Atten = 10 dB)
Amplitude Reference Accuracy ±0.05 dB (nominal)
Preamp Onc ±(0.39 dB + frequency response)
(Options P03, P08, P13, P26)
a. Absolute amplitude accuracy is the total of all amplitude measurement errors, and applies over the fol-
lowing subset of settings and conditions: 1 Hz ≤ RBW ≤ 1 MHz; Input signal −10 to −50 dBm (details
below); Input attenuation 10 dB; span < 5 MHz (nominal additional error for span ≥ 5 MHz is
0.02 dB); all settings auto-coupled except Swp Time Rules = Accuracy; combinations of low signal
level and wide RBW use VBW ≤ 30 kHz to reduce noise. When using FFT sweeps, the signal must be
at the center frequency.
This absolute amplitude accuracy specification includes the sum of the following individual specifica-
tions under the conditions listed above: Scale Fidelity, Reference Level Accuracy, Display Scale
Switching Uncertainty, Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty, 50 MHz Amplitude Reference
Accuracy, and the accuracy with which the instrument aligns its internal gains to the 50 MHz Ampli-
tude Reference.
The only difference between signals within the range ending at –50 dBm and those signals below that
level is the scale fidelity. Our specifications show the possibility of increased errors below –80 dBm at
the mixer, thus –70 dBm at the input. Therefore, one reasonably conservative approach to estimating
the Absolute Amplitude Uncertainty below –70 dBm at the mixer would be to add an additional
±0.05 dB (the difference between the above –80 dBm at the mixer scale fidelity at the lower level scale
fidelity) to the Absolute Amplitude Uncertainty.

38 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

b. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy for a wide range of signal and measurement settings, covers the 95th
percentile proportion with 95% confidence. Here are the details of what is covered and how the compu-
tation is made:
The wide range of conditions of RBW, signal level, VBW, reference level and display scale are dis-
cussed in footnote a. There are 44 quasi-random combinations used, tested at a 50 MHz signal fre-
quency. We compute the 95th percentile proportion with 95% confidence for this set observed over a
statistically significant number of instruments. Also, the frequency response relative to the 50 MHz
response is characterized by varying the signal across a large number of quasi-random verification fre-
quencies that are chosen to not correspond with the frequency response adjustment frequencies. We
again compute the 95th percentile proportion with 95% confidence for this set observed over a statisti-
cally significant number of instruments. We also compute the 95th percentile accuracy of tracing the
calibration of the 50 MHz absolute amplitude accuracy to a national standards organization. We also
compute the 95th percentile accuracy of tracing the calibration of the relative frequency response to a
national standards organization. We take the root-sum-square of these four independent Gaussian
parameters. To that rss we add the environmental effects of temperature variations across the 20 to
30°C range. These computations and measurements are made with the mechanical attenuator only in
circuit, set to the reference state of 10 dB.
A similar process is used for computing the result when using the electronic attenuator under a wide
range of settings: all even settings from 4 through 24 dB inclusive, with the mechanical attenuator set
to 10 dB. Then the worst of the two computed 95th percentile results (they ere very close) is shown.
c. Same settings as footnote a, except that the signal level at the preamp input is −40 to −80 dBm. Total
power at preamp (dBm) = total power at input (dBm) minus input attenuation (dB). This specification
applies for signal frequencies above 100 kHz.

Chapter 1 39
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Input Attenuation Switching Uncertainty Refer to the footnote for
Band Overlaps on page 19
50 MHz (reference frequency) ±0.20 dB ±0.08 dB (typical)
Attenuation > 2 dB, preamp off
(Relative to 10 dB (reference setting))
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.3 dB (nominal)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±0.5 dB (nominal)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±0.7 dB (nominal)
13.5 to 26.5 GHz ±0.7 dB (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

RF Input VSWR
(at tuned frequency, DC Coupled)
10 dB attenuation, 50 MHz (ref condition) 1.07:1 (nominal)
0 dB atten, 0.01 to 3.6 GHz <2.2:1 (nominal)

95th Percentilea
Band 0 (0.01 to 3.6 GHz, 10 dB atten) 1.142
Band 1 (3.5 to 8.4 GHz, 10 dB atten) 1.33
Band 2 (8.3 to 13.6 GHz, 10 dB atten) 1.48
Band 3 (13.5 to 17.1 GHz, 10 dB atten) 1.46
Band 4 (17.0 to 26.5 GHz, 10 dB atten) 1.55
Nominal VSWR vs. Freq. 10 dB See plots following
Atten > 10 dB Similar to atten = 10 dB

RF calibrator (e.g. 50 MHz) is On Open input

Alignments running Open input for some, unless "All but
RF" is selected
Preselector Centering Open input

40 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Nominal VSWR [Plot]

a. X-Series analyzers have a reflection coefficient that is excellently modeled with a Rayleigh
probability distribution. Agilent recommends using the methods outlined in Application Note
1449-3 and companion Average Power Sensor Measurement Uncertainty Calculator to com-
pute mismatch uncertainty. Use this 95th percentile VSWR information and the Rayleigh
model (Case C or E in the application note) with that process.

Chapter 1 41
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty Relative to reference BW of
1.0 Hz to 1.5 MHz RBW ±0.05 dB 30 kHz, verified in low banda
1.6 MHz to 3 MHz RBW ±0.10 dB
Manually selected wide RBWs: 4, 5, 6, 8 MHz ±1.0 dB
a. RBW switching uncertainty is verified at 50 MHz. It is consistent for all measurements made without
the preselector, thus in Band 0 and also in higher bands with the Preselector Bypass option. In prese-
lected bands, the slope of the preselector passband can interact with the RBW shape to make an appar-
ent additional RBW switching uncertainty of nominally ±0.05 dB/MHz times the RBW.

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Reference Level
Range
Log Units −170 to +30 dBm, in 0.01 dB steps
Linear Units 707 pV to7.07 V, with 0.01 dB resolution (0.11%)
Accuracy 0 dBa
a. Because reference level affects only the display, not the measurement, it causes no additional error in
measurement results from trace data or markers.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Display Scale Switching Uncertainty
Switching between Linear and Log 0 dBa
Log Scale Switching 0 dBa
a. Because Log/Lin and Log Scale Switching affect only the display, not the measurement, they cause no
additional error in measurement results from trace data or markers.

42 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Display Scale Fidelityab
Absolute Log-Linear Fidelity
(Relative to the reference condition:
−25 dBm input through 10 dB
attenuation, thus −35 dBm at the input
mixer)
Input mixer levelc Linearity
−80 dBm ≤ ML ≤ −10 dBm ±0.10 dB
ML < −80 dBm ±0.15 dB
Relative Fidelityd Applies for mixer levelc range from
−10 to −80 dBm, mechanical attenuator
only, preamp off, and dither on.
Sum of the following terms: Nominal
high level term Up to ±0.045 dBe
instability term Up to ±0.018 dB
slope term From equationf
prefilter term Up to ±0.005 dBg
a. Supplemental information: The amplitude detection linearity specification applies at all levels below
−10 dBm at the input mixer; however, noise will reduce the accuracy of low level measurements. The
amplitude error due to noise is determined by the signal-to-noise ratio, S/N. If the S/N is large (20 dB or
better), the amplitude error due to noise can be estimated from the equation below, given for the
3-sigma (three standard deviations) level.
3 σ = 3 ( 20dB ) log  1 + 10– ( (S ⁄ N + 3dB) ⁄ 20dB )

The errors due to S/N ratio can be further reduced by averaging results. For large S/N (20 dB or better),
the 3-sigma level can be reduced proportional to the square root of the number of averages taken.
b. The scale fidelity is warranted with ADC dither set to Medium. Dither increases the noise level by
nominally only 0.24 dB for the most sensitive case (preamp Off, best DANL frequencies). With dither
Off, scale fidelity for low level signals, around −60 dBm or lower, will nominally degrade by 0.2 dB.
c. Mixer level = Input Level − Input Attenuation
d. The relative fidelity is the error in the measured difference between two signal levels. It is so small in
many cases that it cannot be verified without being dominated by measurement uncertainty of the veri-
fication. Because of this verification difficulty, this specification gives nominal performance, based on
numbers that are as conservatively determined as those used in warranted specifications. We will con-
sider one example of the use of the error equation to compute the nominal performance.
Example: the accuracy of the relative level of a sideband around −60 dBm, with a carrier at −5 dBm,
using attenuation = 10 dB, RBW = 3 kHz, evaluated with swept analysis. The high level term is evalu-
ated with P1 = −15 dBm and P2 = −70 dBm at the mixer. This gives a maximum error within
±0.025 dB. The instability term is ±0.018 dB. The slope term evaluates to ±0.050 dB. The prefilter term
applies and evaluates to the limit of ±0.005 dB. The sum of all these terms is ±0.098 dB.
e. Errors at high mixer levels will nominally be well within the range of ±0.045 dB × {exp[(P1 −
Pref)/(8.69 dB)] − exp[(P2 − Pref)/(8.69 dB)]} (exp is the natural exponent function, ex). In this expres-
sion, P1 and P2 are the powers of the two signals, in decibel units, whose relative power is being mea-
sured. Pref is −10 dBm (−10 dBm is the highest power for which linearity is specified). All these levels
are referred to the mixer level.

Chapter 1 43
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

f. Slope error will nominally be well within the range of ±0.0009 × (P1 − P2). P1 and P2 are defined in
footnote e.
g. A small additional error is possible. In FFT sweeps, this error is possible for spans under 4.01 kHz. For
non-FFT measurements, it is possible for RBWs of 3.9 kHz or less. The error is well within the range of
±0.0021 × (P1 - P2) subject to a maximum of ±0.005 dB. (The maximum dominates for all but very
small differences.) P1 and P2 are defined in footnote e.

Nominal Display Scale Fidelity [Plot]

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Available Detectors Normal, Peak, Sample, Negative Peak, Average detector works on RMS,
Average Voltage and Logarithmic scales

44 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Dynamic Range

Gain Compression

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
1 dB Gain Compression Point Maximum power at
(Two-tone)abc mixerd
20 to 500 MHz 0 dBm +3 dBm (typical)
500 MHz to 3.6 GHz +1 dBm +5 dBm (typical)
3.6 to 26.5 GHz 0 dBm +4 dBm (typical)

Clipping (ADC Over-range)

Any signal offset −10 dBm Low frequency
exceptionse
Signal offset > 5 times IF prefilter bandwidth +12 dBm (nominal)
and IF Gain set to Low

IF Prefilter Bandwidth
Zero Span or Sweep Type = FFT, –3 dB Bandwidth
Sweptf, RBW = FFT Width = (nominal)
≤3.9 kHz <4.01 kHz 8.9 kHz
4.3 to 27 kHz <28.81 kHz 79 kHz
30 to 160 kHz <167.4 kHz 303 kHz
180 to 390 kHz <411.9 kHz 966 kHz
430 kHz to 8 MHz <7.99 MHz 10.9 MHz
a. Large signals, even at frequencies not shown on the screen, can cause the analyzer to incorrectly mea-
sure on-screen signals because of two-tone gain compression. This specification tells how large an
interfering signal must be in order to cause a 1 dB change in an on-screen signal.
b. Specified at 1 kHz RBW with 100 kHz tone spacing. The compression point will nominally equal the
specification for tone spacing greater than 5 times the prefilter bandwidth. At smaller spacings, ADC
clipping may occur at a level lower than the 1 dB compression point.

Chapter 1 45
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

c. Reference level and off-screen performance: The reference level (RL) behavior differs from some ear-
lier analyzers in a way that makes this analyzer more flexible. In other analyzers, the RL controlled
how the measurement was performed as well as how it was displayed. Because the logarithmic ampli-
fier in these analyzers had both range and resolution limitations, this behavior was necessary for opti-
mum measurement accuracy. The logarithmic amplifier in this signal analyzer, however, is
implemented digitally such that the range and resolution greatly exceed other instrument limitations.
Because of this, the analyzer can make measurements largely independent of the setting of the RL
without compromising accuracy. Because the RL becomes a display function, not a measurement func-
tion, a marker can read out results that are off-screen, either above or below, without any change in
accuracy. The only exception to the independence of RL and the way in which the measurement is per-
formed is in the input attenuation setting: When the input attenuation is set to auto, the rules for the
determination of the input attenuation include dependence on the reference level. Because the input
attenuation setting controls the tradeoff between large signal behaviors (third-order intermodulation,
compression, and display scale fidelity) and small signal effects (noise), the measurement results can
change with RL changes when the input attenuation is set to auto.
d. Mixer power level (dBm) = input power (dBm) − input attenuation (dB).
e. The ADC clipping level declines at low frequencies (below 50 MHz) when the LO feedthrough (the
signal that appears at 0 Hz) is within 5 times the prefilter bandwidth (see table) and must be handled by
the ADC. For example, with a 300 kHz RBW and prefilter bandwidth at 966 kHz, the clipping level
reduces for signal frequencies below 4.83 MHz. For signal frequencies below 2.5 times the prefilter
bandwidth, there will be additional reduction due to the presence of the image signal (the signal that
appears at the negative of the input signal frequency) at the ADC.
f. This table applies without Option FS1, fast sweep, enabled. Option FS1 is only enabled if the license
for FS1 is present and one or more of the following options are also present:B40, MPB, or DP2. With
Option FS1, this table applies for sweep rates that are manually chosen to be the same as or slower than
"traditional" sweep rates, instead of the much faster sweep rates, such as autocoupled sweep rates,
available with FS1. Sweep rate is defined to be span divided by sweep time. If the sweep rate is ≤ 1.1
times RBW-squared, the table applies. Otherwise, compute an "effective RBW" = Span / (SweepTime
× RBW). To determine the IF Prefilter Bandwidth, look up this effective RBW in the table instead of
the actual RBW. For example, for RBW = 3 kHz, Span = 300 kHz, and Sweep time = 42 ms, we com-
pute that Sweep Rate = 7.1 MHz/s, while RBW-squared is 9 MHz/s. So the Sweep Rate is < 1.1 times
RBW-squared and the table applies; row 1 shows the IF Prefilter Bandwidth is nominally 8.9 kHz. If
the sweep time is 1 ms, then the effective RBW computes to 100 kHz. This would result in an IF Prefil-
ter Bandwidth from the third row, nominally 303 kHz.

46 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Displayed Average Noise Level

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Displayed Average Noise Level Input terminated Refer to the footnote for
(DANL)a Sample or Average detector Band Overlaps on page 19.
Averaging type = Log
0 dB input attenuation
IF Gain = High
1 Hz Resolution Bandwidth
20 to 30°C Full range Typical
Option 503, 508,513, 526
10 Hz –95 dBm (nominal)
20 Hz –105 dBm (nominal)
100 Hz –110 dBm (nominal)
1 kHz –120 dBm (nominal)
9 kHz to 1 MHz –130 dBm
1 to 10 MHzb −150 dBm −148 dBm −153 dBm
10 MHz to 2.1 GHz −151 dBm −149 dBm −154 dBm
2.1 to 3.6 GHz −149 dBm −147 dBm −152 dBm
Option508,513, 526
3.6 GHz to 8.4 GHz −149 dBm −147 dBm −153 dBm
Option 513, 526
8.3 GHz to 13.6 GHz −148 dBm −146 dBm −151 dBm
Option 526
13.5 to 17.1 GHz −144 dBm −141 dBm −147 dBm
17.0 to 20.0 GHz −143 dBm −140 dBm −146 dBm
20.0 to 26.5 GHz −136 dBm −132 dBm −142 dBm
Option 526 w/Option B40, DP2, or
MPB
13.5 to 17.1 GHz −143 dBm −140 dBm −146 dBm
17.0 to 20.0 GHz −142 dBm −139 dBm −145 dBm
20.0 to 26.5 GHz −136 dBm −132 dBm −141 dBm
Additional DANL, IF Gain=Lowc −160.5 dBm (nominal)
a. DANL for zero span and swept is measured in a 1 kHz RBW and normalized to the narrowest available
RBW, because the noise figure does not depend on RBW and 1 kHz measurements are faster.
b. DANL below 10 MHz is affected by phase noise around the LO feedthrough signal. Specifications
apply with the best setting of the Phase Noise Optimization control, which is to choose the “Best
Close-in φ Noise" for frequencies below 25 kHz, and “Best Wide Offset φ Noise" for frequencies above
25 kHz.

Chapter 1 47
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

c. Setting the IF Gain to Low is often desirable in order to allow higher power into the mixer without
overload, better compression and better third-order intermodulation. When the Swept IF Gain is set to
Low, either by auto coupling or manual coupling, there is noise added above that specified in this table
for the IF Gain = High case. That excess noise appears as an additional noise at the input mixer. This
level has sub-decibel dependence on center frequency. To find the total displayed average noise at the
mixer for Swept IF Gain = Low, sum the powers of the DANL for IF Gain = High with this additional
DANL. To do that summation, compute DANLtotal = 10 × log (10^(DANLhigh/10) + 10^(Additional-
DANL / 10)). In FFT sweeps, the same behavior occurs, except that FFT IF Gain can be set to autor-
ange, where it varies with the input signal level, in addition to forced High and Low settings.

48 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Spurious Responses

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Spurious Responses Preamp Offa
(see Band Overlaps on page 19)
Residual Responsesb
200 kHz to 8.4 GHz (swept) −100 dBm
Zero span or FFT or other frequencies −100 dBm (nominal)
Image Responses
Tuned Freq (f) Excitation Freq Mixer Levelc Response
10 MHz to 26.5 GHz f+45 MHz −10 dBm −80 dBc −103 dBc (typical)
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz f+10245 MHz −10 dBm −80 dBc −107 dBc (typical)
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz f+645 MHz −10 dBm −80 dBc −108 dBc (typical)
3.5 to 13.6 GHz f+645 MHz −10 dBm −78 dBc −87 dBc (typical)
13.5 to 17.1 GHz f+645 MHz −10 dBm −74 dBc −85 dBc (typical)
17.0 to 22 GHz f+645 MHz −10 dBm −70 dBc −81 dBc (typical)
22 to 26.5 GHz f+645 MHz −10 dBm −68 dBc −77 dBc (typical)
Other Spurious Responses
Carrier Frequency ≤26.5 GHz
First RF Orderd −10 dBm −80 dBc + Includes IF feedthrough,
(f ≥ 10 MHz from carrier) 20 × log(Ne) LO harmonic mixing
responses
Higher RF Orderf −40 dBm −80 dBc + Includes higher order
(f ≥ 10 MHz from carrier) 20 × log(Ne) mixer responses
LO-Related Spurious Responses −10 dBm −60 dBc −90 dBc (typical)
(f > 600 MHz from carrier
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz)
Sidebands, offset from CW signal
≤200 Hz −70 dBcg (nominal)
200 Hz to 3 kHz −73 dBcg (nominal)
3 kHz to 30 kHz −73 dBc (nominal)
30 kHz to 10 MHz −80 dBc (nominal)
a. The spurious response specifications only apply with the preamp turned off. When the preamp is turned
on, performance is nominally the same as long as the mixer level is interpreted to be: Mixer Level =
Input Level − Input Attenuation + Preamp Gain
b. Input terminated, 0 dB input attenuation.
c. Mixer Level = Input Level − Input Attenuation.
d. With first RF order spurious products, the indicated frequency will change at the same rate as the input,
with higher order, the indicated frequency will change at a rate faster than the input.
e. N is the LO multiplication factor.
f. RBW=100 Hz. With higher RF order spurious responses, the observed frequency will change at a rate
faster than the input frequency.

Chapter 1 49
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

g. Nominally −40 dBc under large magnetic (0.38 Gauss rms) or vibrational (0.21 g rms) environmental
stimuli.

Second Harmonic Distortion

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Second Harmonic Distortion Mixer Levela Distortion SHIb SHI (typical)
Source Frequency
Serial Prefix ≥SG/MY/US5051c
10 MHz to 1.25 GHz –15 dBm –60 dBc +45 dBm +54 dBm
1.25 to 1.8 GHz –15 dBm –56 dBc +41 dBm +50 dBm
1.75 to 6.5 GHz –15 dBm –80 dBc +65 dBm +68 dBm
6.5 to 11 GHz –15 dBm –70 dBc +55 dBm +64 dBm
11 to 13.25 GHz –15 dBm –65 dBc +50 dBm +60 dBm
Serial Prefix <SG/MY/US5051c
10 MHz to 1.8 GHz −15 dBm −60 dBc +45 dBm
1.75 to 7 GHz −15 dBm −80 dBc +65 dBm
7 to 11 GHz −15 dBm −70 dBc +55 dBm
11to 13.25 GHz −15 dBm +50 dBm
a. Mixer level = Input Level − Input Attenuation
b. SHI = second harmonic intercept. The SHI is given by the mixer power in dBm minus the second har-
monic distortion level relative to the mixer tone in dBc.
c. To see the serial number, press the following keys: System, Show, System

50 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Third Order Intermodulation

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Third Order Refer to the footnote for
Intermodulation Band Overlaps on page 19.
(Tone separation > 5 times IF
Prefilter Bandwidtha
Verification conditionsb)
Extrapolated
c
20 to 30°C Intercept Distortiond Intercept (typical)
10 to 100 MHz +12 dBm −84 dBc +17 dBm
100 to 400 MHz +15 dBm −90 dBc +20 dBm
400 MHz to 1.7 GHz +16 dBm −92 dBc +20 dBm
1.7 to 3.6 GHz +16 dBm −92 dBc +19 dBm
3.6 to 8.4 GHz +15 dBm −90 dBc +18 dBm
8.3 to 13.6 GHz +15 dBm −90 dBc +18 dBm
13.5 to 26.5 GHz +15 dBm −90 dBc +18 dBm
Full temperature range
10 to 100 MHz +10 dBm −80 dBc
100 to 400 MHz +13 dBm −86 dBc
400 MHz to 1.7 GHz +14 dBm −88 dBc
1.7 to 3.6 GHz +14 dBm −88 dBc
3.6 to 8.4 GHz +13 dBm −86 dBc
8.3 to 13.6 GHz +13 dBm −86 dBc
13.5 to 26.5 GHz +13 dBm −86 dBc
a. See the IF Prefilter Bandwidth table in the Gain Compression specifications on page 45. When the tone
separation condition is met, the effect on TOI of the setting of IF Gain is negligible. TOI is verified with
IF Gain set to its best case condition, which is IF Gain = Low.
b. TOI is verified with two tones, each at −18 dBm at the mixer, spaced by 100 kHz.
c. TOI = third order intercept. The TOI is given by the mixer tone level (in dBm) minus (distortion/2)
where distortion is the relative level of the distortion tones in dBc.
d. The distortion shown is computed from the warranted intercept specifications, based on two tones at
−30 dBm each, instead of being measured directly. The choice of −30 dBm is based on historic industry
practice.

Chapter 1 51
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Nominal TOI vs. Mixer Level and Tone Separation [Plot]

52 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Nominal Dynamic Range at 1 GHz [Plot]

Chapter 1 53
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Nominal Dynamic Range Bands 1-4 [Plot]

54 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Nominal Dynamic Range vs. Offset Frequency vs. RBW [Plot]

(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, ship standard with N9020A-EP2)

Nominal Dynamic Range vs. Offset Frequency vs. RBW [Plot] (SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233)

Chapter 1 55
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Phase Noise

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Phase Noise Noise Sidebands
(Center Frequency = 1 GHza
Best-case Optimizationb
Internal Referencec)
SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233
SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233,
Ship standard with N9020A-EP2
Offset Frequency 20 to 30°C Full range
10 Hz x −80 dBc/Hz (nominal)
100 Hz x −91 dBc/Hz −90 dBc/Hz −100 dBc/Hz (typical)
100 Hz x −84 dBc/Hz −82 dBc/Hz −88 dBc/Hz (typical)
1 kHz x −112 dBc/Hz (nominal)
1 kHz x −101 dBc/Hz (nominal)
10 kHz x −113 dBc/Hz −113 dBc/Hz −114 dBc/Hz (typical)
10 kHz x −103 dBc/Hz −101 dBc/Hz −106 dBc/Hz (typical)
100 kHz x −116 dBc/Hz −115 dBc/Hz −117 dBc/Hz (typical)
100 kHz x −115 dBc/Hz −114 dBc/Hz −117 dBc/Hz (typical)
1 MHz x −135 dBc/Hz −134 dBc/Hz −136 dBc/Hz (typical)
1 MHz d x −135 dBc/Hz −134 dBc/Hz −137 dBc/Hz (typical)
10 MHzd x x −148 dBc/Hz (nominal)
a. The nominal performance of the phase noise at center frequencies different than the one at which the
specifications apply (1 GHz) depends on the center frequency, band and the offset. For low offset fre-
quencies, offsets well under 100 Hz, the phase noise increases by 20 × log[(f + 0.3225)/1.3225]. For
mid-offset frequencies such as 10 kHz, band 0 phase noise changes as 20 × log[(f + 5.1225)/6.1225].
For mid-offset frequencies in other bands, phase noise changes as 20 × log[(f + 0.3225)/6.1225] except
f in this expression should never be lower than 5.8. For wide offset frequencies, offsets above about 100
kHz, phase noise increases as 20 × log(N). N is the LO Multiple as shown on page 19; f is in GHz units
in all these relationships; all increases are in units of decibels.
b. Noise sidebands for lower offset frequencies, for example, 10 kHz, apply with the phase noise optimi-
zation (PhNoise Opt) set to Best Close-in φ Noise. Noise sidebands for higher offset frequencies, for
example, 1 MHz, as shown apply with the phase noise optimization set to Best Wide-offset φ Noise.
c. Specifications are given with the internal frequency reference. The phase noise at offsets below 100 Hz
is impacted or dominated by noise from the reference. Thus, performance with external references will
not follow the curves and specifications. The internal 10 MHz reference phase noise is about
–120 dBc/Hz at 10 Hz offset; external references with poorer phase noise than this will cause poorer
performance than shown.

56 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

d. Analyzer-contributed phase noise at the low levels of this offset requires advanced verification tech-
niques because broadband noise would otherwise cause excessive measurement error. Agilent uses a
high level low phase noise CW test signal and sets the input attenuator so that the mixer level will be
well above the normal top-of-screen level (-10 dBm) but still well below the 1 dB compression level.
This improves dynamic range (carrier to broadband noise ratio) at the expense of amplitude uncertainty
due to compression of the phase noise sidebands of the analyzer. (If the mixer level were increased to
the "1 dB Gain Compression Point," the compression of a single sideband is specified to be 1 dB or
lower. At lower levels, the compression falls off rapidly. The compression of phase noise sidebands is
substantially less than the compression of a single-sideband test signal, further reducing the uncertainty
of this technique.) Agilent also measures the broadband noise of the analyzer without the CW signal
and subtracts its power from the measured phase noise power. The same techniques of overdrive and
noise subtraction can be used in measuring a DUT, of course.

Chapter 1 57
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Nominal Phase Noise of Different LO Optimizations [Plot]

(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, Ship standard with N9020A-EP2)

Nominal Phase Noise of Different LO Optimizations [Plot] (SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233)

58 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Dynamic Range

Nominal Phase Noise at Different Center Frequencies [Plot]

(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, Ship standard with N9020A-EP2)

Nominal Phase Noise at Different Center Frequencies [Plot] (SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233)

Chapter 1 59
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

Power Suite Measurements

The specifications for this section apply only to instruments with Frequency Option 503, 508, 513, or
526. For instruments with higher frequency options, the performance is nominal only and not subject to
any warranted specifications.
The measurement performance is only slightly different between instruments with the lower and higher
frequency options. Because the hardware performance of the analyzers is very similar but not identical,
you can estimate the nominal performance of the measurements from the specification in this chapter.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power
Amplitude Accuracy Absolute Amplitude Accuracya +
Power Bandwidth Accuracybc
Case: Radio Std = 3GPP W-CDMA, or IS-95
Absolute Power Accuracy ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C, Attenuation = 10 dB)
a. See “Absolute Amplitude Accuracy” on page 38.
b. See “Frequency and Time” on page 19.
c. Expressed in dB.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Frequency Accuracy ±(Span/1000) (nominal)

60 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power (ACP)
Case: Radio Std = None
Accuracy of ACP Ratio (dBc) Display Scale Fidelitya
Accuracy of ACP Absolute Power Absolute Amplitude Accuracyb +
(dBm or dBm/Hz) Power Bandwidth Accuracycd
Accuracy of Carrier Power (dBm), or Absolute Amplitude Accuracyb +
Carrier Power PSD (dBm/Hz) Power Bandwidth Accuracycd
Passband Widthe −3 dB
Case: Radio Std = 3GPP W-CDMA (ACPR; ACLR)f
Minimum power at RF Input −36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracyg RRC weighted, 3.84 MHz noise
bandwidth, method ≠ RBW
Radio Offset Freq
MS (UE) 5 MHz ±0.14 dB At ACPR range of −30 to −36 dBc with
optimum mixer levelh
MS (UE) 10 MHz ±0.22 dB At ACPR range of −40 to −46 dBc with
optimum mixer leveli
BTS 5 MHz ±0.49 dBh At ACPR range of −42 to −48 dBc with
optimum mixer levelj
BTS 10 MHz ±0.45 dB At ACPR range of −47 to −53 dBc with
optimum mixer leveli
BTS 5 MHz ±0.22 dB At −48 dBc non-coherent ACPRk

Dynamic Range RRC weighted, 3.84 MHz noise

bandwidth
Noise Offset Optimum MLm
Correction Freq Method ACLR (typical)l (Nominal)
Off 5 MHz Filtered IBW −73 dB −8 dBm
Off 5 MHz Fast −72 dB −9 dBm
Off 10 MHz Filtered IBW −79 dB −2 dBm
On 5 MHz Filtered IBW −78 dB −8 dBm
On 10 MHz Filtered IBW −82 dB −2 dBm
RRC Weighting Accuracyn
White noise in Adjacent Channel 0.00 dB nominal
TOI-induced spectrum 0.001 dB nominal
rms CW error 0.012 dB nominal
a. The effect of scale fidelity on the ratio of two powers is called the relative scale fidelity. The scale
fidelity specified in the Amplitude section is an absolute scale fidelity with –35 dBm at the input mixer
as the reference point. The relative scale fidelity is nominally only 0.01 dB larger than the absolute
scale fidelity.
b. See Amplitude Accuracy and Range section.
c. See Frequency and Time section.

Chapter 1 61
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

d. Expressed in decibels.
e. An ACP measurement measures the power in adjacent channels. The shape of the response versus fre-
quency of those adjacent channels is occasionally critical. One parameter of the shape is its 3 dB band-
width. When the bandwidth (called the Ref BW) of the adjacent channel is set, it is the 3 dB bandwidth
that is set. The passband response is given by the convolution of two functions: a rectangle of width
equal to Ref BW and the power response versus frequency of the RBW filter used. Measurements and
specifications of analog radio ACPs are often based on defined bandwidths of measuring receivers, and
these are defined by their −6 dB widths, not their −3 dB widths. To achieve a passband whose −6 dB
width is x, set the Ref BW to be x − 0.572 × RBW.
f. Most versions of adjacent channel power measurements use negative numbers, in units of dBc, to refer
to the power in an adjacent channel relative to the power in a main channel, in accordance with ITU
standards. The standards for W-CDMA analysis include ACLR, a positive number represented in dB
units. In order to be consistent with other kinds of ACP measurements, this measurement and its speci-
fications will use negative dBc results, and refer to them as ACPR, instead of positive dB results
referred to as ACLR. The ACLR can be determined from the ACPR reported by merely reversing the
sign.
g. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately −37 dBm − (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
h. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring mobile station (MS) or user equipment (UE) within
3 dB of the required −33 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML) must be optimized for accuracy. This opti-
mum mixer level is −22 dBm, so the input attenuation must be set as close as possible to the average
input power − (−22 dBm). For example, if the average input power is −6 dBm, set the attenuation to
16 dB. This specification applies for the normal 3.5 dB peak-to-average ratio of a single code. Note
that, if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nomi-
nally doubled.
i. ACPR accuracy at 10 MHz offset is warranted when the input attenuator is set to give an average mixer
level of −14 dBm.
j. In order to meet this specified accuracy, the mixer level must be optimized for accuracy when measur-
ing node B Base Transmission Station (BTS) within 3 dB of the required −45 dBc ACPR. This opti-
mum mixer level is −19 dBm, so the input attenuation must be set as close as possible to the average
input power − (−19 dBm). For example, if the average input power is −7 dBm, set the attenuation to
12 dB. This specification applies for the normal 10 dB peak-to-average ratio (at 0.01% probability) for
Test Model 1. Note that, if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range instead of accuracy, accu-
racy errors are nominally doubled.
k. Accuracy can be excellent even at low ACPR levels assuming that the user sets the mixer level to opti-
mize the dynamic range, and assuming that the analyzer and UUT distortions are incoherent. When the
errors from the UUT and the analyzer are incoherent, optimizing dynamic range is equivalent to mini-
mizing the contribution of analyzer noise and distortion to accuracy, though the higher mixer level
increases the display scale fidelity errors. This incoherent addition case is commonly used in the indus-
try and can be useful for comparison of analysis equipment, but this incoherent addition model is rarely
justified. This derived accuracy specification is based on a mixer level of −14 dBm.

62 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

l. Agilent measures 100% of the signal analyzers for dynamic range in the factory production process.
This measurement requires a near-ideal signal, which is impractical for field and customer use.
Because field verification is impractical, Agilent only gives a typical result. More than 80% of proto-
type instruments met this “typical” specification; the factory test line limit is set commensurate with an
on-going 80% yield to this typical.
The ACPR dynamic range is verified only at 2 GHz, where Agilent has the near-perfect signal avail-
able. The dynamic range is specified for the optimum mixer drive level, which is different in different
instruments and different conditions. The test signal is a 1 DPCH signal.
The ACPR dynamic range is the observed range. This typical specification includes no measurement
uncertainty.
m. ML is Mixer Level, which is defined to be the input signal level minus attenuation.
n. 3GPP requires the use of a root-raised-cosine filter in evaluating the ACLR of a device. The accuracy
of the passband shape of the filter is not specified in standards, nor is any method of evaluating that
accuracy. This footnote discusses the performance of the filter in this instrument. The effect of the RRC
filter and the effect of the RBW used in the measurement interact. The analyzer compensates the shape
of the RRC filter to accommodate the RBW filter. The effectiveness of this compensation is summa-
rized in three ways:
− White noise in Adj Ch: The compensated RRC filter nominally has no errors if the adjacent channel
has a spectrum that is flat across its width.
− TOI−induced spectrum: If the spectrum is due to third−order intermodulation, it has a distinctive
shape. The computed errors of the compensated filter are −0.001 dB for the 100 kHz RBW used for UE
testing with the IBW method. It is 0.000 dB for the 27 kHz RBW filter used for BTS testing with the
Filtered IBW method. The worst error for RBWs between 27 and 390 kHz is 0.05 dB for a 330 kHz
RBW filter.
− rms CW error: This error is a measure of the error in measuring a CW−like spurious component. It is
evaluated by computing the root of the mean of the square of the power error across all frequencies
within the adjacent channel. The computed rms error of the compensated filter is 0.012 dB for the 100
kHz RBW used for UE testing with the IBW method. It is 0.000 dB for the 27 kHz RBW filter used for
BTS testing. The worst error for RBWs between 27 kHz and 470 kHz is 0.057 dB for a 430 kHz RBW
filter.

Chapter 1 63
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

Fast ACPR Test [Plota]

a. Observation conditions for ACP speed:

Display Off, signal is Test Model 1 with 64 DPCH, Method set to Fast. Measured with an IBM compat-
ible PC with a 3 GHz Pentium 4 running Windows XP Professional Version 2002. The communica-
tions medium was PCI GPIB IEEE 488.2. The Test Application Language was .NET C#. The
Application Communication Layer was Agilent T&M Programmer’s Toolkit For Visual Studio (Ver-
sion 1.1), Agilent I/O Libraries (Version M.01.01.41_beta).

64 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Multi-Carrier Adjacent Channel
Power
Case: Radio Std = 3GPP W-CDMA RRC weighted, 3.84 MHz noise bandwidth
ACPR Dynamic Range −70 dB (nominal)
(5 MHz offset, Two carriers)
ACPR Accuracy ±0.42 dB (nominal)
(Two carriers, 5 MHz offset,
−48 dBc ACPR)
ACPR Accuracy
(4 carriers)
Radio Offset Cohera NC UUT ACPR Range MLOptb
BTS 5 MHz no Off ±0.43 dB −42 to −48 dB −12 dBm
BTS 5 MHz no On ±0.18 dB −42 to −48 dB −15 dBm
ACPR Dynamic Range
(4 carriers, 5 MHz offset) Nominal DR Nominal MLOptc
Noise Correction (NC) off −64 dB −12 dBm
Noise Correction (NC) on −72 dB −15 dBm
a. Coher = no means that the specified accuracy only applies when the distortions of the device under test
are not coherent with the third-order distortions of the analyzer. Incoherence is often the case with
advanced multi-carrier amplifiers built with compensations and predistortions that mostly eliminate
coherent third-order effects in the amplifier.
b. Optimum mixer level (MLOpt). The mixer level is given by the average power of the sum of the four
carriers minus the input attenuation.
c. Optimum mixer level (MLOpt). The mixer level is given by the average power of the sum of the four
carriers minus the input attenuation.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Histogram Resolutiona 0.01 dB
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of a histogram of the
power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Chapter 1 65
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Burst Power
Methods Power above threshold
Power within burst width
Results Output power, average
Output power, single burst
Maximum power
Minimum power within burst
Burst width

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

TOI (Third Order Measures TOI of a signal with
Intermodulation) two dominant tones
Results Relative IM tone powers (dBc)
Absolute tone powers (dBm)
Intercept (dBm)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Harmonic Distortion
Maximum harmonic number 10th
Results Fundamental Power (dBm)
Relative harmonics power (dBc)
Total harmonic distortion (%, dBc)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions Table-driven spurious signals;
search across regions
Case: Radio Std = 3GPP W-CDMA
Dynamic Rangea 96.7 dB 100.1 dB (typical)
(1 to 3.6 GHz)
Sensitivity, absolute −84.4 dBm −89.4 dBm (typical)
(1 to 3.6 GHz)
Accuracy Attenuation = 10 dB
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range is specified with the mixer level at +3 dBm, where up to 1 dB of compression can
occur, degrading accuracy by 1 dB.

66 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Power Suite Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Table-driven spurious signals;
measurement near carriers
Case: Radio Std = cdma2000
Dynamic Range, relative 78.6 dB 85.1 dB (typical)
(750 kHz offsetab)
Sensitivity, absolute −99.7 dBm −104.7 dBm (typical)
(750 kHz offsetc)
Accuracy
(750 kHz offset)
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolutee ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile ≈ 2σ)
(20 to 30°C)
Case: Radio Std = 3GPP W−CDMA
Dynamic Range, relative 81.9 dB 88.1 dB (typical)
(2.515 MHz offsetad)
Sensitivity, absolute −99.7 dBm −104.7 dBm (typical)
(2.515 MHz offsetc)
Accuracy
(2.515 MHz offset)
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolutee ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile ≈ 2σ)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 30 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about −18 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 30 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. The absolute accuracy of SEM measurement is the same as the absolute accuracy of the spectrum ana-
lyzer. See “Absolute Amplitude Accuracy” on page 38 for more information. The numbers shown are
for 0 to 3.6 GHz, with attenuation set to 10 dB.

Chapter 1 67
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Options

Options
The following options and applications affect instrument specifications.

Option 503: Frequency range, 20 Hz to 3.6 GHz

Option 508: Frequency range, 20 Hz to 8.4 GHz
Option 513: Frequency range, 20 Hz to 13.6 GHz
Option 526: Frequency range, 20 Hz to 26.5 GHz
Option B1A: Analysis bandwidth, 125 MHz
Option B1X: Analysis bandwidth, 160 MHz
Option B25: Analysis bandwidth, 25 MHz
Option B40: Analysis bandwidth, 40 MHz
Option B85: Analysis bandwidth, 85 MHz
Option BBA: BBIQ inputs, analog
Option CR3: Connector Rear, second IF Out
Option CRP: Connector Rear, arbitrary IF Out
Option EA3: Electronic attenuator, 3.6 GHz
Option EMC: Precompliance EMC Features
Option ESC: External source control
Option MPB: Preselector bypass
Option P03: Preamplifier, 3.6 GHz
Option P08: Preamplifier, 8.4 GHz
Option P13: Preamplifier, 13.6 GHz
Option P26: Preamplifier, 26.5 GHz
Option P08: Preamplifier, 8.4 GHz
Option P13: Preamplifier, 13.6 GHz
Option P26: Preamplifier, 26.5 GHz
Option PFR: Precision frequency reference
Option YAS: Y-Axis Screen Video output
Option RT1 Real-time analysis up to 160 MHz, basic detection
Option RT2 Real-time analysis up to 160 MHz, optimum detection
N6149A: iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk measurement application
N6152A: Digital Cable TV measurement application
N6153A: DVB-T/H measurement application
N6155A: ISDB-T with T2 measurement application
N6156A: DTMB measurement application
N6158A: CMMB measurement application
N9051A: Pulse measurement software
N9063A: Analog Demodulation measurement application

68 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Options

N9064A: VXA Vector Signal and WLAN measurement application

N9068A: Phase Noise measurement application
N9069A: Noise Figure measurement application
N9071A: GSM/EDGE/EDGE Evolution measurement application
N9072A: cdma2000/cdmaOne measurement application
N9073A: W-CDMA/HSPA/HSPA+ measurement application
N9074A: Single Acquisition Combined Fixed WiMAX measurement application
N9075A: 802.16 OFDMA measurement application
N9076A: 1xEV-DO measurement application
N9077A: WLAN measurement application
N9079A: TD-SCDMA measurement application
N9080A: LTE-FDD measurement application
N9080B: LTE-Advanced FDD measurement application
N9081A: Bluetooth measurement application
N9082A: LTE-TDD measurement application
N9082B: LTE-Advanced TDD measurement application
N9083A: Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) measurement application

Chapter 1 69
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
General

General
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Calibration Cycle 2 years

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Temperature Range
Operatinga
Altitude ≤ 2,300 m 0 to 55°C
Altitude = 4,500 m 0 to 47°C
Deratingb
Storagec −40 to +70°C
Altituded 4,500 m (approx 15,000 feet)
Humidity
Relative humidity Type tested at 95%, +40°C
(non-condensing)
a. For earlier instruments (S/N prefix <MY/SG/US5051), the operating temperature ranges from 5 to
50°C.
b. The maximum operating temperature derates linearly from altitude of 4,500 m to 2,300 m.
c. For earlier instruments (S/N prefix <MY/SG/US5051), and installed with hard disk drives, the storage
temperature ranges from –40 to +65°C.
d. For earlier instrument (S/N prefix <MY/SG/US5051), the altitude was specified as 3,000 m (approxi-
mately 10,000 feet).

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Environmental and Military Samples of this product have been type tested
Specifications in accordance with the Agilent Environmental
Test Manual and verified to be robust against
the environmental stresses of Storage,
Transportation and End-use; those stresses
include but are not limited to temperature,
humidity, shock, vibration, altitude and power
line conditions. Test Methods are aligned with
IEC 60068-2 and levels are similar to
MIL-PRF-28800F Class 3.

70 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
General

Description Specifications
EMC Complies with European EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
— IEC/EN 61326-1 or IEC/EN 61326-2-1
— CISPR Pub 11 Group 1, class A
— AS/NZS CISPR 11a
— ICES/NMB-001
This ISM device complies with Canadian ICES-001.
Cet appareil ISM est conforme a la norme NMB-001 du Canada.
a. The N9020A is in full compliance with CISPR 11, Class A emission limits and is declared as such. In
addition, the N9020A has been type tested and shown to meet CISPR 11, Class B emission limits when
no USB cable/device connections are made to the front or rear panel. Information regarding the Class B
emission performance of the N9020A is provided as a convenience to the user and is not intended to be
a regulatory declaration.

Acoustic statement (European Machinery Directive 2002/42/EC, 1.7.4.2u

Acoustic noise emission
LpA <70 dB
Operator position
Normal operation mode

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Acoustic Noise--Further Values given are per ISO 7779 standard in the "Operator
Information Sitting" position
Ambient Temperature
< 40°C Nominally under 55 dBA Sound Pressure. 55 dBA is
generally considered suitable for use in quiet office
environments.
≥ 40°C Nominally under 65 dBA Sound Pressure. 65 dBA is
generally considered suitable for use in noisy office
environments. (The fan speed, and thus the noise level,
increases with increasing ambient temperature.)

Description Specifications
Safety Complies with European Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
— IEC/EN 61010-1 3rd Edition
— Canada: CSA C22.2 No. 61010-1-12
— USA: UL 61010-1 3rd Edition

Chapter 1 71
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
General

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Power Requirements
Low Range
Voltage 100 to 120 V
Frequency
Serial Prefix < MY4801, 50 or 60 Hz
SG4801, or US4801
Serial Prefix ≥ MY4801, 50, 60 or 400 Hz
SG4801, or US4801
High Range
Voltage 220 to 240 V
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
Power Consumption, On 465 W Maximum
Power Consumption, Standby 20 W Standby power is not supplied to
frequency reference oscillator.
Typical instrument configuration Power (nominal)
Base 3.6 GHz instrument (N9020A-503) 180 W
Base 8.4 GHz instrument (N9020A-508) 183 W
Base 13 GHz instrument (N9020A-513) 187 W
Base 26.5 GHz instrument (N9020A-526) 198 W
Adding Option B40, B85, B1A, B1X, MPB, or DP2 +45 W
to base instrument
Adding Option BBA to base instrument +46 W

Description Supplemental Information

a
Measurement Speed Nominal
Serial Prefix before Serial Prefix
MY4910/US4910/ ≥MY4910/US4910/
SG4910 SG4910b
Local measurement and display update ratecd 11 ms (90/s) 4 ms (250/s)
Remote measurement and LAN transfer ratecd 6 ms (167/s) 5 ms (200/s)
Marker Peak Search 5 ms 1.5 ms
Center Frequency Tune and Transfer (RF) 22 ms 20 ms
Center Frequency Tune and Transfer (µW) 49 ms 47 ms
Measurement/Mode Switching 75 ms 39 ms
W-CDMA ACLR measurement time See page 64
Measurement Time vs. Span See page 28
a. Sweep Points = 101.
b. Also applies to earlier instruments upgraded to Option PC2.

72 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
General

c. Factory preset, fixed center frequency, RBW = 1 MHz, 10 MHz < span ≤ 600 MHz, stop frequency ≤
3.6 GHz, Auto Align Off.
d. Phase Noise Optimization set to Fast Tuning, Display Off, 32 bit integer format, markers Off, single
sweep, measured with IBM compatible PC with 2.99 GHz Pentium® 4 with 2 GB RAM running Win-
dows® XP, Agilent I/O Libraries Suite Version 14.1, one meter GPIB cable, National Instruments
PCI-GPIB Card and NI-488.2 DLL.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Displaya
Resolution 1024 × 768 XGA
Size 213 mm (8.4 in) diagonal (nominal)
a. The LCD display is manufactured using high precision technology. However, there may be up to six
bright points (white, blue, red or green in color) that constantly appear on the LCD screen. These points
are normal in the manufacturing process and do not affect the measurement integrity of the product in
any way.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Data Storage
Internal Total Removeable solid state drive (≥ 80 GB)a
Internal User ≥ 9 GB available for user data
a. For earlier instruments (S/N<MY50200419/SG502000010/US50200102) a hard disk drive (>80 GB)
was installed as a standard feature unless ordered with Option SSD.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Weight Weight without options
Net 16 kg (35 lbs) (nominal)
Shipping 28 kg (62 lbs) (nominal)

Cabinet Dimensions Cabinet dimensions exclude front and

Height 177 mm (7.0 in) rear protrusions.
Width 426 mm (16.8 in)
Length 368 mm (14.5 in)

Chapter 1 73
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Inputs/Outputs

Inputs/Outputs

Front Panel

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

RF Input
Connector
Standard Type-N female Frequency option 503, 508, 513, and 526
Impedance 50Ω (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Probe Power
Voltage/Current +15 Vdc, ±7% at 0 to 150 mA (nominal)
−12.6 Vdc, ±10% at 0 to 150 mA (nominal)
GND

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

USB 2.0 Ports See Rear Panel for other ports
Master (2 ports)
Connector USB Type “A” (female)
Output Current 0.5 A (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Headphone Jack
Connector miniature stereo audio jack 3.5 mm (also known as "1/8 inch")
Output Power 90 mW per channel into 16Ω (nominal)

74 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Inputs/Outputs

Rear Panel

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

10 MHz Out
Connector BNC female
Impedance 50Ω (nominal)
Output Amplitude ≥0 dBm (nominal)
Output Configuration AC coupled, sinusoidal
Frequency 10 MHz ×
(1 + frequency reference accuracy)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Ext Ref In
Connector BNC female Note: Analyzer noise sidebands and
spurious response performance may be
affected by the quality of the external
reference used. See footnote c in the Phase
Noise specifications within the Dynamic
Range section on page 56.
Impedance 50Ω (nominal)
Input Amplitude Range
sine wave −5 to +10 dBm (nominal)
square wave 0.2 to 1.5 V peak-to-peak (nominal)
Input Frequency 1 to 50 MHz (nominal)
(selectable to 1 Hz resolution)
Lock range ±5 × 10−6 of ideal external
reference input frequency

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Sync Reserved for future use
Connector BNC female

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Trigger Inputs Either trigger source may be selected
(Trigger 1 In, Trigger 2 In)
Connector BNC female
Impedance 10 kΩ (nominal)
Trigger Level Range −5 to +5 V 1.5 V (TTL) factory preset

Chapter 1 75
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Inputs/Outputs

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Trigger Outputs
(Trigger 1 Out, Trigger 2 Out)
Connector BNC female
Impedance 50Ω (nominal)
Level 0 to 5 V (CMOS)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Monitor Output
Connector VGA compatible,
15-pin mini D-SUB
Format XGA (60 Hz vertical sync rates,
non-interlaced)
Analog RGB
Resolution 1024 × 768

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Analog Out Refer to Chapter 18 , “Option YAS -
Y-Axis Screen Video Output,” on page
189 for more details.
Connector BNC female
Impedance <140Ω (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Noise Source Drive +28 V (Pulsed)
Connector BNC female
Output voltage on 28.0 ± 0.1 V 60 mA maximum current
Output voltage off < 1.0 V

Description Specs Supplemental Information

SNS Series Noise Source For use with Agilent Technologies SNS Series noise sources

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Digital Bus This port is intended for use with the Agilent N5105 and N5106
Connector MDR-80 products only. It is not available for general purpose use.

76 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Inputs/Outputs

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

USB 2.0 Ports See Front Panel for additional ports
Master (4 ports)
Connector USB Type “A” (female)
Output Current 0.5 A (nominal)
Slave (1 port)
Connector USB Type “B” (female)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

GPIB Interface
Connector IEEE-488 bus connector
GPIB Codes SH1, AH1, T6, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, C1, C2,
C3 and C28, DT1, L4, C0
Mode Controller or device

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

LAN TCP/IP Interface RJ45 Ethertwist 1000BaseTa
a. For Serial Prefix MY4910/US4910/SG4910 or later or with N9020A-PC2. For earlier instruments this
is 100BaseT.

Chapter 1 77
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Regulatory Information

Regulatory Information
This product is designed for use in Installation Category II and Pollution Degree 2 per IEC 61010 3rd ed,
and 664 respectively.
This product has been designed and tested in accordance with accepted industry standards, and has been
supplied in a safe condition. The instruction documentation contains information and warnings which
must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to maintain the product in a safe condition.

The CE mark is a registered trademark of the European Community (if

accompanied by a year, it is the year when the design was proven). This product
complies with all relevant directives.
ICES/NMB-001 “This ISM device complies with Canadian ICES-001.”
“Cet appareil ISM est conforme a la norme NMB du Canada.”
ISM 1-A This is a symbol of an Industrial Scientific and Medical Group 1 Class A
(GRP.1 CLASS A) product. (CISPR 11, Clause 4)
The CSA mark is a registered trademark of the CSA International.

The C-Tick mark is a registered trademark of the Australian/New Zealand

Spectrum Management Agency. This product complies with the relevant EMC
regulations.

This symbol indicates separate collection for electrical and electronic equipment
mandated under EU law as of August 13, 2005. All electric and electronic
equipment are required to be separated from normal waste for disposal
(Reference WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC).
To return unwanted products, contact your local Agilent office, or see
http://www.agilent.com/environment/product/index.shtml for more information.
China RoHS regulations include requirements related to packaging, and require
compliance to China standard GB18455-2001.

This symbol indicates compliance with the China RoHS regulations for
paper/fiberboard packaging.

This equipment is Class A suitable for professional use and is for use in
electromagnetic environments outside of the home.

78 Chapter 1
 Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Declaration of Conformity

Declaration of Conformity
A copy of the Manufacturer’s European Declaration of Conformity for this instrument can be obtained
by contacting your local Agilent Technologies sales representative.

Chapter 1 79
Agilent MXA Signal Analyzer
Declaration of Conformity

80 Chapter 1
2 I/Q Analyzer

This chapter contains specifications for the I/Q Analyzer measurement application (Basic Mode).

81
 I/Q Analyzer
Specifications Affected by I/Q Analyzer

Specifications Affected by I/Q Analyzer

Specification Name Information
Number of Frequency Display Trace Does not apply.
Points (buckets)
Resolution Bandwidth See “Frequency” on page 83 in this chapter.
Video Bandwidth Not available.
Clipping-to-Noise Dynamic Range See “Clipping-to-Noise Dynamic Range” on page 84 in this
chapter.
Resolution Bandwidth Switching Not specified because it is negligible.
Uncertainty
Available Detectors Does not apply.

Spurious Responses The “Spurious Responses” on page 49 of core specifications

still apply. Additional bandwidth-option-dependent spurious
responses are given in the Analysis Bandwidth chapter for
any optional bandwidths in use.
IF Amplitude Flatness See “IF Frequency Response” on page 36 of the core
specifications for the 10 MHz bandwidth. Specifications for
wider bandwidths are given in the Analysis Bandwidth
chapter for any optional bandwidths in use.
IF Phase Linearity See “IF Phase Linearity” on page 37 of the core
specifications for the 10 MHz bandwidth. Specifications for
wider bandwidths are given in the Analysis Bandwidth
chapter for any optional bandwidths in use.
Data Acquisition See “Data Acquisition” on page 85 in this chapter for the
10 MHz bandwidth. Specifications for wider bandwidths are
given in the Analysis Bandwidth chapter for any optional
bandwidths in use.

82 Chapter 2
 I/Q Analyzer
Frequency

Frequency
Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Frequency Span
Standard instrument 10 Hz to 10 MHz
Option B25 10 Hz to 25 MHz
Option B40 10 Hz to 40 MHz
Option B85 10 Hz to 85 MHz
Option B1A 10 Hz to 125 MHz
Option B1X 10 Hz to 160 MHz
Resolution Bandwidth
(Spectrum Measurement)
Range
Overall 100 mHz to 3 MHz
Span = 1 MHz 50 Hz to 1 MHz
Span = 10 kHz 1 Hz to 10 kHz
Span = 100 Hz 100 mHz to 100 Hz
Window Shapes Flat Top, Uniform, Hanning, Hamming,
Gaussian, Blackman, Blackman-Harris,
Kaiser Bessel (K-B 70 dB, K-B 90 dB &
K-B 110 dB)
Analysis Bandwidth (Span)
(Waveform Measurement)
Standard instrument 10 Hz to 10 MHz
Option B25 10 Hz to 25 MHz
Option B40 10 Hz to 40 MHz
Option B85 10 Hz to 85 MHz
Option B1A 10 Hz to 125 MHz
Option B1X 10 Hz to 160 MHz

Chapter 2 83
 I/Q Analyzer
Clipping-to-Noise Dynamic Range

Clipping-to-Noise Dynamic Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Clipping-to-Noise Dynamic Rangea Excluding residuals and
spurious responses

Clipping Level at Mixer Center frequency ≥ 20 MHz

IF Gain = Low −10 dBm −8 dBm (nominal)
IF Gain = High −20 dBm −17.5 dBm (nominal)

Noise Density at Mixer (DANLc + IFGainEffectd) + Examplef

at center frequencyb 2.25 dBe
a. This specification is defined to be the ratio of the clipping level (also known as “ADC Over Range”) to
the noise density. In decibel units, it can be defined as clipping_level [dBm]
− noise_density [dBm/Hz]; the result has units of dBFS/Hz (fs is “full scale”).
b. The noise density depends on the input frequency. It is lowest for a broad range of input frequencies
near the center frequency, and these specifications apply there. The noise density can increase toward
the edges of the span. The effect is nominally well under 1 dB.
c. The primary determining element in the noise density is the “Displayed Average Noise Level” on
page 47.
d. DANL is specified with the IF Gain set to High, which is the best case for DANL but not for Clip-
ping-to-noise dynamic range. The core specifications “Displayed Average Noise Level” on page 47,
gives a line entry on the excess noise added by using IF Gain = Low, and a footnote explaining how to
combine the IF Gain noise with the DANL.
e. DANL is specified for log averaging, not power averaging, and thus is 2.51 dB lower than the true
noise density. It is also specified in the narrowest RBW, 1 Hz, which has a noise bandwidth slightly
wider than 1 Hz. These two effects together add up to 2.25 B.
f. As an example computation, consider this: For the case where DANL = −151 dBm in 1 Hz, IF Gain is
set to low, and the “Additional DANL” is −160 dBm, the total noise density computes to
−148.2 dBm/Hz and the Clipping-to-noise ratio for a −10 dBm clipping level is −138.2 dBFS/Hz.

84 Chapter 2
 I/Q Analyzer
Data Acquisition

Data Acquisition
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Time Record Length (IQ pairs)
IQ Analyzer 4,000,000 IQ sample pairs ≈335 ms at 10 MHz Span
Sample Rate
At ADC
Option DP2, B40, B85, B1A, 100 MSa/s
B1X, or MPB
None of the above 90 MSa/s
IQ Pairs Integer submultiple of 15 Mpairs/s
depending on the span for spans of
8 MHz or narrower.
ADC Resolution
Option DP2, B40, B85, B1A, 16 bits
B1X, or MPB
None of the above 14 bits

Chapter 2 85
I/Q Analyzer
Data Acquisition

86 Chapter 2
3 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN
Modulation Analysis Application
This chapter contains specifications for the N9064A1 VXA vector signal and WLAN modulation
analysis measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

Specs & Nominals

These specifications summarize the performance for the X-Series Signal Analyzer and apply to the VXA
measurement application inside the analyzer. Values shown in the column labeled "Specs & Nominals"
are a mix of warranted specifications, guaranteed-by-design parameters, and conservative but not
warranted observations of performance of sample instruments.

1. In software versions prior to A.06.00, the VXA measurement application product number was 89601X. Software
versions A.06.00 and beyond have renamed 89601X to N9064A.

87
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Vector Signal Analysis Performance (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Vector Signal Analysis Performance (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Frequency

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Range See “Frequency Range” on
page 19
Center Frequency
Tuning Resolution 1 mHz
Frequency Span, 10 MHz (standard)
Maximum
FFT Spectrum 25 MHz (Option B25)
40 MHz (Option B40)
85 MHz (Option B85)
125 MHz (Option B1A)
160 MHz (Option B1X)
Frequency Points per Calibrated points: 51 to 409,601
Span Displayed points: 51 to 524,288
FFT Window Type The window choices allow the user
to optimize as needed for best
amplitude accuracy, best dynamic
range, or best response to transient
Passband
signal characteristics.
Window Selectivity Flatness Rejection
Flat Top 0.41 0.01 dB >95 dBc
Gaussian Top 0.25 0.68 dB >125 dBc
Hanning 0.11 1.5 dB >31 dBc
Uniform 0.0014 4.0 dB >13 dBc

88 Chapter 3
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Vector Signal Analysis Performance (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Input

Supplemental
Description Specs & Nominals
Information
Range Full Scale, combines
attenuator setting and
ADC gain
standard −20 dBm to 30 dBm
Option P03, P08, P13, or −40 dBm to 30 dBm, up to 3.6 GHz
P26
Option P08 −50 dBm to 30 dBm, 3.6 to 8.4 GHz
Option P13 −50 dBm to 30 dBm, 3.6 to 13.6 GHz
Option P26 −50 dBm to 30 dBm, 3.6 to 26.5 GHz
ADC overload +2 dBFS

Chapter 3 89
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Vector Signal Analysis Performance (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Amplitude Accuracy

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Absolute Amplitude Accuracy See “Absolute Amplitude Accuracy” on
page 38
Amplitude Linearity See “Display Scale Fidelity” on page 43
IF Flatness
Span ≤ 10 MHz See “IF Frequency Response” on page 36
Span ≤ 25 MHz (Option B25) See “IF Frequency Response” on page 100
Span ≤ 40 MHz (Option B40) See “IF Frequency Response” on page 106
Span ≤ 85 MHz (Option B85) See “IF Frequency Response” on page 115
Span ≤ 125 MHz (Option B1A) See “IF Frequency Response” on page 115
Span ≤ 160 MHz (Option B1X) See “IF Frequency Response” on page 115
Sensitivity
−20 dBm range Compute from DANLa; see “Displayed
Average Noise Level (DANL)” on page 47
−40 dBm range Requires preamp option. Compute from
Preamp DANLa; see “Displayed Average
Noise Level (DANL) - Preamp On” on
page 174
a. DANL is specified in the narrowest resolution bandwidth (1 Hz) with log averaging, in accordance with
industry and historic standards. The effect of log averaging is to reduce the noise level by 2.51 dB. The
effect of using a 1 Hz RBW is to increase the measured noise because the noise bandwidth of the 1 Hz
RBW filter is nominally 1.056 Hz, thus adding 0.23 dB to the level. The combination of these effects
makes the sensitivity, in units of dBm/Hz, 2.27 dB higher than DANL in units of dBm in a 1 Hz RBW.

90 Chapter 3
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Vector Signal Analysis Performance (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Dynamic Range

Supplemental
Description Specs & Nominals
Information
Third Order Intermodulation −90 dBc (nominal)
distortion
(Two −20 dBFS tones,
400 MHz to 13.6 GHz,
tone separation > 5 × IF Prefilter
BW)
Noise Density at 1 GHz
Input Range
≥−10 dBm −140 dBFS/Hz
−20 dBm to −12 dBm −131 dBFS/Hz
−30 dBm to −22 dBm −133 dBFS/Hz requires preamp option
−40 dBm to −32 dBm −123 dBFS/Hz requires preamp option
Residual Responses
(Range ≥ −10 dBm)
200 kHz to 8.4 GHz −90 dBFS
8.4 GHz to 26.5 GHz −90 dBFS (nominal)
Image Responses −78 dBc
(10 MHz to 13.6 GHz,
<8 MHz span)
LO Related Spurious −70 dBc
(10 MHz to 3.6 GHz,
f > 600 MHz from carrier)
Other Spurious
(<8 MHz span)
100 Hz < f < 10 MHz from −70 dBc
carrier
f ≥ 10 MHz from carrier −80 dBc

Chapter 3 91
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Analog Modulation Analysis (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Analog Modulation Analysis (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information
AM Demodulation
(Span ≤ 12 MHz,
Carrier ≤ −17 dBFS)
Demodulator Bandwidth Same as selected measurement span
Modulation Index Accuracy ±1%
Harmonic Distortion −60 dBc Relative to 100% modulation
index
Spurious −60 dBc Relative to 100% modulation
index
Cross Demodulation 0.3% AM on an FM signal with
50 kHz modulation rate,
200 kHz deviation
PM Demodulation
(Deviation < 180°,
modulation rate ≤ 500 kHz,
span ≤ 12 MHz)
Demodulator Bandwidth Same as selected measurement span,
except as noted
Modulation Index Accuracy ±0.5°
Harmonic Distortion 0.3%
Spurious −60 dBc
Cross Demodulation 1° PM on an 80% modulation index
AM signal, modulation rate ≤ 1
MHz

92 Chapter 3
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Analog Modulation Analysis (N9064A-1FP/1TP)

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

FM Demodulation
Demodulator Bandwidth Same as selected measurement span
Modulation Index Accuracy ±0.1% of span
(deviation ≤ 2 MHz,
modulation rate ≤ 500 kHz)
Harmonic Distortion
Modulation
Rate Deviation
≤50 kHz ≤200 kHz −60 dBc
≤500 kHz ≤2 MHz −55 dBc
Spurious
Modulation
Rate Deviation
≤50 kHz ≤200 kHz −50 dBc
≤500 kHz ≤2 MHz −45 dBc
Cross Demodulation 0.5% of span of FM on an 80%
modulation index AM signal,
modulation rate ≤ 1 MHz

Chapter 3 93
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Flexible Digital Modulation Analysis (N9064A-2FP/2TP)

Flexible Digital Modulation Analysis (N9064A-2FP/2TP)

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information
Accuracy Formats other than FSK, 8/16VSB, 16/32
APSK, and OQPSK. Conditions: Full scale
signal, fully contained in the measurement
span, frequency < 3.6 GHz, random data
sequence, range ≥ –30 dBm, start frequency ≥
15% of span, alpha/BT ≥ 0.3 (0.3 to 0.7 for
OQPSK), and symbol rate ≥ 1 kHz. For
symbol rates < 1 kHz, accuracy may be
limited by phase noise. Averaging = 10
Residual Errors Result = 150 symbols Results apply for Option BBA Baseband IQ
averages = 10 inputs, except as noted.
Residual EVM
Span
≤100 kHza 0.50% rms
≤1 MHz 0.50% rms
≤10 MHz 1.00% rms
≤22 MHzb 1.20% rms
≤25 MHzb 1.50% rms
Magnitude Error
Span
≤100 kHz 0.30% rms
≤1 MHz 0.50% rms
≤10 MHz 1.00% rms
≤22 MHzb 1.00% rms
≤25 MHzb 1.20% rms
Phase Error
Span
≤100 kHza 0.3° rms
≤1 MHz 0.4° rms
≤10 MHz 0.6° rms
≤22 MHzb 0.8° rms
≤25 MHzb 1.0° rms
Frequency Error Symbol rate/500,000 Added to frequency accuracy if applicable
IQ Origin Offset −60 dB

94 Chapter 3
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
Flexible Digital Modulation Analysis (N9064A-2FP/2TP)

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Residual EVM for Video Results apply for Option BBA Baseband IQ
Modulation Formats inputs, except as noted.
8 or 16 VSB 1.5% (SNR 36 dB) Symbol rate = 10.762 MHz,
α= 0.115, frequency < 3.6 GHz,
7 MHz span, full-scale signal,
range ≥ −30 dBm,
result length = 800, averages = 10
16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1.0% (SNR 40 dB) Symbol rate = 6.9 MHz,
or 1024 QAM α= 0.15, frequency < 3.6 GHz,
8 MHz span, full-scale signal,
range ≥ −30 dBm,
result length = 800, averages = 10
a. 1.0% rms EVM and 0.8 deg RMS phase error for frequency > 3.6 GHz
b. Without Option B25, span is restricted to ≤10 MHz. Without Option B40, span is restricted to
≤25 MHz.

Chapter 3 95
 VXA Vector Signal and WLAN Modulation Analysis Application
WLAN Modulation Analysis (N9064A-3FP/3TP)

WLAN Modulation Analysis (N9064A-3FP/3TP)

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information
IEEE 802.11a/g OFDM 20 averages
Center Frequency/Level 2.4 GHz, with input range ≥
combinations at which nominal −30 dBm, within 2 dB of full scale
performance has been 5.8 GHz, with input range ≥
characterized −20 dBm
Residual EVM
Equalizer training = −47 dB
chan est seq and data –44 dB (Baseband IQ input)
Equalizer training = −45 dB
chan est seq –41 dB (Baseband IQ input)
Frequency Error
Subcarrier spacing 312.5 kHz default Maximum subcarrier spacing is
user settable approximately the
analysis BW/57, thus 438 kHz
for Option B25 (25 MHz BW),
and 700 kHz for Option B40
(40 MHz BW).
Lock range ±2 × sub-carrier spacing,
±625 kHz default
Frequency accuracy ±8 Hz + tfaa
IEEE 802.11b/g DSSS
Center Frequency/Level 2.4 GHz with total power within
combination at which nominal 2 dB of full scale
performance has been
characterized
Residual EVM
without equalizer 1.5%
with equalizer enabled 0.5% Reference filter = Transmit
filter = Gaussian with BT = 0.5
Frequency Error
Lock Range ±2.5 MHz
Accuracy ±8 Hz + tfaa
a. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

96 Chapter 3
4 Option B25 - 25 MHz Analysis
Bandwidth

This chapter contains specifications for the Option B25 25 MHz Analysis Bandwidth, and are unique to
this IF Path.

97
 Option B25 - 25 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth

Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth

The specifications in this chapter apply when the 25 MHz path is in use. In IQ Analyzer, this will occur
when the IF Path is set to 25 MHz, whether by Auto selection (depending on Span) or manually.

Specification Name Information

IF Frequency Response See specifications in this chapter.
IF Phase Linearity See specifications in this chapter.
Spurious and Residual Responses The “Spurious Responses” on page 49 still apply. Further,
bandwidth-option-dependent spurious responses are contained
within this chapter.
Displayed Average Noise Level, The performance of the analyzer will degrade by an unspecified
Third-Order Intermodulation and extent when using this bandwidth option. This extent is not
Phase Noise substantial enough to justify statistical process control.

98 Chapter 4
 Option B25 - 25 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifi- Supplemental
cations Information
IF Spurious Responsea Preamp Offb
IF Second Harmonic
Apparent Freq Excitation Freq Mixer Levelc IF Gain
Any on-screen f (f + fc + 22.5 MHz)/2 −15 dBm Low −54 dBc (nominal)
−25 dBm High −54 dBc (nominal)
IF Conversion Image
Apparent Freq Excitation Freq Mixer Levelc IF Gain
Any on-screen f 2 × fc − f + 45 MHz −10 dBm Low −70 dBc (nominal)
−20 dBm High −70 dBc (nominal)
a. The level of these spurs is not warranted. The relationship between the spurious response and its exci-
tation is described in order to make it easier for the user to distinguish whether a questionable response
is due to these mechanisms. f is the apparent frequency of the spurious signal, fc is the measurement
center frequency.
b. The spurious response specifications only apply with the preamp turned off. When the preamp is turned
on, performance is nominally the same as long as the mixer level is interpreted to be Mixer Level =
Input Level − Input Attenuation − Preamp Gain.
c. Mixer Level = Input Level − Input Attenuation.

Chapter 4 99
 Option B25 - 25 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Frequency Responsea Modes above 18 GHzb
(Demodulation and FFT
response relative to the
center frequency)
Midwidth Slope
Error (dB/MHz)
Center Freq Spanc Max Errord (Exceptionse) (95th (95th RMSf
(GHz) (MHz) Preselector 20 to 30°C Full range Percentile) Percentile) (nominal)
≤3.6 10 to ≤25 n/a ±0.45 dB ±0.45 dB ±0.12 dB ±0.10 0.051 dB
3.6 to 26.5 10 to ≤25g On 0.45 dB
3.6 to 26.5 10 to ≤25h Offh ±0.45 dB ±0.80 dB ±0.12 dB ±0.10 0.049 dB
a. The IF frequency response includes effects due to RF circuits such as input filters, that are a function of
RF frequency, in addition to the IF passband effects.
b. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use of Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nom-
inally six such modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase
errors of nominally up to ±1.2°.
c. This column applies to the instantaneous analysis bandwidth in use. In the Spectrum analyzer Mode,
this would be the FFT width. For Span < 10 MHz. see “IF Frequency Response” on page 36.
d. The maximum error at an offset (f) from the center of the FFT width is given by the expression ± [Mid-
width Error + (f × Slope)], but never exceeds ±Max Error. Here the Midwidth Error is the error at the
center frequency for the given FFT span. Usually, the span is no larger than the FFT width in which case
the center of the FFT width is the center frequency of the analyzer. In the Spectrum Analyzer mode,
when the analyzer span is wider than the FFT width, the span is made up of multiple concatenated FFT
results, and thus has multiple centers of FFT widths so the f in the equation is the offset from the nearest
center. These specifications include the effect of RF frequency response as well as IF frequency
response at the worst case center frequency. Performance is nominally three times better at most center
frequencies.
e. The specification does not apply for frequencies greater than 3.6 MHz from the center in FFT widths of
7.2 to 8 MHz.
f. The “RMS” nominal performance is the standard deviation of the response relative to the center fre-
quency, integrated across the span. This performance measure was observed at a center frequency in
each harmonic mixing band, which is representative of all center frequencies; it is not the worst case
frequency.
g. For information on the preselector which affects the passband for frequencies above 3.6 GHz when
Option MPB is not in use, see “Preselector Bandwidth” on page 30.
h. Option MPB is installed and enabled.

100 Chapter 4
 Option B25 - 25 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Phase Linearity Deviation from mean phase linearity
Modes above 18 GHza
Center Freq Span Peak-to-peak
(GHz) (MHz) Preselector (nominal) RMS (nominal)b
≥0.02, <3.6 ≤25 n/a 0.6° 0.14°
≥3.6, ≤26.5 ≤25 Offc 1.9° 0.42°
≥3.6, ≤26.5 ≤25 On 4.5° 1.2°
a. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use of Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are
nominally six such modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase
errors of nominally up to ±1.2°.
b. The listed performance is the standard deviation of the phase deviation relative to the mean phase devi-
ation from a linear phase condition, where the RMS is computed across the span shown.
c. Option MPB is installed and enabled.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Full Scale (ADC Clipping)a
Default settings, signal at CF
(IF Gain = Low)
Band 0 −8 dBm mixer levelb (nominal)
Band 1 through 4 −7 dBm mixer levelb (nominal)
High Gain setting, signal at CF
(IF Gain = High)
Band 0 −18 dBm mixer levelb (nominal),
subject to gain limitationsc
Band 1 through 6 −17 dBm mixer levelb (nominal),
subject to gain limitationsc
Effect of signal frequency ≠ CF up to ±3 dB (nominal)
a. This table is meant to help predict the full-scale level, defined as the signal level for which ADC over-
load (clipping) occurs. The prediction is imperfect, but can serve as a starting point for finding that
level experimentally. A SCPI command is also available for that purpose.
b. Mixer level is signal level minus input attenuation.
c. The available gain to reach the predicted mixer level will vary with center frequency. Combinations of
high gains and high frequencies will not achieve the gain required, increasing the full scale level.

Chapter 4 101
 Option B25 - 25 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Data Acquisition

Data Acquisition
Specifications Supplemental
Description
Information
Time Record Length (IQ pairs)
IQ Analyzer 4,000,000 IQ sample pairs ≈88.9 ms at 25 MHz
span
89600 VSA software or
N9064Aa VXA 32-bit Data Packing 64-bit Data Packing Memory
29 28
Option DP2, B40, B85, B1A, 536 MSa (2 Sa) 268 MSa (2 Sa) 2 GB
B1X, or MPB
None of the above 4,000,000 Sa (independent of data packing)
Sample Rate
At ADC
Option DP2, B40, B85, B1A, 100 MSa/s
B1X, or MPB
None of the above 90 MSa/s
IQ Pairs Span dependent
ADC Resolution
Option DP2, B40, B85, B1A, 16 bits
B1X, or MPB
None of the above 14 bits
a. In software versions prior to A.06.00, the VXA measurement application product number was 89601X.
Software versions A.06.00 and beyond have renamed 89601X to N9064A.

102 Chapter 4
5 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis
Bandwidth

This chapter contains specifications for the Option B40 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth, and are unique to
this IF Path.

103
 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth

Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth

The specifications in this chapter apply when the 40 MHz path is in use. In IQ Analyzer, this will occur
when the IF Path is set to 40 MHz, whether by Auto selection (depending on Span) or manually.

Specification Name Information

IF Frequency Response See specifications in this chapter.
IF Phase Linearity See specifications in this chapter.
Spurious Responses There are three effects of the use of Option B40 on spurious
responses. Most of the warranted elements of the “Spurious
Responses” on page 49 still apply without changes, but the
revised-version of the table on page 49, modified to reflect the
effect of Option B40, is shown in its place in this chapter. The
image responses part of that table have the same warranted
limits, but apply at different frequencies as shown in the table.
The "higher order RF spurs" line is slightly degraded. Also,
spurious-free dynamic range specifications are given in this
chapter, as well as IF Residuals.
Displayed Average Noise Level See specifications in this chapter.
Third-Order Intermodulation This bandwidth option can create additional TOI products to
those that are created by other instrument circuitry. These
products do not behave with typical analog third-order
behavior, and thus cannot be specified in the same manner.
Nominal performance statements are given in this chapter, but
they cannot be expected to decrease as the cube of the voltage
level of the signals.
Phase Noise The performance of the analyzer will degrade by an unspecified
extent when using wideband analysis. This extent is not
substantial enough to justify statistical process control.
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Nominally 0.5 dB degradation from base instrument absolute
amplitude accuracy. (Refer to Absolute Amplitude Accuracy on
page 38.)
Frequency Range Over Which Specifications on this bandwidth only apply with center
Specifications Apply frequencies of 30 MHz and higher.

104 Chapter 5
 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
SFDR (Spurious-Free Dynamic Range) Test conditionsa
Signal Frequency within ±12 MHz of center –77 dBc (nominal)
Signal Frequency anywhere within analysis BW
Spurious response within ±18 MHz of center –74 dBc (nominal)
Response anywhere within analysis BW –74 dBc (nominal)
a. Signal level is –6 dB relative to full scale at the center frequency. See the Full Scale table.

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Spurious Responsesa Preamp Offb
(see Band Overlaps on page 19)
Residual Responsesc −100 dBm (nominal)

Image Responses
Tuned Freq (f) Excitation Freq Mixer Leveld Response Response
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz f+10100 MHz −10 dBm −77 dBc –120 dBc (nominal)
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz f+500 MHz −10 dBm −77 dBc –121 dBc (nominal)
3.5 to 13.6 GHz f+500 MHz −10 dBm −75 dBc –90 dBc (nominal)
13.5 to 17.1 GHz f+500 MHz −10 dBm −71 dBc –86 dBc (nominal)
17.0 to 22 GHz f+500 MHz −10 dBm −67 dBc –83 dBc (nominal)
22 to 26.5 GHz f+500 MHz −10 dBm −65 dBc –80 dBc (nominal)
Other Spurious Responses
Carrier Frequency ≤ 26.5 GHz
First RF Ordere −10 dBm −80 dBc + –123 dBc (nominal)
(f ≥ 10 MHz from carrier) 20 × log(Nf)
Higher RF Orderg −40 dBm −75 dBc + –103 dBc (nominal)
f ≥ 10 MHz from carrier 20 × log(Nf)
LO-Related Spurious Response −10 dBm −100 dBc (nominal)
f > 600 MHz from carrier
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz
a. Preselector enabled for frequencies >3.6 GHz.
b. The spurious response specifications only apply with the preamp turned off. When the preamp is turned
on, performance is nominally the same as long as the mixer level is interpreted to be: Mixer Level =
Input Level − Input Attenuation − Preamp Gain
c. Input terminated, 0 dB input attenuation.
d. Mixer Level = Input Level − Input Attenuation. Verify with mixer levels no higher than –12 dBm if
necessary to avoid ADC overload.

Chapter 5 105
 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

e. With first RF order spurious products, the indicated frequency will change at the same rate as the input,
with higher order, the indicated frequency will change at a rate faster than the input.
f. N is the LO multiplication factor.
g. RBW=100 Hz. With higher RF order spurious responses, the observed frequency will change at a rate
faster than the input frequency.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

IF Residual Responses Relative to full scale; see the Full
Scale table for details
Band 0 –110 dBFS (nominal)
Band 1, Preselector Bypassed (Option MPB) –109 dBFS (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Frequency Responsea Relative to center frequency
Modes above 18 GHzb

Center Freq Span

(GHz) (MHz) Preselector 20-30° C Full range Typical RMS (nominal)c
≥0.03, <3.6 ≤40 n/a ±0.45 dB ±0.55 dB ±0.3 dB 0.08 dB
≥3.6, <8.4 ≤40 Offd ±0.35 dB ±0.9 dB ±0.25 dB 0.08 dB
>8.4, ≤26.5 ≤40 Offd ±0.46 dB ±0.9 dB ±0.33 dB 0.08 dB
≥3.6, ≤26.5 ≤40 On See footnotee
a. The IF frequency response includes effects due to RF circuits such as input filters, that are a function of
RF frequency, in addition to the IF passband effects.
b. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nomi-
nally six such modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase
errors of nominally up to ±1.2°.
c. The listed performance is the rms of the amplitude deviation from the mean amplitude response of a
span/CF combination. 50% of the combinations of prototype instruments, center frequencies and spans
had performance better than the listed values.
d. Option MPB is installed and enabled.
e. The passband shape will be greatly affected by the preselector. See “Preselector Bandwidth” on
page 30.

106 Chapter 5
 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Phase Linearity Deviation from mean phase linearity
Modes above 18 GHza
Center Freq Span Peak-to-peak
(GHz) (MHz) Preselector (nominal) RMS (nominal)b
≥0.02, <3.6 40 n/a 0.2° 0.05°
≥3.6, ≤26.5 40 Offc 5° 1.4°
a. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nomi-
nally six such modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase
errors of nominally up to ±1.2°.
b. The listed performance is the standard deviation of the phase deviation relative to the mean phase devi-
ation from a linear phase condition, where the RMS is computed across the span shown.
c. Option MPB is installed and enabled.

Nominal Phase Linearity [Plot]

The phase characteristics of analysis frequencies below 3.6 GHz are similar to the 1.8 GHz graph
shown. For analysis above 3.6 GHz, the curves shown are representative. They were measured between
5 and 25 GHz. The phase linearity of the analyzer does not depend on the frequency option. The
preselector is bypassed (Option MPB) for the above-3.6 GHz curves.

Chapter 5 107
 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Full Scale (ADC Clipping)a
Default settings, signal at CF
(IF Gain = Low; IF Gain Offset = 0 dB)
Band 0 −8 dBm mixer levelb (nominal)
Band 1 through 6 −7 dBm mixer levelb (nominal)
High Gain setting, signal at CF
(IF Gain = High; IF Gain Offset = 0 dB)
Band 0 −18 dBm mixer levelb (nominal),
subject to gain limitationsc
Band 1 through 6 −17 dBm mixer levelb (nominal),
subject to gain limitationsc
IF Gain Offset ≠ 0 dB, signal at CF See formulad, subject to gain
limitationsc
Effect of signal frequency ≠ CF up to ±3 dB (nominal)
a. This table is meant to help predict the full-scale level, defined as the signal level for which ADC over-
load (clipping) occurs. The prediction is imperfect, but can serve as a starting point for finding that
level experimentally. A SCPI command is also available for that purpose.
b. Mixer level is signal level minus input attenuation.
c. The available gain to reach the predicted mixer level will vary with center frequency. Combinations of
high gains and high frequencies will not achieve the gain required, increasing the full scale level.
d. The mixer level for ADC clipping is nominally given by that for the default settings, minus IF Gain
Offset, minus 10 dB if IF Gain is set to High.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

EVM
(EVM measurement floor for an 802.11g
OFDM signal, MCS7, using 89600 VSA
software equalization on channel
estimation sequence and data, pilot
tracking on)
2.4 GHz 0.35% (nominal)
5.8 GHz with Option MPB 0.50% (nominal)

108 Chapter 5
 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Third Order Two tones of equal level
Intermodulation 1 MHz tone separation
Distortion Each tone −9 dB relative to full scale (ADC clipping)
IF Gain = Low
IF Gain Offset = 0 dB
Preselector Bypasseda (Option MPB) in Bands 1 through 4
Band 0 −80 dBc (nominal)
Band 1 −80 dBc (nominal)
Band 2 −79 dBc (nominal)
Band 3 −72 dBc (nominal)
Band 4 −64 dBc (nominal)
a. When using the preselector, performance is similar

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Noise Density with Preselector 0 dB attenuation; Preselector
Bypass (Option MPB) bypassed above Band 0; center of
IF Gainc =
IF bandwidtha
Band Freq (GHz)b Low
0 1.80 −141 dBm/Hz
1 5.95 −137 dBm/Hz
2 10.95 −138 dBm/Hz
3 15.30 −132 dBm/Hz
4 21.75 −130 dBm/Hz
a. The noise level in the IF will change for frequencies away from the center of the IF. Usually, the IF part
of the total noise will get worse by nominally up to 3 dB as the edge of the IF bandwidth is approached.
b. Specifications apply at the center of each band. IF Noise dominates the system noise, therefore the
noise density will not change substantially with center frequency.
c. IF Gain Offset = 0 dB. IF Gain = High is about 10 dB extra IF gain. High IF gain gives better noise lev-
els to such a small extent that the warranted specifications do not change. High gain gives a full-scale
level (ADC clipping) that is reduced by about 10 dB. For the best clipping-to-noise dynamic range, use
IF Gain = Low and negative IF Gain Offset settings.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Signal to Noise Ratio Ratio of clipping levela to noise level
Example: 1.8 GHz 135 dBc/Hz, IF Gain = Low, IF Gain Offset =
0 dB
a. For the clipping level, see the table above, "Full Scale." Note that the clipping level is not a warranted
specification, and has particularly high uncertainty at high microwave frequencies.

Chapter 5 109
 Option B40 - 40 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Data Acquisition

Data Acquisition
Specifications Supplemental
Description
Information
Time Record Length
IQ Analyzer 4,000,000 IQ sample pairs
Advanced Tools Data Packing 89600 VSA software or
32-bit 64-bit N9064Aa VXA
Length (IQ sample pairs) 536 MSa (229 Sa) 268 MSa (228 Sa) 2 GB total memory
Length (time units) Samples/(Span × 1.28)
Sample Rate
At ADC 200 MSa/s
IQ Pairs Span dependent
ADC Resolution 12 bits
a. In software versions prior to A.06.00, the VXA measurement application product number was
89601X. Software versions A.06.00 and beyond have renamed 89601X to N9064A.

Capture Time [Plot]

NOTE This plot is based on the full access to the 2 GB deep capture memory which
requires either the 89600 VSA or the N9064A VXA

110 Chapter 5
6 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz
Analysis Bandwidth

This chapter contains specifications for the Option B85/B1A/B1X, 85 or125 or 160 MHz Analysis
Bandwidth, and are unique to this IF Path.

111
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth

Specifications Affected by Analysis Bandwidth

The specifications in this chapter apply when the 85 or 125 or160 MHz path is in use. In IQ Analyzer,
this will occur when the IF Path is set to 85, 125, or 160 MHz, whether by Auto selection (depending on
Span) or manually.

Specification Name Information

IF Frequency Response See specifications in this chapter.
IF Phase Linearity See specifications in this chapter.
Spurious Responses There are three effects of the use of Option B85/B1A/B1X on
spurious responses. Most of the warranted elements of the
“Spurious Responses” on page 49 still apply without changes,
but the revised-for-B85/B1A/B1X table is shown in its place in
this chapter. The image responses part of that table have the
same warranted limits, but apply at different frequencies as
shown in the table. The "higher order RF spurs" line is slightly
degraded. Also, spurious-free dynamic range specifications are
given in this chapter, as well as IF Residuals.
Displayed Average Noise Level See specifications in this chapter.
Third-Order Intermodulation This bandwidth option can create additional TOI products to
those that are created by other instrument circuitry. These
products do not behave with typical analog third-order
behavior, and thus cannot be specified in the same manner.
Nominal performance statements are given in this chapter, but
they cannot be expected to decrease as the cube of the voltage
level of the signals.
Phase Noise The performance of the analyzer will degrade by an unspecified
extent when using wideband analysis. This extent is not
substantial enough to justify statistical process control.
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Nominally 0.5 dB degradation from base instrument absolute
amplitude accuracy. (Refer to Absolute Amplitude Accuracy on
page 38.)
Frequency Range Over Which Specifications on this bandwidth only apply with center
Specifications Apply frequencies of 100 MHz and higher.

112 Chapter 6
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
SFDR (Spurious-Free Dynamic Range) For 85 MHz analysis BW,
Test conditionsa
Signal Frequency and spurious response –76 dBc (nominal)
anywhere within 85 MHz BW
a. Signal level is –6 dB relative to full scale at the center frequency. See the Full Scale table.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

SFDR (Spurious-Free Dynamic Range) For 160 MHz analysis BW,
Test conditionsa
Signal Frequency within ±12 MHz of center –72 dBc (nominal)
Signal Frequency anywhere within 160 MHz
analysis BW
Spurious response within ±63 MHz of center –71 dBc (nominal)
Response anywhere within 160 MHz analysis –69 dBc (nominal)
BW
a. Signal level is –6 dB relative to full scale at the center frequency. See the Full Scale table.

Chapter 6 113
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
Spurious Responsesa Preamp Offb
(see Band Overlaps on page 19)
Residual Responsesc −100 dBm (nominal)

Image Responses
Tuned Freq (f) Excitation Freq Mixer Leveld Response
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz f+10200 MHz −10 dBm −77 dBc –121 dBc (nominal)
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz f+600 MHz −10 dBm −77 dBc –124 dBc (nominal)
3.5 to 13.6 GHz f+600 MHz −10 dBm −75 dBc –93 dBc (nominal)
13.5 to 17.1 GHz f+600 MHz −10 dBm −71 dBc –88 dBc (nominal)
17.0 to 22 GHz f+600 MHz −10 dBm −67 dBc –88 dBc (nominal)
22 to 26.5 GHz f+600 MHz −10 dBm −65 dBc –85 dBc (nominal)
Other Spurious Responses
Carrier Frequency ≤ 26.5 GHz
First RF Ordere –10 dBm −80 dBc + –116 dBc (nominal)
(f ≥ 10 MHz from carrier) 20 × log(Nf)
Higher RF Orderg −40 dBm −75 dBc + –103 dBc (nominal)
(f ≥ 10 MHz from carrier) 20 × log(Nf)
LO-Related Spurious Response −10 dBm –97 dBc (nominal)
Offset from carrier 200 Hz to 10 MHz
Line-Related Spurious Responses −73 dBc + 20 × log(Nf)
(nominal)
a. Preselector enabled for frequencies >3.6 GHz.
b. The spurious response specifications only apply with the preamp turned off. When the preamp is turned
on, performance is nominally the same as long as the mixer level is interpreted to be: Mixer Level =
Input Level − Input Attenuation − Preamp Gain
c. Input terminated, 0 dB input attenuation.
d. Mixer Level = Input Level − Input Attenuation. Verify with mixer levels no higher than –12 dBm if
necessary to avoid ADC overload.
e. With first RF order spurious products, the indicated frequency will change at the same rate as the input,
with higher order, the indicated frequency will change at a rate faster than the input.
f. N is the LO multiplication factor.
g. RBW=100 Hz. With higher RF order spurious responses, the observed frequency will change at a rate
faster than the input frequency.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Residual Responses Relative to full scale; see the
Full Scale table for details.
Band 0 –96 dBFS (nominal)
Band 1, Preselector Bypassed (Option MPB) –96 dBFS (nominal)

114 Chapter 6
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Frequency Responsea Modes above 18 GHzb

Center Freq Span

(GHz) (MHz) Preselector Typical RMS (nominal)c
≥0.15, <3.6 ≤85 n/a ±0.6 dB ±0.17 dB 0.05 dB
≥0.15, <3.6 ≤140 n/a ±0.6 dB ±0.25 dB 0.05 dB
≥0.15, <3.6 ≤160 n/a ±0.2 dB (nominal) 0.07 dB
>3.6, ≤8.4 ≤85 Offd ±0.73 dB ±0.2 dB 0.06 dB
≥3.6, ≤8.4 ≤140 Offd ±0.8 dB ±0.35 dB 0.06 dB
≥3.6, ≤8.4 ≤160 Offd ±0.3 dB (nominal) 0.07 dB
>8.4, ≤26.5 ≤85 Offd ±1.1 dB ±0.50 dB 0.2 dB
>8.4, ≤26.5 ≤140 Offd ±1.4 dB ±0.76 dB 0.2 dB
>8.4, ≤26.5 ≤160 Offd ±0.5 dB (nominal) 0.12 dB
>3.6 On See notee
a. The IF frequency response includes effects due to RF circuits such as input filters, that are a function of
RF frequency, in addition to the IF pass-band effects.
b. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to response errors due to modes in the Type-N connector.
With the use of Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nominally six such
modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase errors of nominally
up to ±1.2°.
c. The listed performance is the rms of the amplitude deviation from the mean amplitude response of a
span/CF combination. 50% of the combinations of prototype instruments, center frequencies and spans
had performance better than the listed values.
d. Option MPB is installed and enabled.
e. The passband shape will be greatly affected by the preselector. See “Preselector Bandwidth” on
page 30.

Chapter 6 115
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IF Phase Linearity Deviation from mean phase linearity
Freq Option 526 only: Modes above
18 GHza
Center Freq Span Peak-to-peak
(GHz) (MHz) Preselector (nominal) RMS (nominal)b
≥0.03, <3.6 ≤85 n/a 1.6° 0.54°
≤140 n/a 3.9° 0.85°
≤160 n/a 4.7° 1.23°
≥3.6 ≤85 Offc 4.2° 0.93°
≤160 Offc 5.3° 1.73°
a. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nomi-
nally six such modes. These modes cause nominally up to −0.35 dB amplitude change, with phase
errors of nominally up to ±1.2°. Because of these modes, the ratio of worst-case to the shown
"nominal " parameters is unusually high
b. The listed performance is the rms of the phase deviation relative to the mean phase deviation from a
linear phase condition, where the rms is computed across the span shown.
c. Option MPB is installed and enabled.

Nominal IF Phase Linearity [Plot] 160 MHz IF Path

The phase characteristics of analysis frequencies below 3.6 GHz are similar to the 1.8 GHz graph
shown. For analysis above 3.6 GHz, the curves shown are representative. They were measured between
5 and 25 GHz. The phase linearity of the analyzer does not depend on the frequency option nor on the
IF analysis bandwidth option when that option is in the range of 85 to 160 MHz.

116 Chapter 6
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Full Scale (ADC Clipping)a
Default settings, signal at CF
(IF Gain = Low; IF Gain Offset = 0 dB)
Band 0 −8 dBm mixer levelb (nominal)
Band 1 through 6 −7 dBm mixer levelb (nominal)
High Gain setting, signal at CF
(IF Gain = High; IF Gain Offset = 0 dB)
Band 0 −18 dBm mixer levelb (nominal),
subject to gain limitationsc
Band 1 through 6 −17 dBm mixer levelb (nominal),
subject to gain limitationsc
IF Gain Offset ≠ 0 dB, signal at CF See formulad, subject to gain
limitationsc
Effect of signal frequency ≠ CF up to ±3 dB (nominal)
a. This table is meant to help predict the full-scale level, defined as the signal level for which ADC over-
load (clipping) occurs. The prediction is imperfect, but can serve as a starting point for finding that
level experimentally. A SCPI command is also available for that purpose.
b. Mixer level is signal level minus input attenuation.
c. The available gain to reach the predicted mixer level will vary with center frequency. Combinations of
high gains and high frequencies will not achieve the gain required, increasing the full scale level.
d. The mixer level for ADC clipping is nominally given by that for the default settings, minus IF Gain
Offset, minus 10 dB if IF Gain is set to High.

Chapter 6 117
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specification Supplemental Information

EVM measurement floor Customized settings required, using
89600 VSA software with equalizer
training settings stated below, pilot
phase tracking set to post EQ
Preselector Bypassed (Option
MPB) is installed and enabled
Case 1: 802.11ac OFDM signal, 80 MHz
bandwidth, MCS8
Carrier frequency, 5.21 GHz, 0.23% (–52.7 dB) nominal (EQ on
input power 0 dBm preamble, plots, and data)
0.35% (–49.1 dB) nominal (EQ on
preamble only)
Case 2: 802.11ac OFDM signal, 160 MHz
bandwidth, MCS8
Carrier frequency, 5.25 GHz, 0.30% (–50.4 dB) nominal (EQ on
input power 0 dBm preamble, plots, and data)
0.40% (–47.9 dB) nominal (EQ on
preamble only)

118 Chapter 6
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Third Order Two tones of equal level
Intermodulation 1 MHz tone separation
Distortion Each tone −9 dB relative to full scale (ADC clipping)
IF Gain = Low
IF Gain Offset = 0 dB
Preselector Bypasseda (Option MPB) in Bands 1 through 4
Freq Option ≤ 526
Band 0 −77 dBc (nominal)
Band 1 −75 dBc (nominal)
Band 2 −74 dBc (nominal)
Band 3 −76 dBc (nominal)
Band 4 −74 dBc (nominal)
a. When using the preselector, performance is similar

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Noise Density with Preselector 0 dB attenuation; Preselector
Bypass (Option MPB) bypassed above Band 0; center of
IF Gainc =
IF bandwidtha
b
Band Freq (GHz) Low
0 1.80 −146 dBm/Hz
1 5.95 −142 dBm/Hz
2 10.95 −141 dBm/Hz
3 15.30 −136 dBm/Hz
4 21.75 −133 dBm/Hz
a. The noise level in the IF will change for frequencies away from the center of the IF. Usually, the IF part
of the total noise will get worse by nominally up to 3 dB as the edge of the IF bandwidth is approached.
b. Specifications apply at the center of each band. IF noise dominates the system noise, therefore the
noise density will not change substantially with center frequency.
c. IF Gain Offset = 0 dB. IF Gain = High is about 10 dB extra IF gain, giving better noise levels but a
full-scale level (ADC clipping) that is reduced by about 10 dB. For the best clipping-to-noise dynamic
range, use IF Gain = Low and negative IF Gain Offset settings.

Chapter 6 119
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Other Analysis Bandwidth Specifications

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Signal to Noise Ratio Ratio of clipping levela to noise levelb
Example: 1.8 GHz 140 dB nominal, log averaged, 1 Hz RBW, IF
Gain = Low, IF Gain Offset = 0 dB
a. For the clipping level, see the table above, "Full Scale." Note that the clipping level is not a warranted
specification, and has particularly high uncertainty at high microwave frequencies.
b. The noise level is specified in the table above, "Displayed Average Noise Level." Please consider these
details and additional information: DANL is, by Agilent and industry practice, specified with log aver-
aging, which reduces the measured noise level by 2.51 dB. It is specified for a 1 Hz resolution band-
width, which will nominally have a noise bandwidth of 1.056 Hz. Therefore, the noise density is
2.27 dB above the DANL. Please note that the signal-to-noise ratio can be further improved by using
negative settings of IF Gain Offset.

120 Chapter 6
 Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Data Acquisition

Data Acquisition
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Time Record Length
IQ Analyzer 4,000,000 IQ sample pairs
Advanced Tools Data Packing 89600 VSA software or
32-bit 64-bit N9064Aa VXA
Length (IQ sample pairs) 536 MSa (229 Sa) 268 MSa (228 Sa) 2 GB total memory
Length (time units) Samples/(Span × 1.28)
Sample Rate
At ADC 400 MSa/s
IQ Pairs Span dependent
ADC Resolution 14 bits
a. In software versions prior to A.06.00, the VXA measurement application product number was 89601X.
Software versions A.06.00 and beyond have renamed 89601X to N9064A.

Capture Time [Plot]

NOTE This plot is based on the full access to the 2 GB deep capture memory which
requires either the 89600 VSA or the N9064A VXA

Chapter 6 121
Option B85/B1A/B1X - 85/125/160 MHz Analysis Bandwidth
Data Acquisition

122 Chapter 6
7 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ
(BBIQ) Inputs
This chapter contains specifications for the Option BBA (Baseband IQ) hardware. Option BBA is only
compatible with Options 503, 508, 513, and 526,

123
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Frequency and Time

Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Frequency Range
I only, Q only DC to 40 MHz Tuning rangea
I + jQ –40 MHz to 40 MHz Baseband range

Frequency Spanb Dependent on base instrument IF

BW options
I only, Q only
Standard Instrument 10 Hz to 10 MHz
With Option B25 10 Hz to 25 MHz
With Option B40 10 Hz to 40 MHz
I + jQ
Standard Instrument 10 Hz to 20 MHz
With Option B25 10 Hz to 50 MHz
With Option B40 10 Hz to 80 MHz
2-channel with 89600 VSA
Standard Instrument 10 Hz to 10 MHz per channel
With Option B25
Zoom, complex data 10 Hz to 25 MHz per channel
Baseband 10 Hz to 20 MHz per channel
With Option B40
Zoom, complex data 10 Hz to 40 MHz per channel
Baseband 10 Hz to 20 MHz per channel

Frequency Resolution 1 Hz
a. Closest approach of center frequency to edge frequency is limited to one-half of span.
b. Standard base instrument provides 0 Hz to 10 MHz span range. For >10 MHz spans,
options B25 (25 MHz) or S40 (40 MHz) required.

124 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Input Ranges 50Ω source power setting for
full-scale sinusoid
Full-Scale Peak Voltage
50Ω Input Impedance 1 V Peak 10 dBm
0.5 V Peak 4 dBm
0.250 V Peak –2 dBm
0.125 V Peak –8 dBm

1 MΩ Input Impedancea 1 V Peak 4 dBm

0.5 V Peak –2 dBm
0.250 V Peak –8 dBm
0.125 V Peak –14 dBm

Maximum Common Mode Input

Range
50Ω Input Impedance –3 V to +3 V ±6.75 V (Agilent 1130A probe)
1 MΩ Input Impedance –3 V to +3 V ±30 V (Agilent 1161A probe)
Maximum Safe Input Voltage ±4 V (DC + AC)
a. Unterminated – no external termination used on input.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Absolute Amplitude Accuracya
250 kHz Reference Frequency, All ±0.07 dB (nominal)
Ranges
a. Measured at –6 dB relative to maximum for each range.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Frequency Response ±0.25 dB (nominal)
(Relative to 250 kHz, 50Ω and 1 MΩ
Inputs, 0 to 40 MHz)

Chapter 7 125
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Amplitude Linearitya
(All ranges)
0 to –45 dB relative to Full Scale ±0.10 dB (nominal)
More than 45 dB below Full Scale ±0.20 dB (nominal)
a. With dither turned on.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Match
Amplitude Match All Ranges,
50Ω and 1 MΩ Inputs,
Single Ended input mode selected
95th Percentile (=2σ)
0 to 10 MHz ±0.04 dB
>10 MHz to 25 MHz ±0.06 dB
>25 MHz to 40 MHz ±0.10 dB
Phase Match All Ranges,
50Ω and 1 MΩ Inputs,
Single Ended input mode selected
95th Percentile (=2σ)
0 to 10 MHz ±0.08°
>10 MHz to 25 MHz ±0.18°
>25 MHz to 40 MHz ±0.32°

126 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Nominal Channel Match, 50Ω Input, Single-Ended input mode, 0.25V Range [Plot]

Nominal Phase Match, 50Ω Input, Single-Ended input mode, 0.25V Range [Plot]

Chapter 7 127
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Crosstalk <–70 dB (nominal)
(50Ω and 1 MΩ Inputs)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Common Mode Rejection <–50 dB (nominal)
(50Ω Input, 0 to 40 MHz)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Phase Noise
(1 MHz to 40 MHz)
Offset 1 kHz –132 dBc/Hz (nominal)
Offset 10 kHz –136 dBc/Hz (nominal)
Offset 100 kHz –142 dBc/Hz (nominal)
Offsets >100 kHz –142 dBc/Hz (nominal)

128 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Dynamic Range

Dynamic Range
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Displayed Average Noise Levela
(Single Ended input selected
I only, or Q only
1 kHz RBW, normalized to 1 Hz
Voltage averaging applied
No DC offset applied) Nominal
50Ω Input Impedance Selected Input terminated in 50Ω
>2 MHz to 40 MHz
1 V Peak –137 dBm (32 nV/√Hz)
0.5 V Peak –141 dBm (20 nV/√Hz)
0.25 V Peak –144 dBm (14 nV/√Hz)
0.125 V Peak –146 dBm (11 nV/√Hz)
1 MΩ Input Impedance Selected Input terminated in 1 MΩ
>2 MHz to 40 MHz
1 V Peak –136 dBm (35 nV/√Hz)
0.5 V Peak –139 dBm (25 nV/√Hz)
0.25 V Peak –142 dBm (18 nV/√Hz)
0.125 V Peak –144 dBm (14 nV/√Hz)
a. DANL (Displayed Average Noise Level) is the average noise level over the stated frequency range.

Chapter 7 129
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Dynamic Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Signal to Noise Ratio 147 dBFS/Hz (nominal)
(50Ω Input Impedance Selected,
1 V scale)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Residual Responses –90 dBm (nominal)
(0 Hz to 40 MHz)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Responsesa –70 dBc (nominal)
(f > 1 kHz from carrier)
Second Harmonic Distortiona –70 dBc (nominal)
Third Order Intermodulation –70 dBFS (nominal)
Distortionb
a. Measured relative to 0 dBm carrier
b. Measured with two tones, each at half of full scale, spaced by 100 kHz.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Residual DC (IQ) offset –54 dBFS (nominal)
(After Auto-Zero)

130 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Application Specifications

Application Specifications
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Supported X-Series Measurement Refer to the corresponding
Applications measurement application chapter
for performance information
with Option BBA enabled.
N9071A-2FP/3FP
GSM/EDGE/EDGE Evolution
N9072A-2FP
cdma2000
N9073A-1FP/2FP/3FP
W-CDMA/HSPA/HSPA+
N9064A-1FP/2FP/3FP
VXA vector signal analysis/
Flexible digital modulation analysis/
WLAN (802.11a/b/g) modulation analysis
N9075A-2FP
802.16 OFDMA (Mobile WiMAX)
N9076A-2FP
1xEV-DO
N9079A-1FP/2FP
TD-SCDMA/ TD-HSDPA/HSUPA/8PSK
N6152A-2FP
Digital Cable TV
N6153A-2FP
DVB-T/H with T2
N6155A-2FP
ISDB-T/Tmm
N6156A-2FP
DTMB (CTTB)
N6158A-2FP
CMMB
N9080A--1FP
LTE-FDD
N9082A--1FP
LTE-TDD

Chapter 7 131
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Application Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Residual EVM – X-Series Measurement
Applications
N9071A GSM/EDGE
EDGE EVM floor 0.5% (nominal)
PFER phase error, rms, floor 0.3° (nominal)
N9072A cdma2000
Composite EVM floor 1.5% (nominal)
Composite Rho floor 0.99978 (nominal)
N9073A W-CDMA
Composite EVM floor 1.5% (nominal)
N9075A 802.16 OFDMA (Mobile WiMAX)
10 MHz bandwidth
RCE floor –48 dB (nominal)
N9076A 1xEV-DO
Composite EVM floor 1.5% (nominal)
Composite Rho floor 0.99978 (nominal)
N9079A TD-SCDMA
Composite EVM floor 1.5% (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Residual EVM – 89600 VSA Software
Applications
89600 Option BHD: 3GPP LTE
(10 MHz Bandwidth)
DL ≤–48 dB (0.4%) (nominal)
UL ≤–46 dB (0.5%) (nominal)
89600 Option B7U: 3GPP W-CDMA ≤1.5% EVM (nominal)
(5 MHz Bandwidth)
89600 Option B7Y: 802.16 OFDMA ≤–48 dB RCE (nominal)
(10 MHz Bandwidth)

132 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Complex Spectrum Measurement
Resolution BW Range 100 mHz to 3 MHz
Pre-FFT Filter BW Range
(Type: Gaussian, Flat
BW Control: Auto, Manual)
Standard 10 Hz to 20 MHz
Option B25 10 Hz to 50 MHz
Option B40 10 Hz to 80 MHz
FFT Window Flat Top (high amplitude
accuracy); Uniform; Hanning;
Hamming; Gaussian;
Blackman; Blackman-Harris;
Kaiser-Bessel 70, 90, 110
Averaging
Avg Number 1 to 20,001
Avg Mode Exponential, Repeat
Avg Type Power Avg (RMS), Log-Power
Avg (Video), Voltage Avg,
Maximum, Minimum

Chapter 7 133
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Y-axis Display
Dynamic Range 10 divisions × scale/div
Log scale/div Range 0.1 to 20 dB
Log scale/div Increment 0.01 dB
Voltage scale/div Range 1 nV to 20 V
Controls Ref Value, Range, Scale/Div, Allows expanded views of
Ref Position, and Auto Scaling portions of the trace data
Range Selection Auto, Manual Refer to “Input Ranges” on
page 125
I Range and Q Range 1 V peak, 0.5 V peak, 0.25 V
peak, or 0.125 V peak
Markers Normal, Delta, Band Power,
Noise
Measurement Resolution
Displayed (manual) 0.01 dB
Remote Query 0.001 dB
Trigger Refer to “Trigger Inputs” on
page 75.
Source Free Run
External 1
External 2
Baseband I/Q Source I/Q Mag
I (Demodulated)
Q (Demodulated)
Input I
Input Q
Aux Channel Center Frequency
Baseband IQ Trigger Setup Trigger level, Trigger slope, and
Trigger delay
Aux Channel I/Q mag Trigger Trigger level, Trigger slope,
Setup Trigger delay, Trigger center
frequency, and Trigger BW
General Trigger Setup Auto trigger, Trigger holdoff

134 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

IQ Waveform Measurement
Time Record Length Refer to “Capture Length vs.
Span, 2-channel with 89600
VSA, I+jQ Mode [Plot]” on
page 138.
Information Bandwidth
Standard 10 Hz to 20 MHz
Option B25 10 Hz to 50 MHz
Option B40 10 Hz to 80 MHz
Averaging
Avg Number 1 to 20,001
Avg Mode Exponential, Repeat
Avg Type Power Avg (RMS),
Log-power Avg (Video),
Voltage Avg,
Displays RF Envelope, I/Q Waveform
Y-axis Display
Dynamic Range 10 divisions × scale/div
Log scale/div Range 0.1 to 20 dB
Log scale/div Increment 0.01 dB
Voltage scale/div Range 1 nV to 20 V
Controls Scale/Div, Ref Value, and Allows expanded views of
Ref Position portions of the trace data.
X-axis Display
Range 10 divisions x scale/div Allows expanded views of
portions of the trace data.
Controls Scale/Div, Ref Value, and Ref
Position
Markers Normal, Delta, Band Power,
Noise
Measurement Resolution
Displayed 0.01 dB
Remote query 0.001 dB
Trigger Refer to “Trigger Inputs” on
page 75.
Trigger Source External 1 Refer to “Trigger Inputs” on
External 2 page 75.
I/Q Mag
I, Q, Input I, Input Q
Aux channel I/Q mag
Trigger Slope Positive, Negative

Chapter 7 135
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Trigger Delay On, Off
Range
External-1/2 –150 ms to 500 ms
I/Q Mag, I, Q, Input I, Input Q, –2.5 s to 10.0 s
Aux channel I/Q mag
General Trigger Setup Auto trigger, Trigger holdoff
Auto Trigger On, Off
Time Interval Range 1 ms to 100 s (nominal)
Triggers immediately if no
trigger occurs before the set time
interval.
Trigger Holdoff On, Off
Range 0 to 500 ms
Resolution 100 ns
Baseband I/Q Source I/Q Mag
I (Demodulated)
Q (Demodulated)
Input I,
Input Q,
Aux Channel Center
Frequency
Baseband I/Q Trigger Setup Trigger level, Trigger slope,
and Trigger delay
Aux Channel I/Q mag Trigger Trigger level, Trigger slope,
Setup Trigger delay, Trigger center
frequency, and Trigger BW
Aux Channel I/Q mag Trigger
Trigger Center Frequency
Standard –10 MHz to 10 MHz
Option B25 –25 MHz to 25 MHz
Option B40 –40 MHz to 40 MHz
Trigger BW
Standard 10 Hz to 20 MHz
Option B25 10 Hz to 50 MHz
Option B40 10 Hz to 80 MHz

136 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
General

General
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Capture Depth 512 MSa Sampling rate 50 MSa/s to 100 MSa/s
256 MSa Sampling rate < 50 MSa/s
Capture Record Length
Sample Rate 100 MSa/s 5s 80 MHz bandwidth with I+jQ
Sample Rate 50 MSa/s 5s 40 MHz bandwidth with I+jQ
Sample Rate 25 MSa/s 10 s 20 MHz bandwidth with I+jQ
Sample Rate 12.5 MSa/s 20 s 10 MHz bandwidth with I+jQ

Chapter 7 137
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
General

Capture Length vs. Span, 2-channel with 89600 VSA, I+jQ Mode [Plot]

138 Chapter 7
 Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Inputs/Outputs

Inputs/Outputs
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Connectors (I, Q, I, Q, and Cal BNC female See Frequency and Amplitude
Out) sections for Baseband Input details
Cal Out
Signal AC coupled square wave
Frequency Selectable between 1 kHz or
250 kHz (fixed)
Input Impedance 50Ω or 1 MΩ (nominal) selectable
(4 connectors: I, I and Q, Q)
Probes Supported Agilent InfiniiMax series: Probe connectivity kits such as
Active Probe 1130A, 1131A, 1132A, E2668A, E2669A or E2675A are
1134A needed.
For more details, please refer to the
Passive Probe 1161A Agilent probe configuration guides:
5968-7141EN and 5989-6162EN.
Input Return Loss
(50Ω Impedance Selected)
0 to 10 MHz –35 dB (nominal)
10 to 40 MHz –30 dB (nominal)
Input Capacitance 12 pF (nominal)
(1 MΩ Input Impedance)

Chapter 7 139
Option BBA - Analog Baseband IQ (BBIQ) Inputs
Inputs/Outputs

140 Chapter 7
8 Option CR3 - Connector Rear, 2nd IF
Output

This chapter contains specifications for Option CR3, Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output.

141
 Option CR3 - Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output
Specifications Affected by Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output

Specifications Affected by Connector Rear, 2nd IF

Output
No other analyzer specifications are affected by the presence or use of this option. New specifications are
given in the following page.

142 Chapter 8
 Option CR3 - Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output
Other Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output Specifications

Other Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output Specifications

Aux IF Out Port

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Connector SMA female Shared with other options
Impedance 50Ω (nominal)

Second IF Out

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Second IF Out
Output Center Frequency
SA Mode 322.5 MHz
I/Q Analyzer Mode
IF Path ≤ 25 ΜΗz 322.5 MHz
IF Path 40 ΜΗz 250 MHz
IF Path 85, 125 or 160 MHz 300 MHz
Conversion Gain at 2nd IF –1 to +4 dB (nominal) plus RF frequency responsea
output center frequency
Bandwidth
Low band Up to 140 MHz (nominal)b
High band
With preselector Depends on RF center frequencyc
Preselector bypassed Up to 410 MHz nominald
(Option MPB)
Residual Output Signals –94 dBm or lower (nominal)
a. “Conversion Gain” is defined from RF input to IF Output with 0 dB mechanical attenuation and the
electronic attenuator off. The nominal performance applies in zero span.
b. The passband width at –3 dB nominally extends from IF frequencies of 230 to 370 MHz. When using
IF paths with center frrequencies of 250 MHz or 322.5 MHz, the passband will therefore be asymmet-
ric.
c. The YIG-tuned preselector bandwidth nominally varies from 55 MHz for a center frequencies of
3.6 GHz through 57 MHz at 15 GHz to 75 MHz at 26.5 GHz. (Refer to page 23 for details.) The prese-
lector effect will dominate the passband width.
d. The passband width at –6 dB nominally extends from 100 to 510 MHz. Thus, the maximum width is
not centered around the IF output center frequency.

Chapter 8 143
Option CR3 - Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output
Other Connector Rear, 2nd IF Output Specifications

144 Chapter 8
9 Option CRP - Connector Rear,
Arbitrary IF Output

This chapter contains specifications for Option CRP, Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output.

145
 Option CRP - Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output
Specifications Affected by Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output

Specifications Affected by Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF

Output
No other analyzer specifications are affected by the presence or use of this option. New specifications are
given in the following page.

146 Chapter 9
 Option CRP - Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output
Other Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output Specifications

Other Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output

Specifications

Aux IF Out Port

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Connector SMA female Shared with other options
Impedance 50Ω (nominal)

Arbitrary IF Out

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Arbitrary IF Out
IF Output Center Frequency
Range 10 to 75 MHz
Resolution 0.5 MHz
Conversion Gain at the RF Center –1 to +4 dB (nominal) plus RF frequency
Frequency responsea
Bandwidth
Highpass corner frequency 5 MHz (nominal) at –3 dB
Lowpass corner frequency 120 MHz (nominal) at –3 dB
Output at 70 MHz center
Low band; also, high band with 100 MHz (nominal)b
preselector bypassed
Preselected bands Depends on RF center frequencyc
Lower output frequencies Subject to foldingd
Phase Noise Added noise above analyzer noisee
Residual Output Signals –88 dBm or lower (nominal)f
a. “Conversion Gain” is defined from RF input to IF Output with 0 dB mechanical attenuation and the
electronic attenuator off. The nominal performance applies with zero span.
b. The bandwidth shown is in non-preselected bands. The combination with preselection (see footnote c)
will reduce the bandwidth.
c. See “Preselector Bandwidth” on page 30.
d. As the output center frequency declines, the lower edge of the passband will fold around zero hertz.
This phenomenon is most severe for output frequencies around and below 20 MHz. For more informa-
tion on frequency folding, refer to X-Series Spectrum Analyzer User’s and Programmer’s Reference.
e. The added phase noise in the conversion process of generating this IF is nominally –88, –106, and
–130 dBc/Hz at offsets of 10, 100, and 1000 kHz respectively.
f. Measured from 1 MHz to 150 MHz.

Chapter 9 147
Option CRP - Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output
Other Connector Rear, Arbitrary IF Output Specifications

148 Chapter 9
10 Option EA3 - Electronic Attenuator,
3.6 GHz
This chapter contains specifications for the Option EA3 Electronic Attenuator, 3.6 GHz.

149
 Option EA3 - Electronic Attenuator, 3.6 GHz
Specifications Affected by Electronic Attenuator

Specifications Affected by Electronic Attenuator

Specification Name Information
Frequency Range See “Range (Frequency and Attenuation)” on page 151.

1 dB Gain Compression Point See “Distortions and Noise” on page 152.

Displayed Average Noise Level See “Distortions and Noise” on page 152.

Frequency Response See “Frequency Response” on page 153.

Attenuator Switching Uncertainty The recommended operation of the electronic attenuator is with
the reference setting (10 dB) of the mechanical attenuator. In
this operating condition, the Attenuator Switching Uncertainty
specification of the mechanical attenuator in the core
specifications does not apply, and any switching uncertainty of
the electronic attenuator is included within the “Electronic
Attenuator Switching Uncertainty” on page 154.

Absolute Amplitude Accuracy, See .“Absolute Amplitude Accuracy” on page 153.

Second Harmonic Distortion See “Distortions and Noise” on page 152.

Third Order Intermodulation See “Distortions and Noise” on page 152.

Distortion

150 Chapter 10
 Option EA3 - Electronic Attenuator, 3.6 GHz
Other Electronic Attenuator Specifications

Other Electronic Attenuator Specifications

Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Range (Frequency and Attenuation)
Frequency Range 10 Hz to 3.6 GHz

Attenuation Range
Electronic Attenuator Range 0 to 24 dB, 1 dB steps
Calibrated Range 0 to 24 dB, 2 dB steps Electronic attenuator is
calibrated with 10 dB
mechanical attenuation
Full Attenuation Range 0 to 94 dB, 1 dB steps Sum of electronic and
mechanical attenuation

Chapter 10 151
 Option EA3 - Electronic Attenuator, 3.6 GHz
Other Electronic Attenuator Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Distortions and Noise When using the electronic attenuator, the
mechanical attenuator is also in-circuit. The full
mechanical attenuator range is availablea.
1 dB Gain Compression Point The 1 dB compression point will be nominally
higher with the electronic attenuator “Enabled”
than with it not Enabled by the loss,b except
with high settings of electronic attenuationc.
Displayed Average Noise Level Instrument Displayed Average Noise Level will
nominally be worse with the electronic
attenuator “Enabled” than with it not Enabled
by the lossb.
Second Harmonic Distortion Instrument Second Harmonic Distortion will
nominally be better in terms of the second
harmonic intercept (SHI) with the electronic
attenuator “Enabled” than with it not Enabled
by the lossb.
Third-order Intermodulation Instrument TOI will nominally be better with
Distortion the electronic attenuator “Enabled” than with it
not Enabled by the lossb except for the
combination of high attenuation setting and
high signal frequencyd.
a. The electronic attenuator is calibrated for its frequency response only with the mechanical attenuator
set to its preferred setting of 10 dB.
b. The loss of the electronic attenuator is nominally given by its attenuation plus its excess loss. That
excess loss is nominally 2 dB from 0 − 500 MHz and increases by nominally another 1 dB/GHz for fre-
quencies above 500 MHz.
c. An additional compression mechanism is present at high electronic attenuator settings. The mechanism
gives nominally 1 dB compression at +20 dBm at the internal electronic attenuator input. The compres-
sion threshold at the RF input is higher than that at the internal electronic attenuator input by the
mechanical attenuation. The mechanism has negligible effect for electronic attenuations of 0 through
14 dB.
d. The TOI performance improvement due to electronic attenuator loss is limited at high frequencies,
such that the TOI reaches a limit of nominally +45 dBm at 3.6 GHz, with the preferred mechanical
attenuator setting of 10 dB, and the maximum electronic attenuation of 24 dB. The TOI will change in
direct proportion to changes in mechanical attenuation.

152 Chapter 10
 Option EA3 - Electronic Attenuator, 3.6 GHz
Other Electronic Attenuator Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Frequency Response Mech atten set to
default/calibrated setting of
10 dB.
(Maximum error relative to
reference condition (50 MHz))
20 to 30°C Full Range 95th Percentile (≈2σ)
Attenuation = 4 to 24 dB, even
steps
20 Hz to 10 MHz ±0.70 dB ±0.90 dB ±0.32 dB
10 MHz to 2.2 GHz ±0.46 dB ±0.58 dB ±0.18 dB
2.2 GHz to 3.6 GHz ±0.53 dB ±0.67 dB ±0.20 dB

Attenuation = 0, 1, 2 and odd

steps, 3 to 23 dB
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz ±0.26 dB

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
At 50 MHza
20 to 30°C ±0.34 dB
Full temperature range ±0.36 dB
At all frequenciesa
20 to 30°C ±(0.34 dB + frequency response)
Full temperature range ±(0.36 dB + frequency response)
95th Percentile Absolute ±0.17 dB
Amplitude Accuracyb
(Wide range of signal levels,
RBWs, RLs, etc.,
0.01 to 3.6 GHz)

a. Absolute amplitude accuracy is the total of all amplitude measurement errors, and applies over the fol-
lowing subset of settings and conditions: 1 Hz ≤ RBW ≤ 1 MHz; Input signal −10 to −50 dBm; Input
attenuation 10 dB; all settings auto-coupled except Swp Time Rules = Accuracy; combinations of low
signal level and wide RBW use VBW ≤ 30 kHz to reduce noise. When using FFT sweeps, the signal
must be at the center frequency.

This absolute amplitude accuracy specification includes the sum of the following individual specifica-
tions under the conditions listed above: Scale Fidelity, Reference Level Accuracy, Display Scale
Switching Uncertainty, Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty, 50 MHz Amplitude Reference
Accuracy, and the accuracy with which the instrument aligns its internal gains to the 50 MHz Ampli-
tude Reference.

Chapter 10 153
 Option EA3 - Electronic Attenuator, 3.6 GHz
Other Electronic Attenuator Specifications

b. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy for a wide range of signal and measurement settings, covers the 95th
percentile proportion with 95% confidence. Here are the details of what is covered and how the compu-
tation is made:
The wide range of conditions of RBW, signal level, VBW, reference level and display scale are dis-
cussed in footnote a. There are 44 quasi-random combinations used, tested at a 50 MHz signal fre-
quency. We compute the 95th percentile proportion with 95% confidence for this set observed over a
statistically significant number of instruments. Also, the frequency response relative to the 50 MHz
response is characterized by varying the signal across a large number of quasi-random verification fre-
quencies that are chosen to not correspond with the frequency response adjustment frequencies. We
again compute the 95th percentile proportion with 95% confidence for this set observed over a statisti-
cally significant number of instruments. We also compute the 95th percentile accuracy of tracing the
calibration of the 50 MHz absolute amplitude accuracy to a national standards organization. We also
compute the 95th percentile accuracy of tracing the calibration of the relative frequency response to a
national standards organization. We take the root-sum-square of these four independent Gaussian
parameters. To that rss we add the environmental effects of temperature variations across the 20 to
30°C range. These computations and measurements are made with the mechanical attenuator, set to the
reference state of 10 dB, the electronic attenuator set to all even settings from 4 through 24 dB inclu-
sive.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Electronic Attenuator Switching
Uncertainty
(Error relative to reference
condition: 50 MHz, 10 dB
mechanical attenuation, 10 dB
electronic attenuation)
Attenuation = 0 to 24 dB
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz See notea
a. The specification is ±0.14 dB. Note that this small relative uncertainty does not apply in estimating
absolute amplitude accuracy. It is included within the absolute amplitude accuracy for measurements
done with the electronic attenuator. (Measurements made without the electronic attenuator are treated
differently; the absolute amplitude accuracy specification for these measurements does not include
attenuator switching uncertainty.)

154 Chapter 10
11 Option EMC - Precompliance EMI
Features
This chapter contains specifications for the Option EMC precompliance EMI features.

155
 Option EMC - Precompliance EMI Features
Frequency

Frequency
Description Specifications Supplemental information
Frequency Range 10 Hz to 3.6, 7, 13.6, 26.5, GHz
depending on the frequency
option.
EMI Resolution Bandwidths See Table 11-1 on page 157 and
Table 11-2 on page 157 for CISPR
and MIL-STD frequency ranges.
CISPR Available when the EMC Standard
is CISPR.
200 Hz, 9 kHz, 120 kHz, 1 MHz Meet CISPR standarda, −6 dB
bandwidths, subject to masks
Non-CISPR bandwidths 10, 30, 100, 300 Hz,1, 3, −6 dB bandwidths
30, 300 kHz, 3, 10 MHz
MIL STD Available when the EMC Standard
is MIL
10, 100 Hz, 1, 10, 100 kHz, 1 MHz Meets MIL-STDb, −6 dB
bandwidths
Non-MIL STD bandwidths 30, 300 Hz, 3, 30, 300 kHz, −6 dB bandwidths
3, 10 MHz
a. CISPR 16-1-1(2010)
b. MIL-STD 461 D/E/F (20 Aug. 1999)

156 Chapter 11
 Option EMC - Precompliance EMI Features
Frequency

Table 11-1 CISPR Preset Settings

CISPR Band Frequency Range CISPR RBW Data Points

Band A 9 to 150 kHz 200 Hz 1413
Band B 150 kHz to 30 MHz 9 kHz 6637
Band C 30 to 300 MHz 120 kHz 4503
Band D 300 MHz to 1 GHz 120 kHz 11671
Band C/D 30 MHz to 1 GHz 120 kHz 16171
Band E 1 to 18 GHz 1 MHz 34001

Table 11-2 MIL-STD 461D/E/F Frequency Ranges and Bandwidths

Frequency Range 6 dB Bandwidth Minimum Measurement Time

30 Hz to 1 kHz 10 Hz 0.015 s/Hz
1 kHz to 10 kHz 100 Hz 0.15 s/kHz
10 kHz to 150 kHz 1 kHz 0.015 s/kHz
150 kHz to 30 MHz 10 kHz 1.5 s/MHz
30 MHz to 1 GHz 100 kHz 0.15 s/MHz
Above 1 GHz 1 MHz 15 s/GHz

Chapter 11 157
 Option EMC - Precompliance EMI Features
Amplitude

Amplitude
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
EMI Average Detector Used for CISPR-compliant average
measurements and, with 1 MHz
RBW, for frequencies above 1 GHz
Default Average Type All filtering is done on the linear
(voltage) scale even when the display
scale is log.
Quasi-Peak Detector Used with CISPR-compliant RBWs,
for frequencies ≤ 1 GHz
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy for Meets CISPR standardsa
reference spectral intensities
Relative amplitude accuracy versus pulse Meets CISPR standardsa
repetition rate
Quasi-Peak to average response ratio Meets CISPR standardsa
Dynamic range
Pulse repetition rates ≥ 20 Hz Meets CISPR standardsa
Pulse repetition rates ≤ 10 Hz Does not meet CISPR standards in
some cases with DC pulse excitation.
RMS Average Detector Meets CISPR standardsa
a. CISPR 16-1-1 (2010)

158 Chapter 11
12 Option ESC - External Source Control

This chapter contains specifications for the Option ESC, External Source Control.

159
 Option ESC - External Source Control
General Specifications

General Specifications
Description Specification Supplemental Information
Frequency Range
SA Operating range
N9020A-503 10 Hz to 3.6 GHz
N9020A-508 10 Hz to 8.4 GHz
N9020A-513 10 Hz to 13.6 GHz
N9020A-526 10 Hz to 26.5 GHz
Source Operating range
N5171B-501 9 kHz to 1 GHz
N5171B/72B/81B/82B-503 9 kHz to 3 GHz
N5171B/72B/81B/82B-506 9 kHz to 6 GHz
N5181A/N5182A-503 100 kHz to 3 GHz
N5181A/N5182A-506 100 kHz to 6 GHz
N5183A-520 100 kHz to 20 GHz
N5183A-532 100 kHz to 32 GHz
N5183A-540 100 kHz to 40 GHz
E8257D-520 250 kHz to 20 GHz
E8257D-532 250 kHz to 32 GHz
E8257D-540 250 kHz to 40 GHz
E8257D-550 250 kHz to 50 GHz
E8257D-567 250 kHz to 67 GHz
E8267D-520 250 kHz to 20 GHz
E8267D-532 250 kHz to 31.8 GHz
E8267D-544 250 kHz to 44 GHz
Span Limitations
Span limitations due to source range Limited by the source and SA
operating range
Offset Sweep
Sweep offset setting range Limited by the source and SA
operating range
Sweep offset setting resolution 1 Hz
Harmonic Sweep
Harmonic sweep setting rangea
Multiplier numerator N = 1 to 1000
Multiplier denominator N = 1 to 1000
Sweep Directionb Normal, Reversed
a. Limited by the frequency range of the source to be controlled.
b. The analyzer always sweeps in a positive direction, but the source may be configured to sweep in the
opposite direction. This can be useful for analyzing negative mixing products in a mixer under test, for
example.

160 Chapter 12
 Option ESC - External Source Control
General Specifications

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Dynamic Range Dynamic Range = −10 dBm −
DANL − 10×log(RBW)a
(10 MHz to 3 GHz, Input terminated, sample
detector, average type = log, 20 to 30°C)
SA span SA RBW
1 MHz 2 kHz 106.0 dB
10 MHz 6.8 kHz 100.7 dB
100 MHz 20 kHz 96.0 dB
1000 MHz 68 kHz 90.7 dB

Amplitude Accuracy Multiple contributorsb

Linearityc
Source and Analyzer Flatnessd
YTF Instabilitye
VSWR effectsf
a. The dynamic range is given by this computation: −10 dBm − DANL − 10×log(RBW) where DANL is
the displayed average noise level specification, normalized to 1 Hz RBW, and the RBW used in the
measurement is in hertz units. The dynamic range can be increased by reducing the RBW at the
expense of increased sweep time.
b. The following footnotes discuss the biggest contributors to amplitude accuracy.
c. One amplitude accuracy contributor is the linearity with which amplitude levels are detected by the
analyzer. This is called "scale fidelity" by most spectrum analyzer users, and "dynamic amplitude accu-
racy" by most network analyzer users. This small term is documented in the Amplitude section of the
Specifications Guide. It is negligibly small in most cases.
d. The amplitude accuracy versus frequency in the source and the analyzer can contribute to amplitude
errors. This error source is eliminated when using normalization in low band (0 to 3.6 GHz). In high
band the gain instability of the YIG-tuned prefilter in the analyzer keeps normalization errors nomi-
nally in the 0.25 to 0.5 dB range.
e. In the worst case, the center frequency of the YIG-tuned prefilter can vary enough to cause very sub-
stantial errors, much higher than the nominal 0.25 to 0.5 dB nominal errors discussed in the previous
footnote. In this case, or as a matter of good practice, the prefilter should be centered. See the user's
manual for instructions on centering the preselector.
f. VSWR interaction effects, caused by RF reflections due to mismatches in impedance, are usually the
dominant error source. These reflections can be minimized by using 10 dB or more attenuation in the
analyzer, and using well-matched attenuators in the measurement configuration.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Power Sweep Range Limited by source amplitude range

Chapter 12 161
 Option ESC - External Source Control
General Specifications

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Measurement Time Nominala

RF MXG (N5181A/N5182A)b
201 Sweep points (default setting) 450 ms 1.1 s
601 Sweep points 1.25 s 3.7 s
μW MXG (N5183A)b
201 Sweep points (default setting) 450 ms 1.2 s 2.4 s
601 Sweep points 1.2 s 3.7 s 6.9 s
PSG (E8257D)/(E8267D)c
201 Sweep points (default setting) 2.2 s 2.2 s 2.5 s
601 Sweep points 6.1 s 6.5 s 7.1 s
a. These measurement times were observed with a span of 100 MHz, RBW of 20 kHz, and the point trig-
gering method being set to Ext Trigger1. The measurement times will not change significantly with
span when the RBW is automatically selected. If the RBW is decreased, the sweep time increase would
be approximately 23.8 times Npoints/RBW.
b. Based on MXG firmware version A.01.80 and Option UNZ installed.
c. Based on PSG firmware version C.06.15 and Option UNZ installed.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Supported External Sources
Agilent EXG N5171B/72B (firmware B.01.01 or later)ab
Agilent MXG N5181B/82B (firmware B.01.01 or later)ab
N5181A (firmware A.01.80 or later)
N5182A (firmware A.01.80 or later)
N5183A (firmware A.01.80 or later)
Agilent PSG E8257D (firmware C.06.15 or later)
E8267D (firmware C.06.15 or later)
IO interface connection
between EXG/MXG and SA LAN, GPIB, or USB
between PSG and SA LAN or GPIB
a. Firmware revision A.11.00 or later is required for the signal analyzer to control the analog X-Series
EXG (N5171B) and MXG (N5181B).
b. Firmware revision A.12.00 or later is required for the signal analyzer to control the vector X-Series
EXG (N5172B) and MXG (N5182B).

162 Chapter 12
13 Option EXM - External Mixing

This chapter contains specifications for the Option EXM External Mixing.1

1. Option EXM is available only on MXA’s with serial number prefix MY/SG/US5233 or greater.

163
 Option EXM - External Mixing
Specifications Affected by External mixing

Specifications Affected by External mixing

Specification Name Information
RF-Related Specifications, such as Specifications do not apply; some related specifications are
TOI, DANL, SHI, Amplitude contained in IF Input in this chapter
Accuracy, and so forth.

IF-Related Specifications, such as Specifications unchanged, except IF Frequency Response - see

RBW range, RBW accuracy, RBW specifications in this chapter.
switching uncertainty, and so forth.

New specifications: See specifications in this chapter.

IF Input
Mixer Bias
LO Output

164 Chapter 13
 Option EXM - External Mixing
Other External Mixing Specifications

Other External Mixing Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Connection Port EXT MIXER
Connector SMA, female
Impedance 50Ω (nominal) at IF and LO
frequencies
Functions Triplexed for Mixer Bias,
IF Input and LO output
Mixer Bias
Bias Current Short circuit current
Range ±10 mA
Resolution 10 μA
Accuracy ±20 μA (nominal)
Output impedance 477Ω (nominal)
Bias Voltage Open circuit
Range ±3.7 V (nominal)
IF Input
Maximum Safe Level +7 dBm
Center Frequency
Standard (or Option B25a) 322.5 MHz
Option B85/B1A/B1Xa 300.0 MHz
Option B40a 250.0 MHz
Bandwidth Supports all optional IFs
ADC Clipping Levelb –14.5 ±1.5 dBm (nominal)
1 dB Gain Compressionb –2 dBm (nominal)
Gain Accuracyc 20 to 30°C Full Range
Standard (or Option B25a) ±1.2 dB ±2.5 dB Swept and narrowband
Option B85/B1A/B1Xa or Option B40a ±1.2 dB (nominal)
IF Frequency Response RMS (nominal)
CF Width
322.5 MHz ±5 MHz 0.05 dB
322.5 MHz ±12.5 MHz 0.07 dB
250 MHz ±20 MHz 0.15 dB
Noise Figure 9 dB (nominal)
(322.5 MHz, swept operation)
VSWR 1.3:1 (nominal)
a. Option B25, B40, B85, B1A, and B1X are only available in "I/Q Analyzer" mode.

Chapter 13 165
 Option EXM - External Mixing
Other External Mixing Specifications

b. These specifications apply at the IF input port. The on-screen and mixer-input levels scale with the con-
version loss and corrections values.
c. The amplitude accuracy of a measurement includes this term and the accuracy with which the settings of
corrections model the loss of the external mixer.

Description Specifications Supplemental

Information
LO Output
Frequency Range 3.75 to 14.0 GHz
Output Powera 20 to 30°C Full Range
3.75 to 7.0 GHzb +15.0 to 18.0 dBm +14.5 to 18.5 dBm
7.0 to 8.72 GHzb +15.0 to 18.0 dBm +13.5 to 18.8 dBm
7.8 to 14.0 GHzc +14.0 to 18.5 dBm Not specified
Second Harmonic –20 dB (nominal)
Fundamental Feedthrough –15 dB (nominal)
and Undesired Harmonicsc
VSWR <2.2:1 (nominal)
a. The LO output port power is compatible with Agilent M1970 and 11970 Series mixers except for the
11970K. The power is specified at the connector. Cable loss will affect the power available at the
mixer. With non-Agilent mixer units, supplied loss calibration data may be valid only at a specified LO
power that may differ from the power available at the mixer. In such cases, additional uncertainties
apply.
b. LO Doubler = Off settings.
c. LO Doubler = On setting. Fundamental frequency = 3.9 to 7.0 GHz.

166 Chapter 13
14 Option MPB - Microwave Preselector
Bypass

This chapter contains specifications for the Option MPB, Microwave Preselector Bypass.

167
 Option MPB - Microwave Preselector Bypass
Specifications Affected by Microwave Preselector Bypass

Specifications Affected by Microwave Preselector Bypass

Specification Name Information

Displayed Average Noise Level
Performance from 3.5 to 26.5 GHz is nominally 2 dB worse
with this option enabled.
IF Frequency Response and IF Phase See “IF Frequency Response” on page 36 and “IF Phase
Linearity Linearity” on page 37 for the standard 10 MHz analysis
bandwidth; also, see the associated "Analysis Bandwidth"
chapter for any optional bandwidths.
Frequency Response See specifications in this chapter.
VSWR The magnitude of the mismatch over the range of frequencies
will be very similar between MPB and non-MPB operation, but
the details, such as the frequencies of the peaks and valleys,
will shift.
Additional Spurious Responses In addition to the “Spurious Responses” on page 49 of the core
specifications, “Additional Spurious Responses” on page 170
of this chapter also apply.

168 Chapter 14
 Option MPB - Microwave Preselector Bypass
Other Microwave Preselector Bypass Specifications

Other Microwave Preselector Bypass Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Frequency Response Refer to the footnote for
(Maximum error relative to Band Overlaps on page 19.
reference condition (50 MHz) Modes above 18 GHzb
Swept operationa, Attenuation
10 dB)
20 to 30°C Full Range 95th Percentile (≈2σ)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±0.9 dB ±1.5 dB ±0.42 dB
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.0 dB ±2.0 dB ±0.50 dB
13.5 to 17.1 GHz ±1.3 dB ±2.0 dB ±0.50 dB
17.0 to 22.0 GHz ±1.3 dB ±2.0 dB ±0.53 dB
22.0 to 26.5 GHz ±2.0 dB ±2.8 dB ±0.66 dB
a. For Sweep Type = FFT, add the RF flatness errors of this table to the IF Frequency Response errors. An
additional error source, the error in switching between swept and FFT sweep types, is nominally
±0.01 dB and is included within the “Absolute Amplitude Error” specifications.
b. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are nomi-
nally six such modes. The effect of these modes with this connector are included within these specifica-
tions.

Chapter 14 169
 Option MPB - Microwave Preselector Bypass
Other Microwave Preselector Bypass Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Additional Spurious Responsesa
Tuned
Frequency (f) Excitation
Image Response
3.5 to 26.5 GHz f + fIFb 0 dBc (nominal), High Band Image
Suppression is lost with Option MPB.
LO Harmonic and Subharmonic
Responses
3.5 to 8.4 GHz N(f + fIF) ±fIFb –10 dBc (nominal), N = 2, 3
8.3 to 26.5 GHz [N(f + fIF)/2] ±fIFb –10 dBc (nominal), N = 1, 3, 4
Second Harmonic Response
3.5 to 13.6 GHz f/2 –72 dBc (nominal) for –40 dBm mixer level
13.5 to 26.5 GHz f/2 –68 dBc (nominal) for –40 dBm mixer level
IF Feedthrough Response
3.5 to 13.6 GHz fIFb –100 dBc (nominal)
13.5 to 26.5 GHz fIFb –90 dBc (nominal)
a. Dominate spurious responses are described here. Generally, other Option MPB-specific spurious
responses will be substantially lower than those listed here, but may exceed core specifications.
b. fIF = 322.5 MHz except fIF= 250 MHz with Option B40 and the 40 MHz IF path enabled.

170 Chapter 14
15 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 -
Preamplifiers
This chapter contains specifications for the MXA Signal Analyzer Options P03, P08, P13, P26
preamplifiers.

171
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Specifications Affected by Preamp

Specifications Affected by Preamp

Specification Name Information

Nominal Dynamic Range vs. The graphic from the core specifications does not apply with
Offset Frequency vs. RBW Preamp On.
Measurement Range The measurement range depends on DANL.
See “Amplitude Accuracy and Range” on page 32.
Gain Compression See specifications in this chapter.
Displayed Average Noise Level See specifications in this chapter.
DANL interaction of Preamp Performance from 3.5 to 26.5 GHz is nominally 2 dB worse when
with Option MPB Option MPB is enabled.
Frequency Response See specifications in this chapter.
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy See “Absolute Amplitude Accuracy” on page 38 of the core
specifications.
RF Input VSWR See plot in this chapter.
Display Scale Fidelity See “Display Scale Fidelity” on page 43 of the core specifications.
Then, adjust the mixer levels given downward by the preamp gain
given in this chapter.
Second Harmonic Distortion See specifications in this chapter.
Third Order Intermodulation See specifications in this chapter.
Distortion
Other Input Related Spurious See “Spurious Responses” on page 49 of the core specifications.
Preamp performance is not warranted but is nominally the same as
non-preamp performance.
Dynamic Range See plot in this chapter.
Gain See “Preamp” specifications in this chapter.
Noise Figure See “Preamp” specifications in this chapter.

172 Chapter 15
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

Other Preamp Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental
Information
Preamp (Options P03, P08, P13, P26)a

Gain Maximumb
100 kHz to 3.6 GHz +20 dB (nominal)
3.6 to 26.5 GHz +35 dB (nominal)

Noise figure
100 kHz to 3.6 GHz 11 dB(nominal)
3.6 to 8.4 GHz 9 dB (nominal)
8.4 to 13.6 GHz 10 dB (nominal)
13.6 to 26.5 GHz 15 dB (nominal)
a. The preamp follows the input attenuator, AC/DC coupling switch, and precedes the input mixer. In
low-band, it follows the 3.6 GHz low-pass filter. In high-band, it precedes the preselector.
b. Preamp Gain directly affects distortion and noise performance, but it also affects the range of levels that
are free of final IF overload. The user interface has a designed relationship between input attenuation
and reference level to prevent on-screen signal levels from causing final IF overloads. That design is
based on the maximum preamp gains shown. Actual preamp gains are modestly lower, by up to nomi-
nally 5 dB for frequencies from 100 kHz to 3.6 GHz, and by up to nominally 10 dB for frequencies
from 3.6 to 26.5 GHz.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

1 dB Gain Compression Point
(Two-tone)a
(Preamp On (Options P03, P08, P13, P26)
Maximum power at the preampb for 1 dB gain
compression)
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz −10 dBm (nominal)
3.6 to 26.5 GHz
Tone spacing 100 kHz to 20 MHz −26 dBm (nominal)
Tone spacing > 70 MHz −16 dBm (nominal)
a. Large signals, even at frequencies not shown on the screen, can cause the analyzer to mismeasure
on-screen signals because of two-tone gain compression. This specification tells how large an interfer-
ing signal must be in order to cause a 1 dB change in an on-screen signal.
b. Total power at the preamp (dBm) = total power at the input (dBm) − input attenuation (dB).

Chapter 15 173
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Displayed Average Noise Level Input terminated, Refer to the footnote for
(DANL)a − Preamp On Sample or Average detector Band Overlaps on page 19.
Averaging type = Log
0 dB input attenuation
IF Gain = Any setting
1 Hz Resolution Bandwidth
20 to 30°C Full Range Typical Nominal
Options P03, P08, P13, P26
100 kHz to 1 MHzb −149 dBm
1 MHz to 10 MHz −161 dBm −159 dBm −163 dBm
10 MHz to 2.1 GHz −163 dBm −161 dBm −166 dBm
2.1 GHz to 3.6 GHz −162 dBm −160 dBm −164 dBm
Option P08, P13, P26
3.5 to 8.4 GHz −162 dBm −160 dBm −166 dBm
Option P13, P26
8.3 to 13.6 GHz −162 dBm −160 dBm −165 dBm
Option P26
13.5 to 17.1 GHz −159 dBm −157 dBm −163 dBm
17.0 to 20.0 GHz −157 dBm −154 dBm −161 dBm
20.0 to 26.5 GHz −152 dBm −149 dBm −157 dBm
a. DANL is measured in a 1 kHz RBW and normalized to the narrowest available RBW, because the
noise figure does not depend on RBW and 1 kHz measurements are faster.
b. Specifications apply only when the Phase Noise Optimization control is set to “Best Wide-offset Phase
Noise.”

174 Chapter 15
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Frequency Response − Preamp Refer to the footnote for
On Band Overlaps on page 19.
Modes above 18 GHza

(Options P03, P08, P13, P26)

(Maximum error relative to
reference condition (50 MHz,
with 10 dB attenuation)
Input attenuation 0 dB
Swept operationb)
20 to 30°C Full Range 95th Percentile (≈2σ)
100 kHz to 3.6 GHzc ±0.75 dB ±1.0 dB ±0.28 dB
Serial Prefix ≥ SG/MY/US5051d
3.5 to 8.4 GHzef ±2.0 dB ±2.7 dB ±0.67 dB
8.3 to 13.6 GHzef ±2.3 dB ±2.9 dB ±0.73 dB
13.5 to 17.1 GHzef ±2.5 dB ±3.4 dB ±0.97 dB
17.0 to 22.0 GHzef ±2.8 dB ±4.1 dB ±1.36 dB
22.0 to 26.5 GHzef ±3.5 dB ±4.5 dB ±1.48 dB
Serial Prefix < SG/MY/US5051d
3.5 to 8.4 GHzef ±2.0 dB ±2.7 dB ±0.53 dB
8.3 to 13.6 GHzef ±2.3 dB ±2.9 dB ±0.60 dB
13.5 to 17.1 GHzef ±2.5 dB ±3.3 dB ±0.81 dB
17.0 to 22.0 GHzef ±2.5 dB ±3.3 dB ±0.81 dB
22.0 to 26.5 GHzef ±3.5 dB ±4.5 dB ±1.25 dB
a. Signal frequencies above 18 GHz are prone to additional response errors due to modes in the Type-N
connector used. With the use of Type-N to APC 3.5 mm adapter part number 1250-1744, there are
nominally six such modes. The effect of these modes with this connector are included within these
specifications.
b. For Sweep Type = FFT, add the RF flatness errors of this table to the IF Frequency Response errors. An
additional error source, the error in switching between swept and FFT sweep types, is nominally ±0.01
dB and is included within the “Absolute Amplitude Error” specifications.
c. Electronic attenuator (Option EA3) may not be used with preamp on.
d. To see the serial number, press the following keys: System, Show, System.
e. Specifications for frequencies > 3.5 GHz apply for sweep rates < 100 MHz/ms.
f. Preselector centering applied.

Chapter 15 175
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

RF Input VSWR DC coupled, 0 dB atten
(at tuned frequency, DC Coupled)

95th Percentilea
Band 0 (0.01 to 3.6 GHz) 1.52
Band 1 (3.5 to 8.4 GHz) 1.68
Band 2 (8.3 to 13.6 GHz) 1.69
Band 3 (13.5 to 17.1 GHz) 1.66
Band 4 (17.0 to 26.5 GHz) 1.66
Nominal VSWR vs. Freq. See plots following
a. X-Series analyzers have a reflection coefficient that is excellently modeled with a Rayleigh
probability distribution. Agilent recommends using the methods outlined in Application Note
1449-3 and companion Average Power Sensor Measurement Uncertainty Calculator to com-
pute mismatch uncertainty. Use this 95th percentile VSWR information and the Rayleigh
model (Case C or E in the application note) with that process.

176 Chapter 15
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

Nominal VSWR − Preamp On (Plot)

Chapter 15 177
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Second Harmonic Distortion Preamp Distortion SHIb
Source Frequency Levela (nominal) (nominal)
10 MHz to 1.8 GHz −45 dBm −78 dBc +33 dBm
1.8 to 13.25 GHz −50 dBm −60 dBc +10 dBm
a. Preamp Level = Input Level − Input Attenuation.
b. SHI = second harmonic intercept. The SHI is given by the mixer power in dBm minus the second har-
monic distortion level relative to the mixer tone in dBc.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Third Order Intermodulation
Distortion
(Tone separation 5 times IF
Prefilter Bandwidtha
Sweep type not set to FFT)
Preamp Distortion TOIc
Levelb (nominal) (nominal)
10 MHz to 500 MHz −45 dBm −98 dBc +4 dBm
500 MHz to 3.6 GHz −45 dBm −100 dBc +5 dBm
3.6 to 26.5 GHz −50 dBm −70 dBc −15 dBm
a. See the IF Prefilter Bandwidth table in the specifications for “Gain Compression” on page 45. When
the tone separation condition is met, the effect on TOI of the setting of IF Gain is negligible.
b. Preamp Level = Input Level − Input Attenuation.
c. TOI = third order intercept. The TOI is given by the preamplifier input tone level (in dBm) minus (dis-
tortion/2) where distortion is the relative level of the distortion tones in dBc.

178 Chapter 15
 Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

Nominal Dynamic Range at 1 GHz, Preamp On (Plot)

Chapter 15 179
Options P03, P08, P13, P26 - Preamplifiers
Other Preamp Specifications

180 Chapter 15
16 Option PFR - Precision Frequency
Reference
This chapter contains specifications for the Option PFR, Precision Frequency Reference.

181
 Option PFR - Precision Frequency Reference
Specifications Affected by Precision Frequency Reference

Specifications Affected by Precision Frequency

Reference
Specification Name Information
Precision Frequency Reference See “Precision Frequency Reference” on page 21 in the core
specifications.

182 Chapter 16
17 Options RT1, RT2 - Real-time Spectrum
Analyzer (RTSA)

This chapter contains specifications for the MXA Signal Analyzer Options RT1, real-time analysis up to
160 MHz, basic detection, and RT2, real-time analysis up to 160 MHz, optimum detection.

183
 Options RT1, RT2 - Real-time Spectrum Analyzer (RTSA)
Real-time Spectrum Analyzer Performance

Real-time Spectrum Analyzer Performance

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information
General Frequency Domain
Characteristics
Maximum real-time analysis Determined by analysis BW option
bandwidth (Option RT1 or RT2)
With Option B1X 160 MHz
With Option B1A 125 MHz
With Option B85 85 MHz
Minimum signal duration with Maximum span: Default window is Kaiser;
100% probability of intercept Viewable on screen
(POI) at full amplitude accuracy Opt RT2 Opt RT1
With Option B1X 3.7 μs 3.7 μs Span = 85 MHz
3.57 μs 17.3 μs Span > 85 MHz
With Option B1A 3.7 μs 3.7 μs Span = 85 MHz
3.62 μs 17.3 μs Span > 85 MHz
With Option B85 3.7 μs 3.7 μs
Supported Detectors Peak, Negative Peak, Sample, Average
Number of Traces 6 Clear Write, Max Hold, Min Hold
Resolution Bandwidths 6 RBWs available for each window type,
(Window type = Kaiser) Nominal Span: RBW ratio for windows:
Flattop = 6.7 to 212,
Gaussian, Blackman-Harris = 13 to 417,
Kaiser = 13 to 418,
Hanning = 17 to 551
Span Min RBW Max RBW
160 MHz 383 kHz 12.2 MHza
100 MHz 239 kHz 7.6 MHz
50 MHz 120 kHz 3.8 MHz
10 MHz 23.9 kHz 763 kHz
1 MHz 2.39 kHz 76.3 kHz
100 kHz 239 Hz 7.6 kHz

Window types Hanning,

Blackman-Harris,
Rectangular, Flattop,
Kaiser, Gaussian

184 Chapter 17
 Options RT1, RT2 - Real-time Spectrum Analyzer (RTSA)
Real-time Spectrum Analyzer Performance

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Maximum Sample Rate Complex
With Option B1X 200 MSa
With Option B1A 157 MSa
With Option B85 106 MSa
FFT Rate 292,969/s Nominal value for maximum sample rate.
For all spans greater than 300 kHz.
Number of Markers 12
Supported Markers Normal, Delta, Noise, Band Power
Amplitude resolution 0.01 dB
Frequency points 821
Minimum acquisition time 104 μs Value for maximum sample rate
a. This maximum RBW value is for Option RT2 only and applies to all window types. Option RT1 has a
maximum RBW of 10 MHz.

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Density View
Probability range 0-100%
Minimum Span 100 Hz 0.001% steps
Persistence duration 10 s
Color palettes Cool, Warm,
Grayscale, Radar,
Fire, Frost

Spectrogram View
Maximum number of acquisitions 10,000 5,000 with power vs. time combination
stored view
Dynamic range covered by colors 200 dB

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Power vs. Time
Supported Detectors Peak, Negative Peak, Sample, Average
Number of Markers 12
Maximum Time Viewable 40 s
Minimum Time Viewable 215 μs
Minimum detectable signal Signal must have >60 dB Signal-to-Mask
For Option RT2 only; Available (StM) to maintain 100% POI. Does not
with "Multi-view". include analog front-end effects.
With Option B1X 5 ns
With Option B1A 8 ns
With Option B85 11.42 ns

Chapter 17 185
 Options RT1, RT2 - Real-time Spectrum Analyzer (RTSA)
Real-time Spectrum Analyzer Performance

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Frequency Mask Trigger
(FMT)
Trigger Views Density, Spectrogram, Normal
Trigger resolution 0.5 dB
Trigger conditions Enter, Leave, Inside, Outside,
Enter->Leave, Leave->Enter

Minimum detectable signal Does not include analog

duration with >60 dB front-end effects.
Signal-to Mask (StM) For Option RT2 only
With Option B1X 5 ns
With Option B1A 8 ns
With Option B85 11.42 ns

Minimum signal duration RBW 1 through 6 can be

(in µs) for 100% selected under Bandwidth
probability of FMT [BW] Manual.
triggering with various
RBW
Option RT1
Span (MHz) 160 120 80 40 20
RBW 6 17.23 17.27 17.41 17.72 18.44
RBW 5 17.39 17.49 17.73 18.36 19.72
RBW 4 17.71 17.91 18.37 19.64 22.28
RBW 3 18.35 18.77 19.65 22.20 27.40
RBW 2 19.63 20.47 22.21 27.32 37.64
RBW 1 22.19 23.89 27.33 37.56 58.12
Option RT2
Span (MHz) 160 120 80 40 20
RBW 6 3.57 3.62 3.73 4.04 4.68
RBW 5 3.73 3.83 4.05 4.68 5.96
RBW 4 4.05 4.26 4.69 5.96 8.52
RBW 3 4.69 5.11 5.97 8.52 13.6
RBW 2 5.97 6.82 8.53 13.6 23.9
RBW 1 8.53 10.23 13.65 23.88 44.4

186 Chapter 17
 Options RT1, RT2 - Real-time Spectrum Analyzer (RTSA)
Real-time Spectrum Analyzer Performance

Description Specs & Nominals Supplemental Information

Minimum signal duration For 1024-point
(in µs) for 100% Blackmann-Harris window.
probability of FMT
triggering with various
StM
Option RT1
Span (MHz) 160 120 80 40 20
0 dB offset 22.19 23.89 13.65 22.88 44.36
6 dB offset 17.08 17.07 3.48 4.66 8.36
12 dB offset 16.10 15.77 1.76 2.22 4.00
20 dB offset 15.23 14.61 0.71 0.88 1.64
40 dB offset 13.87 12.79 0.08 0.10 0.24
60 dB offset 13.03 11.67 0.01 0.02 0.04
Option RT2
Span (MHz) 160 120 80 40 20
0 dB offset 8.53 10.23 13.65 23.88 44.36
6 dB offset 3.42 3.42 3.48 4.66 8.36
12 dB offset 2.44 2.12 1.76 2.22 4.00
20 dB offset 1.58 1.04 0.71 0.88 1.64
40 dB offset 0.325 0.120 0.080 0.100 0.240
60 dB offset 0.035 0.013 0.010 0.020 0.040

Chapter 17 187
Options RT1, RT2 - Real-time Spectrum Analyzer (RTSA)
Real-time Spectrum Analyzer Performance

188 Chapter 17
18 Option YAS - Y-Axis Screen Video
Output
This chapter contains specifications for Option YAS, Y-Axis Screen Video Output.

189
 Option YAS - Y-Axis Screen Video Output
Specifications Affected by Y-Axis Screen Video Output

Specifications Affected by Y-Axis Screen Video Output

No other analyzer specifications are affected by the presence or use of this option. New specifications are
given in the following pages.

190 Chapter 18
 Option YAS - Y-Axis Screen Video Output
Other Y-Axis Screen Video Output Specifications

Other Y-Axis Screen Video Output Specifications

General Port Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Connector BNC female Shared with other options
Impedance <140Ω (nominal)

Chapter 18 191
 Option YAS - Y-Axis Screen Video Output
Other Y-Axis Screen Video Output Specifications

Screen Video

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Operating Conditions
Display Scale Types All (Log and Lin) “Lin” is linear in voltage
Log Scales All (0.1 to 20 dB/div)
Modes Spectrum Analyzer only
FFT & Sweep Select sweep type = Swept.
Gating Gating must be off.
Output Signal
Replication of the RF Input
Signal envelope, as scaled by
the display settings
Differences between display
effects and video output
Detector = Peak, Negative, The output signal represents
Sample, or Normal the input envelope excluding
display detection
Average Detector The effect of average Nominal
detection in smoothing the bandwidth:
displayed trace is Npoints − 1
approximated by the LPFBW =
application of a low-pass filter SweepTime ⋅ π
EMI Detectors The output will not be useful.
Trace Averaging Trace averaging affects the
displayed signal but does not
affect the video output
Amplitude Range Range of represented signals
Minimum Bottom of screen
Maximum Top of Screen + Overrange
Overrange Smaller of 2 dB or 1 division,
(nominal)
Output Scalinga 0 to 1.0 V open circuit,
representing bottom to top of
screen respectively
Offset ±1% of full scale (nominal)
Gain accuracy ±1% of output voltage (nominal)

192 Chapter 18
 Option YAS - Y-Axis Screen Video Output
Other Y-Axis Screen Video Output Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Delay
RF Input to Analog Out
Without Option B40, DP2, or 1.67 μs + 2.56/RBW + 0.159/VBW
MPB (nominal)
With Option B40, DP2, or MPB 71.7 μs + 2.56/RBW + 0.159/VBW
(nominal)
a. The errors in the output can be described as offset and gain errors. An offset error is a constant error,
expressed as a fraction of the full-scale output voltage. The gain error is proportional to the output volt-
age. Here’s an example. The reference level is −10 dBm, the scale is log, and the scale is 5 dB/division.
Therefore, the top of the display is −10 dBm, and the bottom is −60 dBm. Ideally, a −60 dBm signal
gives 0 V at the output, and −10 dBm at the input gives 1 V at the output. The maximum error with a
−60 dBm input signal is the offset error, ±1% of full scale, or ±10 mV; the gain accuracy does not apply
because the output is nominally at 0 V. If the input signal is −20 dBm, the nominal output is 0.8 V. In
this case, there is an offset error (±10 mV) plus a gain error (±1% of 0.8 V, or ±8 mV), for a total error
of ±18 mV.

Chapter 18 193
 Option YAS - Y-Axis Screen Video Output
Other Y-Axis Screen Video Output Specifications

Continuity and Compatibility

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Continuity and Compatibility
Output Tracks Video Level
During sweep Yes Except band breaks in swept spans
Between sweeps See supplemental Before sweep interruptiona
information Alignments b
Auto Align = Partialcd
External trigger, no triggerd Yes
HP 8566/7/8 Compatibilitye Recorder output labeled “Video”
Continuous output Alignment differencesf
Output impedance Two variantsg
Gain calibration LL and UR not supportedh
RF Signal to Video Output Delay See footnotei
a. There is an interruption in the tracking of the video output before each sweep. During this interruption,
the video output holds instead of tracks for a time period given by approximately 1.8/RBW.
b. There is an interruption in the tracking of the video output during alignments. During this interruption,
the video output holds instead of tracking the envelope of the RF input signal. Alignments may be set
to prevent their interrupting video output tracking by setting Auto Align to Off.
c. Setting Auto Align to Off usually results in a warning message soon thereafter. Setting Auto Align to
Partial results in many fewer and shorter alignment interruptions, and maintains alignments for a longer
interval.
d. If video output interruptions for Partial alignments are unacceptable, setting the analyzer to External
Trigger without a trigger present can prevent these from occurring, but will prevent there being any
on-screen updating. Video output is always active even if the analyzer is not sweeping.
e. Compatibility with the HP/Agilent 8560 and 8590 families, and the ESA and PSA, is similar in most
respects.
f. This section of specifications shows compatibility of the Screen Video function with HP
8566-Series analyzers. Compatibility with ESA and PSA analyzers is similar in most respects.
g. Early HP 8566-family spectrum analyzers had a 140Ω output impedance; later ones had 190Ω. The
specification was <475Ω. The Analog Out port has a 50Ω impedance if the analyzer has Option B40,
DP2, or MPB. Otherwise, the Analog Out port impedance is nominally 140Ω.
h. The HP 8566 family had LL (lower left) and UR (upper right) controls that could be used to calibrate
the levels from the video output circuit. These controls are not available in this option.
i. The delay between the RF input and video output shown in Delay on page 193 is much higher than the
delay in the HP 8566 family spectrum analyzers. The latter has a delay of approximately 0.554/RBW +
0.159/VBW.

194 Chapter 18
19 Analog Demodulation Measurement
Application
This chapter contains specifications for the N9063A Analog Demodulation Measurement Application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

The warranted specifications shown apply to Band 0 operation (up to 3.6 GHz), unless otherwise noted,
for all analyzers. The application functions, with nominal (non-warranted) performance, at any
frequency within the frequency range set by the analyzer frequency options (see table). In practice, the
lowest and highest frequency of operation may be further limited by AC coupling; by "folding" near 0
Hz; by DC feedthrough; and by Channel BW needed. Phase noise and residual FM generally increase in
higher bands.
Warranted specifications shown apply when Channel BW ≤ 1 MHz, unless otherwise noted. (Channel
BW is an important user-settable control.) The application functions, with nominal (non-warranted)
performance, at any Channel BW up to the analyzer's bandwidth options (see table). The Channel BW
required for a measurement depends on: the type of modulation (AM, FM, PM); the rate of modulation;
the modulation depth or deviation; and the spectral contents (e.g. harmonics) of the modulating tone.
Many specifications require that the Channel BW control is optimized: neither too narrow nor too wide.
Many warranted specifications (rate, distortion) apply only in the case of a single, sinusoidal modulating
tone without excessive harmonics, non-harmonics, spurs, or noise. Harmonics, which are included in
most distortion results, are counted up to the 10th harmonic of the dominant tone, or as limited by
SINAD BW or post-demod filters. Note that SINAD will include Carrier Frequency Error (the "DC
term") in FM by default; it can be eliminated with a HPF or Auto Carrier Frequency feature.
Warranted specifications apply to results of the software application; the hardware demodulator driving
the Analog Out line is described separately.
Warranted specifications apply over an operating temperature range of 20º to 30ºC; and mixer level
−24 to −18 dBm (mixer level = Input power level – Attenuation). Additional conditions are listed at the
beginning of the FM, AM, and PM sections, in specification tables, or in footnotes.
Certain features require analyzer software revision A.14.xx or higher; and may require Option
N9063A-AFP (orderable as Option N9063A-MEU starting May 1, 2014).
See “Definitions of terms used in this chapter” on page 196.

195
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application

Definitions of terms used in this chapter

Let Psignal (S) = Power of the signal; Pnoise (N) = Power of the noise; Pdistortion (D) = Power of the
harmonic distortion (PH2+ PH3 + ...+ PHi where Hi is the ith harmonic up to i =10);
Ptotal = Total power of the signal, noise and distortion components.

Term Short Definition

Hand

Distortion (Ptotal – Psignal)1/2 / (Ptotal)1/2 × 100%

THD (Pdistortion)1/2 / (Psignal)1/2 × 100%

where THD is the total harmonic distortion

SINAD 20 × log10 [1/(Pdistortion)]1/2 = 20 × log10 [(Ptotal)1/2 / (Ptotal – Psignal)1/2]

where SINAD is Signal-to-Noise-And-Distortion ratio

SNR Psignal / Pnoise ~ (Psignal + Pnoise + Pdistortion) / Pnoise

where SNR is the Signal-to-Noise Ratio. The approximation is per the
implementations defined with the HP/Agilent 8903A.

NOTE Pnoise must be limited to the bandwidth of the applied filters.

The harmonic sequence is limited to the 10th harmonic unless otherwise indicated.
In practice, the term Pnoise includes Spurs, IMD, Hum, etc. (All but harmonics.)

196 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
RF Carrier Frequency and Bandwidth

RF Carrier Frequency and Bandwidth

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Carrier Frequency
Maximum Frequency
Option 503 3.6 GHz RF/μW frequency option
Option 508 8.4 GHz
Option 513 13.6 GHz RF/μW frequency option
Option 526 26.5 GHz RF/μW frequency option
Minimum Frequency
AC Coupled 10 MHz
DC Coupled 10 Hz In practice, limited by the need to keep
modulation sidebands from folding,
and by the interference from LO
feedthrough.
Maximum Information
Bandwidth (Info BW)a
Standard 8 MHz
Option B25b 25 MHz
Option B40 40 MHz
Option B85 85 MHz
Option B1A 125 MHz
Option B1X 160 MHz
Capture Memory 3.6 MSa Each sample is an I/Q pair.
(Sample Rate × Acq Time) See note c
a. The maximum Info BW indicates the maximum operational BW, which depends on the analysis BW
option equipped with the analyzer. However, the demodulation specifications only apply to the Channel
BW indicated in the following sections.
b. Option B25 has been shipped standard with all MXAs since May 2011.
c. Sample rate is set indirectly by the user, with the Span and Channel BW controls (viewed in RF Spec-
trum). The Info BW (also called Demodulation BW) is based on the larger of the two; specifically,
Info BW = max [Span, Channel BW]. The sample interval is 1/(1.25 × Info BW); e.g. if Info BW = 200
kHz, then sample interval is 4 us. The sample rate is 1.25 × Info BW, or 1.25 × max [Span, Channel
BW]. These values are approximate, to estimate memory usage. Exact values can be queried via SCPI
while the application is running.
Acq Time (acquisition time) is set by the largest of 4 controls:
Acq Time = max[2.0 / (RF RBW), 2.0 /(AF RBW), 2.2 × Demod Wfm Sweep Time, Demod Time]

Chapter 19 197
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Post-Demodulation

Post-Demodulation
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Maximum Audio 1/2 × Channel BW
Frequency Span

Filters
High Pass 20 Hz 2-Pole Butterworth
50 Hz 2-Pole Butterworth
300 Hz 2-Pole Butterworth
400 Hza 10-Pole Butterworth; used to attenuate sub-audible
signaling tones
Low Pass 300 Hz 5-Pole Butterworth
3 kHz 5-Pole Butterworth
15 kHz 5-Pole Butterworth
30 kHz 3-Pole Butterworth
80 kHz 3-Pole Butterworth
300 kHz 3-Pole Butterworth
100 kHz (>20 kHz Bessel)a 9-Pole Bessel; provides linear phase response to
reduce distortion of square-wave modulation, such
as FSK or BPSK
Manuala Manually tuned by user, range 300 Hz to 20 MHz;
5-Pole Butterworth; for use with high modulation
rates
Band Pass CCITT ITU-T O.41, or ITU-T P.53; known as
"psophometric"
A-Weighteda ANSI IEC rev 179
C-Weighteda Roughly equivalent to 50 Hz HPF with 10 kHz LPF
C-Messagea IEEE 743, or BSTM 41004; similar in shape to
CCITT, sometimes called "psophometric"
CCIR-1k Weightedab ITU-R 468, CCIR 468-2 Weighted, or DIN 45 405
CCIR-2k Weightedab ITU 468 ARM or CCIR/ARM (Average
Responding Meter), commonly referred to as
"Dolby" filter
CCIR Unweighteda ITU-R 468 Unweightedb

198 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Post-Demodulation

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

De-emphasis 25 μs Equivalent to 1-pole LPF at 6366 Hz
(FM only)
50 μs Equivalent to 1-pole LPF at 3183 Hz; broadcast FM
for most of world
75 μs Equivalent to 1-pole LPF at 2122 Hz; broadcast FM
for U.S.
750 μs Equivalent to 1-pole LPF at 212 Hz; 2-way mobile
FM radio.
SINAD Notchc Tuned automatically by application to highest AF
response, for use in SINAD, SNR, and Distortion
calculations; complies with TI-603 and IT-O.132;
stop bandwidth is ±13% of tone frequency.
Signaling Notchac FM only; manually tuned by user, range 50 to 300
Hz; used to eliminate CTCSS or CDCSS signaling
tone; complies with TIA-603 and ITU-O.132; stop
bandwidth is ±13% of tone frequency.
a. Requires Option N9063A-AFP.
b. ITU standards specify that CCIR-1k Weighted and CCIR Unweighted filters use Quasi-Peak-Detection
(QPD). However, the implementation in N9063A is based on true-RMS detection, scaled to respond as
QPD. The approximation is valid when measuring amplitude of Gaussian noise, or SINAD of a single
continuous sine tone (e.g. 1 kHz), with harmonics, combined with Gaussian noise. The results may not
be consistent with QPD if the input signal is bursty, clicky, or impulsive; or contains non-harmonically
related tones (multi-tone, intermods, spurs) above the noise level. Use the AF Spectrum trace to vali-
date these assumptions. Consider using Agilent U8903A Audio Analyzer if true QPD is required.
c. The Signaling Notch filter does not visibly affect the AF Spectrum trace.

Chapter 19 199
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Frequency Modulation

Frequency Modulation

Conditions required to meet specification

• Peak deviation1: ≥ 200 Hz to 400 kHz
• Modulation index (ModIndex) = PeakDeviation/Rate = Beta: 0.2 to 2000
• Channel BW: ≤ 1 MHz
• Rate: 20 Hz to 50 kHz
• SINAD bandwidth: (Channel BW) / 2
• Single tone - sinusoid modulation
• Center Frequency (CF): 2 MHz to 3.5 GHz, DC coupled for CF < 20 MHz

Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information

FM Deviation Accuracyabc ±(0.9% × Reading + 0.2% × Rate)

FM Rate Accuracyd
Early analyzers ±(0.03% × Reading)
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 ±(0.02% × Reading)
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233,
ship standard with N9020A-EP2)
Carrier Frequency Erroref
(ModIndex ≤ 100)
Early analyzers ±(30 ppm × Deviation + 70 ppm × Rate)
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233) + tfa
Analyzers with -EP2 ±(20 ppm × Deviation + 30 ppm × Rate)
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233, + tfa
ship standard with N9020A-EP2)
Carrier Power Same as “Absolute
Amplitude Accuracy”
on page 38 at all
frequencies (nominal).
a. This specification applies to the result labeled "(Pk-Pk)/2".
b. For optimum measurement, ensure that the Channel BW is set wide enough to capture the
significant RF energy. Setting the Channel BW too wide will result in measurement errors.
c. Reading is a measured frequency peak deviation in Hz, and Rate is a modulation rate in Hz.
d. Reading is a measured modulation rate in Hz.

1. Peak deviation, modulation index ("beta"), and modulation rate are related by PeakDeviation = ModIndex × Rate.
Each of these has an allowable range, but all conditions must be satisfied at the same time. For example,
PeakDeviation = 80 kHz at Rate = 20 Hz is not allowed, since ModIndex = PeakDeviation/Rate would be 4000,
but ModIndex is limited to 2000. In addition, all significant sidebands must be contained in Channel BW. For FM,
an approximate rule-of-thumb is 2 × [PeakDeviation + Rate] < Channel BW; this implies that PeakDeviation
might be large if the Rate is small, but both cannot be large at the same time.

200 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Frequency Modulation

e. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

f. Deviation is peak frequency deviation in Hz, and Rate is a modulation rate in Hz.

Chapter 19 201
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Frequency Modulation

Frequency Modulation
Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information

Post-Demod Distortion Residuala

Distortion (SINAD)b
Early analyzers 1.4% / (ModIndex)1/2 + 0.3%
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 1.0% / (ModIndex)1/2 + 0.25%
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233,
ship standard with N9020A-EP2)
THD
Early analyzers 0.8% / (ModIndex)1/2 + 0.02%
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 0.5% / (ModIndex)1/2 + 0.02%
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233,
ship standard with N9020-EP2)
Post-Demod Distortion Accuracy
(Rate: 1 to 10 kHz,
ModIndex: 0.2 to 10)
Distortion ±(2% × Reading + DistResidual)
THD ±(2% × Reading + DistResidual)
Distortion Measurement Range
(Rate: 1 to 10 kHz,
Deviation: 5 kHz)
THDc Residual to 100% (nominal)
Distortion (SINAD)b
AM Rejectiond The applied AM signal
Rate = 1 kHz, Depth = 50%
(50 Hz HPF, 3 kHz LPF, 15 kHz
Channel BW)
Early analyzers 7.3 Hz FM peak
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 3.9 Hz FM peak
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233,
ship standard with N9020A-EP2)

202 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Frequency Modulation

Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Residual FMe
(50 Hz HPF, 3 kHz LPF, 15 kHz
Channel BW)
Early analyzers 4.2 Hz rms
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 1.7 Hz rms
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233,
ship standard with N9020A-EP2)
Hum & Noise
(50 Hz HPF, 3 kHz LPF, 15 kHz
Channel BW, 750 μS de-emph;
relative to 3 kHz pk deviation)
Analyzers with -EP2 82 dB (nominal)
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233,
ship standard with N9020A-EP2)
a. For optimum measurement, ensure that the Channel BW is set wide enough to capture the
significant RF energy. Setting the Channel BW too wide will result in measurement errors.
b. SINAD [dB] can be derived by 20 × log10(1/ Distortion).
c. The measurement includes at most 10th harmonics.
d. AM rejection describes the instrument’s FM reading for an input that is strongly AMed (with no FM);
this specification includes contributions from residual FM.
e. Residual FM describes the instrument’s FM reading for an input that has no FM and no AM; this
specification includes contributions from FM deviation accuracy.

Chapter 19 203
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Amplitude Modulation

Amplitude Modulation

Conditions required to meet specification

• Depth: 1% to 99%
• Channel BW: ≤ 1 MHz
• Rate: 50 Hz to 100 kHz
• SINAD bandwidth: (Channel BW) / 2
• Single tone - sinusoid modulation
• Center Frequency (CF): 2 MHz to 3.5 GHz, DC coupled for CF < 20 MHz

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

AM Depth Accuracyab ±(0.1% × Reading + 0.06%) Channel BW is set to 15 times
of Rate (Rate ≤ 50 kHz) or 10
times the Rate (50 kHz < Rate
≤ 100 kHz)
AM Rate Accuracyc ±[(3 ppm × Reading) × (100% / Depth)]
(Rate: 1 kHz to 1 MHz)
Carrier Power Same as “Absolute Amplitude
Accuracy” on page 38 at all
frequencies (nominal)
a. This specification applies to the result labeled "(Pk-Pk)/2".
b. Reading is a measured AM depth in %.
c. Reading is a modulation rate in Hz and depth is in %.

204 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Amplitude Modulation

Amplitude Modulation
Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Post-Demod Distortion Residuala
Distortion (SINAD)b 0.13% × (100% / Depth) + 0.05%
THD 0.018% × (100% / Depth) + 0.03%
Post-Demod Distortion Accuracy
(Rate: 1 to 10 kHz,
Depth: 5 to 90%)
Distortion (SINAD)b ±(1% × Reading + DistResidual)
THD ±(1% × Reading + DistResidual)
Distortion Measurement Range
Distortion (SINAD)b Residual to 100% (nominal)
THD Residual to 100% (nominal)
FM Rejectionc 0.05% AM peak Applied FM signal Rate =
1 kHz, Deviation = 50 kHz
(300 Hz HPF, 3 kHz LPF, 420 kHz
Channel BW)
Residual AMd 0.02% AM rms
(300 Hz HPF, 3 kHz LPF, 15 kHz
Channel BW)
a. Channel BW is set to 15 times of Rate (Rate ≤ 50 kHz) or 10 times the Rate (50 kHz < Rate ≤ 100
kHz).
b. SINAD [dB] can be derived by 20 × log10(1/ Distortion).
c. FM rejection describes the instrument’s AM reading for an input that is strongly FMed (and no AM);
this specification includes contributions from residual AM.
d. Residual AM describes the instrument’s AM reading for an input that has no AM and no FM; this spec-
ification includes contributions from AM depth accuracy.

Chapter 19 205
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Phase Modulation

Phase Modulation

Conditions required to meet specification

• Peak deviation1: 0.2 to 100 rad
• Channel BW: ≤ 1 MHz
• Rate: 50 Hz to 50 kHz
• SINAD bandwidth: (Channel BW)/2
• Single tone - sinusoid modulation
• Center Frequency (CF): 2 MHz to 3.5 GHz, DC coupled for CF < 20 MHz

Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
PM Deviation Accuracyabc
Rate: 100 Hz to 50 kHz ±(0.2% × Reading + 3 mrad)
PM Rate Accuracybd
Rate: <1 kHz
Early analyzers ±(0.04 Hz / Deviation + 0.004 Hz)
(SN prefix <
MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 ±(0.01 Hz / Deviation + 0.003 Hz)
(SN prefix ≥
MY/SG/US5233, ship
standard with N9020A-EP2)
Rate: 1 kHz to 50 kHze
Early analyzers ±(40 ppm / Deviation + 4 ppm) × Rate
(SN prefix <
MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 ±(10 ppm / Deviation + 3 ppm) × Rate
(SN prefix ≥
MY/SG/US5233, ship
standard with N9020A-EP2)

1. PeakDeviation (for phase, in rads) and Rate are jointly limited to fit within the Channel BW. For PM, an approxi-
mate rule-of-thumb is 2 × [PeakDeviation + 1] × Rate < Channel BW, such that most of the sideband energy is
within the Channel BW.

206 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Phase Modulation

Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Carrier Frequency Errorbef
Early analyzers ±(1.5 ppm × Deviation + 15 ppm) × Rate + tfa
(SN prefix <
MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 ±(1.5 ppm × Deviation + 6 ppm) × Rate + tfa
(SN prefix ≥
MY/SG/US5233, ship
standard with N9020A-EP2)
Carrier Power Same as “Absolute
Amplitude Accuracy”
on page 38 at all
frequencies (nominal).
a. This specification applies to the result labeled "(Pk-Pk)/2".
b. For optimum measurement, ensure that the Channel BW is set wide enough to capture the
significant RF energy. Setting the Channel BW too wide will result in measurement errors.
c. Reading is the measured peak deviation in radians.
d. Deviation is the peak deviation in radians.
e. Rate is a modulation rate in Hz.
f. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 19 207
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Phase Modulation

Phase Modulation
Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Post-Demod Distortion Residuala
Distortion (SINAD)bc
Early analyzers 4.0% / Deviation + 0.2%
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 0.8% / Deviation + 0.2%
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233, ship
standard with N9020A-EP2)
THDb
Early analyzers 0.15% / Deviation + 0.01%
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 0.08% / Deviation + 0.01%
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233, ship
standard with N9020A-EP2)
Post-Demod Distortion Accuracy
(Rate: 1 to 10 kHz,
Deviation: 0.2 to 100 rad,
Channel Bandwidth ≤ 1 MHz)
Distortion (SINAD)c ±(2% × Reading + DistResidual)
THD ±(2% × Reading + DistResidual)
Distortion Measurement Range
(Rate: 1 to 10 kHz,
Deviation: 6280 mrad)
Distortion (SINAD)c Residual to 100% (nominal)
THD Residual to 100% (nominal)
AM Rejectiond Applied AM signal
Rate = 1 kHz, Depth = 50%
(50 Hz HPF, 3 kHz LPF, 15 kHz
Channel BW)
Early analyzers 7.2 mrad peak
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 3.6 mrad peak
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233, ship
standard with N9020A-EP2)

208 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Phase Modulation

Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Residual PMe
(50 Hz HPF, 3 kHz LPF, 15 kHz
Channel BW)
Early analyzers 4.5 mrad rms
(SN prefix < MY/SG/US5233)
Analyzers with -EP2 2.1 mrad rms
(SN prefix ≥ MY/SG/US5233, ship
standard with N9020A-EP2)
a. For optimum measurement, ensure that the Channel BW is set wide enough to capture the
significant RF energy. Setting the Channel BW too wide will result in measurement errors.
b. Deviation is a peak deviation in radians.
c. SINAD [dB] can be derived by 20 × log10(1/Distortion).
d. AM rejection describes the instrument’s PM reading for an input that is strongly AMed (with no PM);
this specification includes contributions from residual PM.
e. Residual PM describes the instrument’s PM reading for an input that has no PM and no AM; this spec-
ification includes contributions from PM deviation accuracy.

Chapter 19 209
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Analog Out

Analog Out
The "Analog Out" connector (BNC) is located at the analyzer’s rear panel. It is a multi-purpose output,
whose function depends on options and operating mode (active application). When the N9063A Analog
Demod application is active, this output carries a voltage waveform reconstructed by a real-time
hardware demodulator (designed to drive the "Demod to Speaker" function for listening). The processing
path and algorithms for this output are entirely separate from those of the N9063A application itself; the
Analog Out waveform is not necessarily identical the application's Demod Waveform.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Bandwidth ≤ 8 MHz
Output impedance 140Ω (nominal)
Output range 0 V to +1 V (nominal)
FM scaling (0.5 / Channel BW) V/Hz (nominal), ±
10% (nominal), where the Channel BW is
settable by the user.
Analog out scale adjust User-settable factor, range from 0.5 to 10,
default =1, applied to above V/Hz scaling.
FM offset If HPF is off: 0.5 V corresponds to SA
tuned frequency, and Carrier Frequency
Errors (constant frequency offset) are
included (DC coupled);
If HPF is on: 0.5 V corresponds to the
mean of peak-to-peak FM excursions

210 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
Analog Out

For instruments with Option B40, DP2, or MPB

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Bandwidth ≤ 8 MHz
Output impedance 50Ω (nominal)
Output rangea –2 V to +2 V(max), –1 V to +1 V (typical)
FM scaling (2 / Channel BW) V/Hz (nominal), ±10%
(nominal), where the Channel BW is settable
by the user.
Analog out scale adjust User-settable factor, range from 0.5 to 10,
default =1, applied to above V/Hz scaling.
FM offset If HPF is off: 0 V corresponds to SA tuned
frequency, and Carrier Frequency Errors
(constant frequency offset) are included (DC
coupled);
If HPF is on: 0 V corresponds to the mean of
the waveform
a. For AM, the output is the "RF envelope" waveform. For FM, the output is proportional to frequency
deviation; note that Carrier Frequency Error (a constant frequency offset) is included as a deviation
from the analyzer’s tuned center frequency, unless a HPF is used. For PM, the output is proportional
the phase-deviation; note that PM is limited to excursions of ±pi, and requires a HPF on to enable a
phase-ramp-tracking circuit.

Most controls in the N9063A application do not affect Analog Out. The few that do are:
* choice of AM, FM, or PM (FM Stereo not supported)
* tuned Center Freq
* Channel BW (affects IF filter, sample rate, and FM scaling)
* some post-demod filters and de-emphasis (the hardware demodulator has limited filter choices;
it will attempt to inherit the filter settings in the app, but with constraints and approximations)

With software revision A.14.xx or higher, the FM case has repeatable and deterministic scaling and off-
set behavior, and is continuous (smooth) through acquisition cycles. See above. The AM and PM cases
are not, and will be unusable for many applications.

Chapter 19 211
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
FM Stereo/Radio Data System (RDS) Measurements

FM Stereo/Radio Data System (RDS) Measurements1

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

FM Stereo Modulation
Analysis Measurements

MXP view RF Spectrum, AF Spectrum, Demod MPX consists of FM signal

Waveform, FM Deviation (Hz) (Peak multiplexing with the mono signal
+, Peak–, (Pk-Pk)/2, RMS), Carrier (L+R), stereo signal (L–R), pilot
Power (dBm), Carrier Frequency Error signal (at 19 kHz) and optional
(Hz), SINAD (dB), Distortion (% or RDS signal (at 57 kHz).
dB)
• SINAD MPX BW, default 53
kHz, range from 1 kHz to 58
kHz.
• Reference Deviation, default 75
kHz, range from 15 kHz to 150
kHz.
Mono (L+R) / Stereo Demod Waveform, AF Spectrum, Mono Signal is Left + Right
(L–R) view Carrier Power (dBm), Carrier Stereo Signal is Left – Right
Frequency Error (Hz), Modulation
Rate
Left / Right view Demod Waveform, AF Spectrum, Post-demod settings:
Carrier Power (dBm), Carrier
Frequency Error (Hz), Modulation • Highpass filter: 20, 50, or 300
Rate, SINAD (dB), Distortion (% or Hz
dB), THD (% or dB) • Lowpass filter: 300 Hz, 3, 15,
80, or 300 kHz
• Bandpass filter: A-Weighted,
CCITT
• De-Emphasis: 25, 50, 75 and
750 μs
RDS / RBDS Decoding BLER basic tuning and switching BLER Block Count default 1E+8,
Results view information, radio text, program item range from 1 to 1E+16
number and slow labeling codes, clock
time and date

1. Requires Option N9063A-3FP , which in turn requires that the instrument also has Option N9063A-2FP installed
and licensed.

212 Chapter 19
 Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
FM Stereo/Radio Data System (RDS) Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Numeric Result view MPX, Mono, Stereo, Left, Right, Pilot
and RDS with FM Deviation result
(Hz) of Peak+, (Pk-Pk/2, RMS,
Modulation Rate (Hz), SINAD (% or
dB), THD (% or dB), Left to Right
(dB), Mono to Stereo (dB), RF Carrier
Power (dBm), RF Carrier Frequency
Error (Hz), 38 kHz Carrier Phase Error
(deg)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

FM Stereo Modulation FM Stereo with 67.5 kHz audio deviation at
Analysis Measurements 1 kHz modulation rate plus 6.75 kHz pilot
deviation.
SINAD 62 dB (nominal)
(with A-Weighted filter)
SINAD 69 dB (nominal)
(with CCITT filter)
Left to Right Ratio 63 dB (nominal)
(with A-Weighted filter)
Left to Right Ratio 72 dB (nominal)
(with CCITT filter)

Chapter 19 213
Analog Demodulation Measurement Application
FM Stereo/Radio Data System (RDS) Measurements

214 Chapter 19
20 Noise Figure Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9069A Noise Figure Measurement Application.

215
 Noise Figure Measurement Application
General Specifications

General Specifications
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Noise Figure Uncertainty Calculatora
<10 MHz See noteb
10 MHz to 26.5 GHz Using internal preamp
(such as Option P26) and
RBW = 4 MHz
Measurement Instrument
Noise Source ENR Range Uncertaintyc
4 to 6.5 dB 0 to 20 dB ±0.02 dB
12 to 17 dB 0 to 30 dB ±0.025 dB
20 to 22 dB 0 to 35 dB ±0.03 dB
a. The figures given in the table are for the uncertainty added by the X-Series Signal Analyzer instrument
only. To compute the total uncertainty for your noise figure measurement, you need to take into account
other factors including: DUT NF, Gain and Match, Instrument NF, Gain Uncertainty and Match; Noise
source ENR uncertainty and Match. The computations can be performed with the uncertainty calcula-
tor included with the Noise Figure Measurement Personality. Go to Mode Setup then select Uncer-
tainty Calculator. Similar calculators are also available on the Agilent web site; go to
http://www.agilent.com/find/nfu.
b. Uncertainty performance of the instrument is nominally the same in this frequency range as in the
higher frequency range. However, performance is not warranted in this range. There is a paucity of
available noise sources in this range, and the analyzer has poorer noise figure, leading to higher uncer-
tainties as computed by the uncertainty calculator.
c. “Instrument Uncertainty” is defined for noise figure analysis as uncertainty due to relative amplitude
uncertainties encountered in the analyzer when making the measurements required for a noise figure
computation. The relative amplitude uncertainty depends on, but is not identical to, the relative display
scale fidelity, also known as incremental log fidelity. The uncertainty of the analyzer is multiplied
within the computation by an amount that depends on the Y factor to give the total uncertainty of the
noise figure or gain measurement.
See Agilent App Note 57-2, literature number 5952-3706E for details on the use of this specification.
Jitter (amplitude variations) will also affect the accuracy of results. The standard deviation of the mea-
sured result decreases by a factor of the square root of the Resolution Bandwidth used and by the
square root of the number of averages. This application uses the 4 MHz Resolution Bandwidth as
default because this is the widest bandwidth with uncompromised accuracy.

216 Chapter 20
 Noise Figure Measurement Application
General Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Gain
Instrument Uncertaintya DUT Gain Range = −20 to +40 dB
See noteb
<10 MHz
10 MHz to 3.6 GHz ±0.10 dB
3.6 GHz to 26.5 GHz ±0.11 dB additionalc 95th percentile,
5 minutes after calibration
a. “Instrument Uncertainty” is defined for gain measurements as uncertainty due to relative amplitude
uncertainties encountered in the analyzer when making the measurements required for the gain compu-
tation.
See Agilent App Note 57-2, literature number 5952-3706E for details on the use of this specification.
Jitter (amplitude variations) will also affect the accuracy of results. The standard deviation of the mea-
sured result decreases by a factor of the square root of the Resolution Bandwidth used and by the
square root of the number of averages. This application uses the 4 MHz Resolution Bandwidth as
default since this is the widest bandwidth with uncompromised accuracy.
Under difficult conditions (low Y factors), the instrument uncertainty for gain in high band can domi-
nate the NF uncertainty as well as causing errors in the measurement of gain. These effects can be pre-
dicted with the uncertainty calculator.
b. Uncertainty performance of the instrument is nominally the same in this frequency range as in the
higher frequency range. However, performance is not warranted in this range. There is a paucity of
available noise sources in this range, and the analyzer has poorer noise figure, leading to higher uncer-
tainties as computed by the uncertainty calculator.
c. For frequencies above 3.6 GHz, the analyzer uses a YIG-tuned filter (YTF) as a preselector, which
adds uncertainty to the gain. When the Y factor is small, such as with low gain DUTs, this uncertainty
can be greatly multiplied and dominate the uncertainty in NF (as the user can compute with the Uncer-
tainty Calculator), as well as impacting gain directly. When the Y factor is large, the effect of IU of
Gain on the NF becomes negligible.
When the Y-factor is small, the non-YTF mechanism that causes Instrument Uncertainty for Gain is the
same as the one that causes IU for NF with low ENR. Therefore, we would recommend the following
practice: When using the Uncertainty Calculator for noise figure measurements above 3.6 GHz, fill in
the IU for Gain parameter with the sum of the IU for NF for 4 − 6.5 dB ENR sources and the shown
“additional” IU for gain for this frequency range. When estimating the IU for Gain for the purposes of
a gain measurement for frequencies above 3.6 GHz, use the sum of IU for Gain in the 0.01 to 3.6 GHz
range and the “additional” IU shown.
You will find, when using the Uncertainty Calculator, that the IU for Gain is only important when the
input noise of the spectrum analyzer is significant compared to the output noise of the DUT. That
means that the best devices, those with high enough gain, will have comparable uncertainties for fre-
quencies below and above 3.6 GHz.
The additional uncertainty shown is that observed to be met in 95% of the frequency/instrument com-
binations tested with 95% confidence. It applies within five minutes of a calibration. It is not war-
ranted.

Chapter 20 217
 Noise Figure Measurement Application
General Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Noise Figure Uncertainty Calculatora
Instrument Noise Figure Uncertainty See the Noise Figure
table earlier in this
chapter
Instrument Gain Uncertainty See the Gain table
earlier in this chapter
Instrument Noise Figure See graphs of “Nominal Instrument
Noise Figure”; Noise Figure is
DANL + 176.24 dB (nominal)b
Note on DC couplingcd
Instrument Input Match See graphs: Nominal VSWR
Note on DC couplingc
a. The Noise Figure Uncertainty Calculator requires the parameters shown in order to calculate the total
uncertainty of a Noise Figure measurement.
b. Nominally, the noise figure of the spectrum analyzer is given by
NF = D − (K − L + N + B)
where D is the DANL (displayed average noise level) specification,
K is kTB (−173.98 dBm in a 1 Hz bandwidth at 290 K)
L is 2.51 dB (the effect of log averaging used in DANL verifications)
N is 0.24 dB (the ratio of the noise bandwidth of the RBW filter with which DANL is
specified to an ideal noise bandwidth)
B is ten times the base-10 logarithm of the RBW (in hertz) in which the DANL is
specified. B is 0 dB for the 1 Hz RBW.
The actual NF will vary from the nominal due to frequency response errors.
c. The effect of AC coupling is negligible for frequencies above 40 MHz. Below 40 MHz, DC coupling is
recommended for the best measurements.
d. The instrument NF nominally degrades by 0.2 dB at 30 MHz and 1 dB at 10 MHz with AC coupling.

218 Chapter 20
 Noise Figure Measurement Application
General Specifications

Nominal Instrument Noise Figure

Chapter 20 219
 Noise Figure Measurement Application
General Specifications

Nominal Instrument Input VSWR, DC Coupled

220 Chapter 20
21 Phase Noise Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9068A Phase Noise measurement application.

221
 Phase Noise Measurement Application
General Specifications

General Specifications
Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Maximum Carrier Frequency
Option 503 3.6 GHz
Option 508 8.4 GHz
Option 513 13.6 GHz
Option 526 26.5 GHz

Supplemental
Description Specifications
Information
Measurement Characteristics
Measurements Log plot, RMS noise, RMS jitter,
Residual FM, Spot frequency

222 Chapter 21
 Phase Noise Measurement Application
General Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Measurement Accuracy
Phase Noise Density Accuracyab
Offset < 1 MHz ±0.30 dB
Offset ≥ 1 MHz
Non-overdrive casec ±0.30 dB
With Overdrive ±0.48 dB (nominal)
RMS Markers See equationd
a. This does not include the effect of system noise floor. This error is a function of the signal (phase noise
of the DUT) to noise (analyzer noise floor due to phase noise and thermal noise) ratio, SN, in decibels.
The function is: error = 10 × log(1 + 10 −SN/10)
For example, if the phase noise being measured is 10 dB above the measurement floor, the error due to
adding the analyzer’s noise to the UUT is 0.41 dB.
b. Offset frequency errors also add amplitude errors. See the Offset frequency section, below.
c. The phase noise density accuracy for the non-overdrive case is derived from warranted analyzer speci-
fications. It applies whenever there is no overdrive. Overdrive occurs only for offsets of 1 MHz and
greater, with signal input power greater than −10 dBm, and controls set to allow overdrive. The con-
trols allow overdrive if the electronic attenuator option is licensed, Enable Elect Atten is set to On,
Pre-Adjust for Min Clip is set to either Elect Atten Only or Elect-Mech Atten, and the carrier
frequency plus offset frequency is <3.6 GHz.
The controls also allow overdrive if (in the Meas Setup > Advanced menu) the Overdrive with Mech
Atten is enabled. With the mechanical attenuator only, the overdrive feature can be used with carriers
in the high band path (>3.6 GHz). To prevent overdrive in all cases, set the overdrive with Mech Atten
to disabled and the Enable Elect Atten to Off.
d. The accuracy of an RMS marker such as “RMS degrees” is a fraction of the readout. That fraction, in
percent, depends on the phase noise accuracy, in dB, and is given by 100 × (10PhaseNoiseDensityAccuracy
/ 20
− 1). For example, with +0.30 dB phase noise accuracy, and with a marker reading out 10 degrees
RMS, the accuracy of the marker would be +3.5% of 10 degrees, or +0.35 degrees.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Offset Frequency
Range (Log Plot) 1 Hz to (ƒopt − ƒCF)a ƒopt: Maximum frequency determined by optionb
Range (Spot Frequency) 10 Hz up to (ƒopt − ƒCF) ƒCF: Carrier frequency of signal under test
Accuracy
Offset < 1 MHz Negligible error (nominal)
Offset ≥ 1 MHz ±(0.5% of offset + marker resolution) (nominal)
0.5% of offset is equivalent to 0.0072 octavec
a. Option AFP required for 1 Hz offset.
b. For example, ƒopt is 3.6 GHz for Option 503.
c. The frequency offset error in octaves causes an additional amplitude accuracy error proportional to the
product of the frequency error and slope of the phase noise. For example, a 0.01 octave frequency error
combined with an 18 dB/octave slope gives 0.18 dB additional amplitude error.

Chapter 21 223
 Phase Noise Measurement Application
General Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Amplitude Repeatability <1 dB (nominal)a
(No Smoothing, all offsets, default
settings, including averages = 10)
a. Standard deviation. The repeatability can be improved with the use of smoothing and increasing the
number of averages.

Nominal Phase Noise at Different Center Frequencies

See the plot of core spectrum analyzer Nominal Phase Noise on page 59.

224 Chapter 21
22 Pulse Measurement Software

This chapter contains specifications for the N9051A Pulse measurement software.

225
 Pulse Measurement Software
General Specifications

General Specifications
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Maximum Carrier Frequency
Option 503 3.6 GHz
Option 508 8.4 GHz
Option 513 13.6 GHz
Option 526 26.5 GHz

226 Chapter 22
 Pulse Measurement Software
General Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Hardware Behavior
Bandwidth
Standard 10 MHz
Option B25 25 MHz
Sample Rate
Standard 30 MSa/s
Option B25 90 MSa/s
Instrument Rise Time
Standard 100 ns (nominal)
Option B25 40 ns (nominal)
Option B40 25 ns (nominal)
Minimum Detectable Pulse Width
Standard 400 ns (nominal)
Option B25 150 ns (nominal)
Option B40 100 ns (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Software Characteristics
Maximum Number of Traces 6 total
Trace Operations Raw data, Max Hold, Min
Hold, average, add and
subtract
Maximum Number of Markers 10 (reference or delta)
Maximum Time Record Length a T = 524,288 / (span × 1.28)
Time Resolution t = 1 / (span × 1.28)
Types of Triggers Free Run, Level, External
Waveform file types (export) .csv (trace data)
.bmp
.jpg
.gif
.tif
.png (images)
Waveform file type (import) .sdf
b
Maximum Number of Pulses Analyzed 1,000
Maximum Number of Collected Pulsesc <200,000
a. The value displayed may not be realized based on certain sample rates.
b. Continuous capture (gapless) assumes the number of pulses fit into a single record length. Some
metrics may not be available depending on the number of frequency points/pulse.
c. Non-continuous.

Chapter 22 227
Pulse Measurement Software
General Specifications

228 Chapter 22
23 1xEV-DO Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9076A 1xEV-DO measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.
This application supports forward link radio configurations 1 to 5 and reverse link radio configurations
1-4. cdmaOne signals can be analyzed by using radio configuration 1 or 2.

229
 1xEV-DO Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power Input signal must not be bursted
(1.23 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF input −50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute power accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (typical)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor −88 dBm (nominal)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Minimum power at RF Input −40 dBm (nominal)
a
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dB
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of a histogram of the
power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth Input signal must not be bursted
Minimum carrier power at RF Input −40 dBm (nominal)
Frequency accuracy ±2 kHz (nominal)
RBW = 30 kHz, Number of Points =
1001, Span = 2 MHz

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power vs. Time
Minimum power at RF input −50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute power accuracya ±0.23 dB (nominal)
Measurement floor −88.8 dBm (nominal)
Relative power accuracyb ±0.11 dB (nominal)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

230 Chapter 23
 1xEV-DO Measurement Application
Measurements

b. The relative accuracy is the ratio of the accuracy of amplitude measurements of two different transmit-
ter power levels. This specification is equivalent to the difference between two points on the scale fidel-
ity curve shown in the MXA Specifications Guide. Because the error sources of scale fidelity are
almost all monotonic with input level, the relative error between two levels is nearly (within 0.10 dB)
identical to the “error relative to -35 dBm” specified in the Guide.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask and
Adjacent Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input −20 dBm (nominal)
Dynamic Range, relativea
Offset Freq. Integ BW
750 kHz 30 kHz −78.6 dB −85.1 dB (typical)
1980 kHz 30 kHz −83.1 dB −87.7 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolute
Offset Freq. Integ BW
750 kHz 30 kHz −99.7 dB −104.7 dB (typical)
1980 kHz 30 kHz −99.7 dB −104.7 dB (typical)
Accuracy, relative RBW methodb
Offset Freq. Integ BW
750 kHz 30 kHz ±0.09 dB
1980 kHz 30 kHz ±0.10 dB
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power. This
specification is derived from other analyzer performance limitations such as third-order intermodula-
tion, DANL and phase noise. Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings,
with detector set to average, and depend on the mixer level. Mixer level is defined to be the input power
minus the input attenuation.
b. The RBW method measures the power in the adjacent channels within the defined resolution band-
width. The noise bandwidth of the RBW filter is nominally 1.055 times the 3.01 dB bandwidth. There-
fore, the RBW method will nominally read 0.23 dB higher adjacent channel power than would a
measurement using the integration bandwidth method, because the noise bandwidth of the integration
bandwidth measurement is equal to that integration bandwidth. For 1xEVDO ACPR measurements
using the RBW method, the main channel is measured in a 3 MHz RBW, which does not respond to all
the power in the carrier. Therefore, the carrier power is compensated by the expected under-response of
the filter to a full width signal, of 0.15 dB. But the adjacent channel power is not compensated for the
noise bandwidth effect. The reason the adjacent channel is not compensated is subtle. The RBW
method of measuring ACPR is very similar to the preferred method of making measurements for com-
pliance with FCC requirements, the source of the specifications for the 1xEVDO Spur Close specifica-
tions. ACPR is a spot measurement of Spur Close, and thus is best done with the RBW method, even
though the results will disagree by 0.23 dB from the measurement made with a rectangular passband.

Chapter 23 231
 1xEV-DO Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions
Dynamic Rangea, relative (RBW=1 MHz) 81.3 dB 82.2 dB (typical)
Sensitivityb, absolute (RBW=1 MHz) −84.5 dBm −89.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy, absolute
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB
compression point, which will degrade accuracy by 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

QPSK EVM
25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ 15 dBm Set the attenuation to meet the Mixer
20 to 30°C) Level requirement
EVM
Operating range 0 to 25%
Floor 1.5%
Accuracyb ±1.0%
I/Q origin offset
DUT Maximum Offset −10 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency Error
Range ±30 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy ±5 Hz + tfa c

a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation

b. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows: error = sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2) – EVMUUT,
where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in
percent.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

232 Chapter 23
 1xEV-DO Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Code Domain For pilot, 2 MAC channels, and 16
channels of QPSK data.
(BTS Measurements
−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm RF input power and attenuation are set to
20 to 30°C) meet the Mixer Level range
Absolute power accuracy ±0.15 dB
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Accuracy (Composite
Rho)
(−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm For pilot, 2 MAC channels, and 16
20 to 30°C) channels of QPSK data
Composite EVM
Operating Range 0 to 25% (nominal)
Floor 1.5%
Floor (with option BBA) 1.5% (nominal)
Accuracyb ±1.0
Composite Rho
Range 0.94118 to 1.0 (nominal)
Floor 0.99978
Accuracy ±0.0010 dB At Rho 0.99751 (EVM 5%)
±0.0045 dB At Rho 0.94118 (EVM 25%)
I/Q Origin Offset
DUT Maximum Offset −10 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency Error pilot, MAC, QPSK Data, 8PSK Data
Range ±400 Hz (nominal)
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfac
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.
b. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows: floorerror = sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2) –
EVMUUT, where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the
analyzer in percent. For example, if the EVM of the UUT is 7%, and the floor is 2.5%, the error due to
the floor is 0.43%.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 23 233
 1xEV-DO Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
In-Band Frequency Range
(Access Network Only)
Band Class 0 869 to 894 MHz North American and Korean Cellular Bands
Band Class 1 1930 to 1990 MHz North American PCS Band
Band Class 2 917 to 960 MHz TACS Band
Band Class 3 832 to 869 MHz JTACS Band
Band Class 4 1840 to 1870 MHz Korean PCS Band
Band Class 6 2110 to 2170 MHz IMT-2000 Band
Band Class 8 1805 to 1880 MHz 1800-MHz Band
Band Class 9 925 to 960 MHz 900-MHz Band

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Alternative Frequency Ranges
(Access Network Only)
Band Class 5 421 to 430 MHz NMT-450 Band
460 to 470 MHz
480 to 494 MHz
Band Class 7 746 to 764 MHz North American 700-MHz Cellular Band

234 Chapter 23
24 802.16 OFDMA Measurement
Application
This chapter contains specifications for the N9075A 802.16 OFDMA measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.
Information bandwidth is assumed to be 5 or 10 MHz unless otherwise explicitly stated.

235
 802.16 OFDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input −35 dBm (nominal)
Absolute power accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor −79.7 dBm (nominal) at 10 MHz BW
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dBa
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of the histogram of
the power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Minimum power at RF Input −30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency Accuracy ±20 kHz (nominal) at 10 MHz BW

236 Chapter 24
 802.16 OFDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input −36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracy
Radio BW Offset
MS 5 MHz 5 MHz ±0.09 dB At ACPR −24 dBc with optimum
mixer levela
MS 5 MHz 10 MHz ±0.26 dB At ACPR −47 dBc with optimum
mixer levelb
MS 10 MHz 10 MHz ±0.16 dB At ACPR −24 dBc with optimum
mixer levelc
MS 10 MHz 20 MHz ±0.47 dB At ACPR −47 dBc with optimum
mixer levelb
BS 5 MHz 5 MHz ±0.42 dB At ACPR −45 dBc with optimum
mixer leveld
BS 5 MHz 10 MHz ±0.35 dB At ACPR −50 dBc with optimum
mixer levelb
BS 10 MHz 10 MHz ±0.60 dB At ACPR −45 dBc with optimum
mixer levele
BS 10 MHz 20 MHz ±0.64 dB At ACPR −50 dBc with optimum
mixer levelb
a. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring mobile station (MS) at −24 dBc ACPR, the mixer
level (ML) must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is −25 dBm, so the input attenu-
ation must be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input
power is −9 dBm, set the attenuation to 16 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic
range instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.
b. ACPR accuracy for this case is warranted when the input attenuator is set to give an average mixer
level of −14 dBm.
c. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring mobile station (MS) at −24 dBc ACPR, the mixer
level (ML) must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is −24 dBm, so the input attenu-
ation must be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input
power is −4 dBm, set the attenuation to 20 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic
range instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.
d. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring base station (BS) at −45 dBc ACPR, the mixer level
(ML) must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is −20 dBm, so the input attenuation
must be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input power is
−4 dBm, set the attenuation to 16 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range
instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.
e. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring base station (BS) at −45 dBc ACPR, the mixer level
(ML) must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is −18 dBm, so the input attenuation
must be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input power is
−2 dBm, set the attenuation to 16 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range
instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.

Chapter 24 237
 802.16 OFDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask
Dynamic Range, relative 77.4 dB 82.8 dB (typical)
(5.05 MHz offset, 10 MHz BWab)
Sensitivity, absolute −94.5 dBm −99.5 dBm (typical)
(5.05 MHz offset, 10 MHz BWc)
Accuracy
(5.05 MHz offset, 10 MHz BW)
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolutee ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about −16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified with 100 kHz RBW,
at a center frequency of 2 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. The absolute accuracy of SEM measurement is the same as the absolute accuracy of the spectrum ana-
lyzer. The numbers shown are for 0 to 3.6 GHz, with attenuation set to 10 dB.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions
Accuracy
(Attenuation = 10 dB)
Frequency Range
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)

238 Chapter 24
 802.16 OFDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis Input range within 5 dB of full scale, 20 to 30°C
Frequency Error: Accuracy ±1 Hza + tfab
RCE (EVM)c floor
Early analyzers (SN prefix
<MY\SG\US5233)
RF Input Freq
CF ≤ 3.0 GHz −44 dB
3.0 GHz < CF < 3.5 GHz −44 dB (nominal)
Analyzers with -EP2 (SN
prefix ≥MY\SG\US5233,
ship standard with
N9020A-EP2)
RF Input Freq (EP2)d
CF ≤ 3.0 GHz –49 dB
3.0 GHz < CF < 3.5 GHz −49 dB (nominal)
Baseband IQ Input −48 dB (nominal)
a. This term includes an error due to the software algorithm. It is verified using a reference signal whose
center frequency is intentionally shifted. This specification applies when the center frequency offset is
within 5 kHz.
b. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.
c. RCE(EVM) specification applies when 10 MHz downlink reference signal including
QPSK/16QAM/64QAM is tested. This requires that Equalizer Training is set to “Preamble, Data &
Pilots” and Pilot Tracking is set to Phase/Timing on state. It also requires that Phase Noise optimization
mode is set to "Best close-in [offset < 20 kHz]".
d. Phase Noise optimization is left to its default setting (Fast Tuning).

Chapter 24 239
 802.16 OFDMA Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications

In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications

Band Class Spectrum Range
1 2.300 to 2.400 GHz
2 2.305 to 2.320 GHz
2.345 to 2.360 GHz
3 2.496 to 2.690 GHz
4 3.300 to 3.400 GHz
6 1.710 to 2.170 GHz
7 0.698 to 0.862 GHz
8 1.710 to 2.170 GHz

240 Chapter 24
25 Bluetooth Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for N9081A-2FP Bluetooth measurement application. Three
standards, Bluetooth 2.1-basic rate, Bluetooth 2.1-EDR and Bluetooth 2.1-low energy are supported.
Three power classes, class 1, class 2 and class 3 are supported. Specifications for the three standards
above are provided separately.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations. The specifications apply
in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

241
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Basic Rate Measurements

Basic Rate Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Output Power This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and
supports average and peak power
in conformance with Bluetooth
RF test specification
2.1.E.0.5.1.3.
Packet Type DH1, DH3, DH5, HV3
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization RF Burst or Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Supported measurements Average power, peak power
Rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Absolute Power Accuracyb ±0.25 dB(95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor –70 dBm (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

242 Chapter 25
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Basic Rate Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Characteristics This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and
supports average and peak power
in conformance with Bluetooth
RF test specification
2.1.E.0.5.1.9.
Packet Type DH1, DH3, DH5, HV3
Payload BS0F, BS55
Synchronization Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Supported measurements Min/max Δf1avg
min Δf2max (kHz)
total Δf2max > Δf2max lower
limit (%)
min of min Δf2avg / max Δf1avg
pseudo frequency deviation (Δf1
and Δf2)
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Deviation range ±250 kHz (nominal)
Deviation resolution 100 Hz (nominal)
Measurement Accuracyb ±100 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Example, using 1 ppm as frequency reference accuracy of the analyzer, at frequency of 2.402 GHz,
frequency accuracy would be in the range of ±(2.402 GHz × 1 ppm) Hz ± 100 Hz = ±2402 Hz ± 100 Hz
= ±2502 Hz.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 25 243
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Basic Rate Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Initial Carrier Frequency This measurement is a Transmit
Tolerance Analysis measurement and
supports average and peak power
in conformance with Bluetooth
RF test specification
2.1.E.0.5.1.10.
Packet Type DH1, DH3, DH5, HV3
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Measurement range Nominal channel freq ± 100 kHz
(nominal)
Measurement Accuracyb ±100 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Example, using 1 ppm as frequency reference accuracy of the analyzer, at frequency of 2.402 GHz,
frequency accuracy would be in the range of ±(2.402 GHz × 1 ppm) Hz ± 100 Hz = ±2402 Hz ± 100 Hz
= ±2502 Hz.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

244 Chapter 25
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Basic Rate Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Carrier Frequency Drift This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and
supports average and peak power
in conformance with Bluetooth
RF test specification
2.1.E.0.5.1.11.
Packet Type DH1, DH3, DH5, HV3
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Measurement range ±100 kHz (nominal)
Measurement Accuracyb ±100 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Example, using 1 ppm as frequency reference accuracy of the analyzer, at frequency of 2.402 GHz,
frequency accuracy would be in the range of ±(2.402 GHz × 1 ppm) Hz ± 100 Hz = ±2402 Hz ± 100 Hz
= ±2502 Hz.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power This measurement is an Adjacent
Channel Power measurement and
is in conformance with Bluetooth
RF test specification
2.1.E.0.5.1.8.
Packet Type DH1, DH3, DH5, HV3
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization None
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Measurement Accuracya Dominated by the variance of
measurementsb
a. The accuracy is for absolute power measured at 2.0 MHz offset and other offsets (offset = K MHz,
K = 3,…,78).
b. The measurement at these offsets is usually the measurement of noise-like signals and therefore has
considerable variance. For example, with 100 ms sweeping time, the standard deviation of the measure-
ment is about 0.5 dB. In comparison, the computed uncertainties of the measurement for the case with
CW interference is only ± 0.25 dB.

Chapter 25 245
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Low Energy Measurements

Low Energy Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Output Power This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and
supports average and peak power
in conformance with Bluetooth
RF test specification
LE.RF-PHY.TS/0.7d2.6.2.1.
Packet Type Reference type
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization RF Burst or Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Supported measurements Average Power, Peak Power
Rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Absolute Power Accuracyb ±0.25 dB(95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor –70 dBm (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

246 Chapter 25
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Low Energy Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Characteristics This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and is in
conformance with Bluetooth RF
test specification
LE.RF-PHY.TS/0.7d2.6.2.3.
Packet Type Reference type
Payload BS0F, BS55
Synchronization Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Supported measurements Min/max Δf1avg
min Δf2max (kHz)
total Δf2max > Δf2max lower
limit (%)
min of min Δf2avg / max Δf1avg
pseudo frequency deviation (Δf1
and Δf2)
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Deviation range ±250 kHz (nominal)
Deviation resolution 100 Hz (nominal)
Measurement Accuracyb ±100 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Example, using 1 ppm as frequency reference accuracy of the analyzer, at frequency of 2.402 GHz,
frequency accuracy would be in the range of ±(2.402 GHz × 1 ppm) Hz ± 100 Hz = ±2402 Hz ± 100 Hz
= ±2502 Hz.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 25 247
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Low Energy Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Initial Carrier Frequency This measurement is a Transmit
Tolerance Analysis measurement and is in
conformance with Bluetooth RF
test specification
LE.RF-PHY.TS/0.7d2.6.2.4.
Packet Type Reference type
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Measurement range Nominal channel freq ± 100 kHz
(nominal)
Measurement Accuracyb ±100 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Example, using 1 ppm as frequency reference accuracy of the analyzer, at frequency of 2.402 GHz,
frequency accuracy would be in the range of ±(2.402 GHz × 1 ppm) Hz ± 100 Hz = ±2402 Hz ± 100 Hz
= ±2502 Hz.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

248 Chapter 25
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Low Energy Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Carrier Frequency Drift This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and is in
conformance with Bluetooth RF
test specification
LE.RF-PHY.TS/0.7d2.6.2.4.
Packet Type Reference type
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization Preamble
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Measurement range ±100 kHz (nominal)
Measurement Accuracyb ±100 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Example, using 1 ppm as frequency reference accuracy of the analyzer, at frequency of 2.402 GHz,
frequency accuracy would be in the range of ±(2.402 GHz × 1 ppm) Hz ± 100 Hz = ±2402 Hz ± 100 Hz
= ±2502 Hz.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

LE In-band Emission This measurement is an LE
in-band emission measurement
and is in conformance with
Bluetooth RF test specification
LE.RF-PHY.TS/0.7d2.6.2.2.
Packet Type Reference type
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS0F,
BS55
Synchronization None
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Measurement Accuracya Dominated by the variance of
measurementsb
a. The accuracy is for absolute power measured at 2.0 MHz offset and other offsets (offset =2 MHz × K,
K = 2,…,39).
b. The measurement at these offsets is usually the measurement of noise-like signals and therefore has
considerable variance. For example, with 100 ms sweeping time, the standard deviation of the measure-
ment is about 0.5 dB. In comparison, the computed uncertainties of the measurement for the case with
CW interference is only ± 0.25 dB.

Chapter 25 249
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) Measurements

Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
EDR Relative Transmit Power This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and
supports average and peak power
in conformance with Bluetooth
RF test specification
2.1.E.0.5.1.12.
Packet Type 2-DH1, 2-DH3, 2-DH5, 3-DH1,
3-DH3, 3-DH5
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS55
Synchronization DPSK synchronization sequence
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Supported measurements Power in GFSK header, power in
PSK payload, relative power
between GFSK header and PSK
payload
Rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Absolute Power Accuracyb ±0.25 dB(95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor –70 dBm (nominal)
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

250 Chapter 25
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

EDR Modulation Accuracy This measurement is a Transmit
Analysis measurement and is in
conformance with Bluetooth RF
test specification 2.1.E.0.5.1.13
Packet Type 2-DH1, 2-DH3, 2-DH5, 3-DH1,
3-DH3, 3-DH5
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS55
Synchronization DPSK synchronization sequence
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Supported measurements rms DEVM
peak DEVM, 99% DEVM
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
RMS DEVM
Range 0 to 12%
Floor 1.5%
Accuracyb 1.2%
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement
floor. When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy
errors. The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors
depend on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows:
error = sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2) – EVMUUT, where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent,
and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in percent

Chapter 25 251
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

EDR Carrier Frequency This measurement is a Transmit
Stability Analysis measurement and is in
conformance with Bluetooth RF
test specification 2.1.E.0.5.1.13
Packet Type 2-DH1, 2-DH3, 2-DH5, 3-DH1,
3-DH3, 3-DH5
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS55
Synchronization DPSK synchronization sequence
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Supported measurements Worst case initial frequency
error(ωi) for all packets (carrier
frequency stability), worst case
frequency error for all blocks
(ωo), (ωo + ωi) for all blocks
RF input level rangea +30 dBm to –70 dBm
Carrier Frequency Stability and ±100 Hz + tfac (nominal)
Frequency Errorb
a. When the input signal level is lower than –40 dBm, the analyzer’s preamp should be turned on and the
attenuator set to 0 dB.
b. Example, using 1 ppm as frequency reference accuracy of the analyzer, at frequency of 2.402 GHz,
frequency accuracy would be in the range of ±(2.402 GHz × 1 ppm) Hz ± 100 Hz = ±2402 Hz ± 100 Hz
= ±2502 Hz.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

252 Chapter 25
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

EDR In-band Spurious This measurement is an EDR
Emissions in-band spur emissions and is in
conformance with Bluetooth RF
test specification 2.1.E.0.5.1.15.
Packet Type 2-DH1, 2-DH3, 2-DH5, 3-DH1,
3-DH3, 3-DH5
Payload PRBS9, BS00, BSFF, BS55
Synchronization DPSK synchronization sequence
Trigger External, RF Burst, Periodic
Timer, Free Run, Video
Measurement Accuracya
Offset Freq = Dominated by ambiguity of the
1 MHz to 1.5 MHz measurement standardsb
Offset Freq = other offsets Dominated by the variance of
(2 MHz to 78 MHz) measurementsc
a. For offsets from 1 MHz to 1.5 MHz, the accuracy is the relative accuracy which is the adjacent channel
power (1 MHz to 1.5 MHz offset) relative to the reference channel power (main channel). For other off-
sets (offset = K MHz, K= 2,…,78), the accuracy is the power accuracy of the absolute alternative chan-
nel power.
b. The measurement standards call for averaging the signal across 3.5 µs apertures and reporting the high-
est result. For common impulsive power at these offsets, this gives a variation of result with the time
location of that interference that is 0.8 dB peak-to-peak and changes with a scallop shape with a 3.5 µs
period. Uncertainties in the accuracy of measuring CW-like relative power at these offsets are nomi-
nally only ±0.07 dB, but observed variations of the measurement algorithm used with impulsive inter-
ference are similar to the scalloping error.
c. The measurement at these offsets is usually the measurement of noise-like signals and therefore has
considerable variance. For example, with a 1.5 ms packet length, the standard deviation of the measure-
ment of the peak of ten bursts is about 0.6 dB. In comparison, the computed uncertainties of the mea-
surement for the case with CW interference is only ±0.25 dB.

Chapter 25 253
 Bluetooth Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Bluetooth Basic Rate and 2.400 to 2.4835 GHz (ISM radio f = 2402 + k MHz, k = 0,…,78
Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) band) (RF channels used by Bluetooth)
System
Bluetooth Low Energy System 2.400 to 2.4835 GHz (ISM radio f = 2402 + k×2 MHz, k = 0,…,39
band) (RF channels used by Bluetooth)

254 Chapter 25
26 cdma2000 Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9072A, cdma2000 measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.
This application supports forward link radio configurations 1 to 5 and reverse link radio configurations
1-4. cdmaOne signals can be analyzed by using radio configuration 1 or 2.

255
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power
(1.23 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF input −50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute power accuracy a ±0.82 dB
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
95th Percentile ±0.23 dB
Absolute power accuracy
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor −88.8 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

256 Chapter 26
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Powera
Minimum power at RF input −36 dBm (nominal)
Dynamic range Referenced to average power of carrier in
Offset Freq Integ BW 1.23 MHz bandwidth
750 kHz 30 kHz −78.6 dBc −84.7 dBc (typical)
1980 kHz 30 kHz −83.1 dBc −87.6 dBc (typical)
ACPR Relative Accuracy RBW methodb
Offsets ≤ 750 kHz ±0.09 dB
Offsets ≥ 1.98 MHz ±0.10 dB
Absolute Accuracy ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (at 95th percentile)
Sensitivity −99.7 dBm −104.7 dBm (typical)
a. ACP test items compliance the limits of conducted spurious emission specification defined in 3GPP2
standards
b. The RBW method measures the power in the adjacent channels within the defined resolution band-
width. The noise bandwidth of the RBW filter is nominally 1.055 times the 3.01 dB bandwidth. There-
fore, the RBW method will nominally read 0.23 dB higher adjacent channel power than would a
measurement using the integration bandwidth method, because the noise bandwidth of the integration
bandwidth measurement is equal to that integration bandwidth. For cdma2000 ACP measurements
using the RBW method, the main channel is measured in a 3 MHz RBW, which does not respond to all
the power in the carrier. Therefore, the carrier power is compensated by the expected under-response of
the filter to a full width signal, of 0.15 dB. But the adjacent channel power is not compensated for the
noise bandwidth effect.
The reason the adjacent channel is not compensated is subtle. The RBW method of measuring ACP is
very similar to the preferred method of making measurements for compliance with FCC requirements,
the source of the specifications for the cdma2000 Spur Close specifications. ACP is a spot measure-
ment of Spur Close, and thus is best done with the RBW method, even though the results will disagree
by 0.23 dB from the measurement made with a rectangular passband.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Histogram Resolutiona 0.01 dB
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of a histogram of the
power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Chapter 26 257
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Minimum carrier power at RF Input −30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency accuracy ±2 kHz (nominal)
RBW = 30 kHz,
Number of Points = 1001,
Span = 2 MHz

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

a
Spectrum Emission Mask
Dynamic Range, relative
750 kHz offset 78.6 dB 84.7 dB (typical)
1980 kHz offset 83.1 dB 87.7 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolute b
750 kHz offset −99.7 dBm −104.7 dBm (typical)
1980 kHz offset −99.7 dBm −104.7 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
750 kHz offset
Relativec ±0.09 dB
Absoluted 20 to 30°C ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (at 95th percentile)
1980 kHz offset
Relativec ±0.10 dB
Absoluted 20 to 30°C ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (at 95th percentile)
a. SEM test items compliance the limits of conducted spurious emission specification defined in 3GPP2
standards.
b. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified for the default 30 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2 GHz.
c. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ration of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are near the regulatory limits of –25 dBc at
750 kHz offset and –60 dBc at 1980 kHz offset.
d. The absolute accuracy of SEM measurement is the same as the absolute accuracy of the spectrum ana-
lyzer. See Absolute Amplitude Accuracy for more information. The numbers shown are for 0 to
3.6 GHz, with attenuation set to 10 dB.

258 Chapter 26
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions
Dynamic Rangea, relative (RBW=1 MHz) 81.3 dB 82.2 dB (typical)
Sensitivityb, absolute (RBW=1 MHz) −84.5 dBm −89.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy, absolute
Attenuation = 10 dB
9 kHz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB com-
pression point, which will degrade accuracy by 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Code Domain
(BTS Measurements RF input power and attenuation are
−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm set to meet the Mixer Level range
20 to 30°C)
Code domain power
Relative power accuracy
Code domain power range
0 to −10 dBc ±0.015 dB
−10 to −30 dBc ±0.06 dB
−30 to −40 dBc ±0.07 dB
Symbol power vs. time
Relative Accuracy
Code domain power range
0 to −10 dBc ±0.015 dB
−10 to −30 dBc ±0.06 dB
−30 to −40 dBc ±0.07 dB
Symbol error vector magnitude
Accuracy, 0 to −25 dBc ±1.0% (nominal)
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.

Chapter 26 259
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

QPSK EVM
(−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm RF input power and attenuation are
20 to 30°C) set to meet the Mixer Level range
EVM
Range 0 to 25%
Floor 1.5%
Accuracyb ±1.0%
I/Q origin offset
DUT Maximum Offset −10 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency Error
Range ±30 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy ±5 Hz + tfac
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.
b. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows: error = sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2) - EVMUUT,
where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in
percent.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy

260 Chapter 26
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Accuracy (Composite Set the attenuation to meet the Mixer
Rho) Level requirement. Specifications
apply to BTS for 9 active channels as
defined in 3GPP2
(BTS Measurements RF input power and attenuation are set
−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm to meet the Mixer Level range
20 to 30°C)
Composite EVM
Range 0 to 25%
Floor 1.5%
Floor (with option BBA) 1.5% (nominal)
Accuracyb ±1.0%
±0.5% At EVM measurement in the range of
12.5% to 22.5%
Composite Rho
Range 0.94118 to 1.0
Floor 0.999978
Accuracy ±0.0010 at Rho 0.99751 (EVM 5%)
±0.0030 at Rho 0.94118 (EVM 25%)
Pilot time offset
Range −13.33 to +13.33 ms From even second signal to start of PN
sequence
Accuracy ±300 ns
Resolution 10 ns
Code domain timing Pilot to code channel time tolerance
Range ±200 ns
Accuracy ±1.25 ns
Resolution 0.1 ns
Code domain phase Pilot to code channel phase tolerance
Range ±200 mrad
Accuracy ±10 mrad
Resolution 0.1 mrad
Peak code domain error
Accuracy ±1.0 dB (nominal)
Range from −10 dB to −55 dB
I/Q origin offset
DUT Maximum Offset −10 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency error
Range ±900 Hz
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfac
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.

Chapter 26 261
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
Measurements

b. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows: floorerror = sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2) −
EVMUUT, where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the
analyzer in percent. For example, if the EVM of the UUT is 7%, and the floor is 2.5%, the error due to
the floor is 0.43%.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy

262 Chapter 26
 cdma2000 Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

Band Frequencies
Band Class 0 869 to 894 MHz
(North American Cellular) 824 to 849 MHz
Band Class 1 1930 to 1990 MHz
(North American PCS) 1850 to 1910 MHz
Band Class 2 917 to 960 MHz
(TACS) 872 to 915 MHz
Band Class 3 832 to 870 MHz
(JTACS) 887 to 925 MHz
Band Class 4 1840 to 1870 MHz
(Korean PCS) 1750 to 1780 MHz
Band Class 6 2110 to 2170 MHz
(IMT-2000) 1920 to 1980 MHz

Chapter 26 263
cdma2000 Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

264 Chapter 26
27 CMMB Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N6158A, CMMB measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply to carrier frequencies below 2 GHz.

265
 CMMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power Input signal must not be bursted
(8 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –82.7 dBm
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power with Shoulder Input signal must not be bursted
Attenuation View
(7.512 MHz Integration BW,
ML = –16 dBm, Shoulder Offset
= 4.2 MHz)
Dynamic Range, relativea 92.2 dB 98.5 dB (typical)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset and region
specified. The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated
power. This specification is derived from other analyzer performance limitations such as third-order
intermodulation, DANL and phase noise. Dynamic range specifications are based on default measure-
ment settings, with detector set to average, and depend on the mixer level. Mixer level is defined to be
the input power minus the input attenuation.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dBa
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of a histogram of the
power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

266 Chapter 27
 CMMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input –36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracya ±0.44 dB At ACPR –45 dBc with
(7.512 MHz noise bandwidth optimum mixer levelb
method = IBW
Offset Freq = 8 MHz)
a. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately –37 dBm – (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
b. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring transmitter at –45 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML)
must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is –20 dBm, so the input attenuation must
be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input power is
–4 dBm, set the attenuation to 16 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range
instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.

Chapter 27 267
 CMMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask
(7.512 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 3.9 kHz)
4.2 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 92.2 dB 98.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.18 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
10 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativee 94.6 dB 100.6 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolute –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relative ±0.21 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 3.9 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 3.9 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 666 MHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –13 dBm Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.

268 Chapter 27
 CMMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis Settings
Device Type Transmitter or Exciter
Trigger FreeRun, External 1, External 2 • External Trigger is used with 1
or Periodic Timer PPS input from GPS, (this
trigger method is recommended
for SFN mode)
• Periodic Timer Trigger is used
usually used for MFN mode or
SFN mode without 1 PPS input
• FreeRun can be used when all
of the timeslots use the same
Mod Format (this trigger mode
is recommended for Exciter
under Test Mode)
Sync Frame Now Immediate Action to synchronize
CMMB signals when using
Periodic Timer or External Trigger
Meas Type PLCH, Timeslot or Frame
PLCH Settings CLCH or SLCH (0-38) Enabled when Meas Type is PLCH
Timeslot Settings Start Timeslot Enabled when Meas Type is
Timeslot
Meas Interval
Modulation Format: BPSK,
QPSK or 16 QAM
MER Limit 38 dB as default Auto or Manual
Spectrum Normal or Invert
Clock Rate 10.0 MHz Auto or Manual
Demod Symbols Per Slot 4 to 53
Out of Band Filtering On or Off
Data Equalization On or Off

Chapter 27 269
 CMMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis
Measurement
I/Q Measured Polar Graph Constellation (−1538 to 1538
subcarriers)
EVM, MER, Mag Error, Phase
Error RMS, Peak (Subcarrier
position), Freq Error

I/Q Error (Quad View) MER vs. Subcarriers Logical Channel Information
(−1538 to 1538 subcarriers) (LCH, Range, Modulation Format,
Reed Solomon Codes, LDPC Rate,
Logical Channel Information
Interleaving Mode, Scrambling
Constellation Mode)
EVM, MER, Mag Error, Phase LCH: CLCH, SLCH(0 to N) N≤38
Error RMS, Peak (Subcarrier
Range: 0 (CLCH), M~N (SLCHx),
position)
1≤M<N≤39
Quadrature Error
Mod Format: BPSK, QPSK,
Amplitude Imbalance 16QAM
Timing Skew Reed Solomon Codes: (240, 240),
(240,224), (240,192), (240,176)
LDPC: 1/2, 3/4
Interleaving Mode: Mode 1/2/3
Scrambling: Mode0~7
Channel Frequency Response Amplitude vs. Subcarriers
(−1538 to 1538 subcarriers)
Phase vs. Subcarriers
(−1538 to 1538 subcarriers)
Group Delay vs. Subcarriers
(−1538 to 1537 subcarriers)

270 Chapter 27
 CMMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis
Measurement (Continued)
Channel Impulse Response
Spectrum Flatness Amax-Ac (dB) (Limit +0.5)
Amin-Ac (dB) (Limit -0.5)
Amax: max amplitude value
Amin: min amplitude value
Ac: center frequency amp value

Result Metrics MER (dB), EVM (%), Mag Error

(%), Phase Error (deg) RMS,
Peak (Peak Position)
MER (dB) and EVM (%) by
Data, Continuous Pilot, Scattered
Pilot
Frequency Error (Hz)
Quadrature Error (deg)
Amplitude Imbalance (dB)
Timing Skew (us)
Trigger Difference (us)
TxID (Region Index, Transmitter
Index)
Inband Spectrum Ripple
Amax-Ac (dB)
Amin-Ac (dB)

Meas Type PLCH, Timeslot or Frame

Chapter 27 271
 CMMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

CMMB Modulation Analysis CLCH+SLCH0
Specification
CLCH: Timeslot 0, LDPC 1/2,
(MLa = –20 dBm Reed Solomon Code (240,240),
20 to 30°C) Interleaving Mode1, Mod Type
BPSK
SLCH0: Timeslot 1-39, LDPC
1/2, Reed Solomon Code
(240,240), Interleaving Mode1,
Mod Type 16QAM
EVM EQ Off
Operating range 0 to 16%
Floor 0.54%
Accuracy
from 0.54% to 1.0% ±0.30%
from 1.0% to 2.0% ±0.20%
from 2.0% to 16.0% ±0.40%
MER EQ Off
Operating range ≥16 dB
Floor 45 dB
Accuracy
from 39 to 45 dB ±2.78 dB
from 34 to 39 dB ±0.89 dB
from 16 to 34 dB ±0.34 dB
Frequency Errorb
Range –20 kHz to 20 kHz
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfac
Quad Error
Range –5 to +5°
Amplitude Imbalance
Range –1 to +1 dB
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation
b. The accuracy specification applies at the EVM = 1%.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency ×frequency reference accuracy.

272 Chapter 27
28 Digital Cable TV Measurement
Application
This chapter contains specifications for the N6152A, Digital Cable TV measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply to carrier frequencies below 1 GHz.

273
 Digital Cable TV Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power Input signal must not be bursted
(8.0 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –82.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dB

274 Chapter 28
 Digital Cable TV Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input –36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracya 8.0 MHz noise bandwidth
method = IBW
Offset Freq
8 MHz ±0.46 dB At ACPR –45 dBc with
optimum mixer levelb
a. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately –37 dBm – (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
b. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring transmitter at –45 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML)
must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is –20 dBm, so the input attenuation must
be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input power is
–3 dBm, set the attenuation to 17 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range
instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask
(6.9 MHz Integration BW,
RBW = 3.9 kHz)
4.2 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 92.1 dB 98.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.18 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
10 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativee 96.1 dB 101.8 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolute –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relative ±0.22 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 3.9 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.

Chapter 28 275
 Digital Cable TV Measurement Application
Measurements

c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 3.9 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 474 MHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –11 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

DVB-C 64QAM EVM
(MLa = –20 dBm Modulation Rate = 64 QAM
20 to 30°C, CF ≤1 GHz) Symbol Rate = 6.9 MHz
EVM (Smax)
Operating range 0 to 5%
Floor 0.52% Adaptive EQ Off
MER
Operating range ≥22 dB
Floor 42 dB Adaptive EQ Off
Frequency Errorb
Range –150 kHz to 150 kHz
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfac
Quad Error
Range –5° to +5°
Gain Imbalance
Range –1 to +1 dB
BER Before Reed-Solomon For DVB-C (J.83 Annex A/C) only
Range 0 to 1.0×10–3
Packet Error Ratio For DVB-C (J.83 Annex A/C) only
Range 0 to 1.0×10–1
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation
b. The accuracy specification applies at the EVM =1%.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

276 Chapter 28
29 DTMB Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N6156A, DTMB measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply to carrier frequencies below 2 GHz.

277
 DTMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power Input signal must not be bursted
(8 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB(95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –82.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power with Shoulder Input signal must not be bursted
Attenuation View
(7.56 MHz Integration BW,
ML = –16 dBm,
Shoulder Offset = 4.2 MHz)
Dynamic Range, relativea 92.2 dB 98.5 dB (typical)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset and region
specified. The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated
power. This specification is derived from other analyzer performance limitations such as third-order
intermodulation, DANL and phase noise. Dynamic range specifications are based on default measure-
ment settings, with detector set to average, and depend on the mixer level. Mixer level is defined to be
the input power minus the input attenuation.

278 Chapter 29
 DTMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
a
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dB
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of a histogram of the
power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input –36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracya ±0.44 dB RRC weighted,
7.56 MHz noise bandwidth
method = IBW,
Offset Freq = 8 MHz,
At ACPR –45 dBc with
optimum mixer levelb
a. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately –37 dBm – (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
b. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring transmitter at –45 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML)
must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is –20 dBm, so the input attenuation must
be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input power is
–4 dBm, set the attenuation to 16 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range
instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.

Chapter 29 279
 DTMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask
(7.56 MHz transmission BW
RBW = 3.9 kHz)
4.2 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 92.2 dB 98.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm(typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.18 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB(95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
10 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativee 94.6 dB 100.6 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolute –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relative ±0.21 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 3.9 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 3.9 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 474 MHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –13 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.

280 Chapter 29
 DTMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

16QAM EVM Sub-carrier Number: 3780
(MLa = –20 dBm Code Rate: 0.8
20 to 30°C) Interleaver Type: B=52, M=720
Frame Header: PN420
PN Phase Change: True
EVM
Operating range 0 to 7%
Floor 0.47%
Accuracy
from 0.5% to 1.4% ±0.20%
from 1.4% to 2.0% ±0.30%
from 2.0% to 7.0% ±0.70%
MER
Operating range ≥ 23 dB
Floor 47 dB
Accuracy
from 37 to 46 dB ±2.88 dB
from 34 to 37 dB ±0.92 dB
from 23 to 34 dB ±0.84 dB
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation

Chapter 29 281
 DTMB Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

16QAM EVM Sub-carrier Number: 1
(MLa = –20 dBm Code Rate: 0.8
20 to 30°C) Interleaver Type: B=52, M=720
Frame Header: PN595
PN Phase Change: True
Insert Pilot: False
EVM
Operating range 0 to 8%
Floor 1.28%
Accuracy
from 1.3% to 2.0% ±0.60%
from 2.0% to 8% ±0.40%
MER
Operating range ≥22 dB
Floor 38 dB
Accuracy
from 34 to 37 dB ±2.59 dB
from 22 to 34 dB ±1.48 dB
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation

282 Chapter 29
30 DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement
Application
This chapter contains specifications for the N6153A, DVB-T/H with T2 measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply to carrier frequencies below 2 GHz.

283
 DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power Input signal must not be bursted
(7.61 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –82.9 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power with Shoulder Input signal must not be bursted
Attenuation View
7.61 MHz Integration BW ML = –16 dBm (nominal)
Dynamic Range, relativea
Shoulder Offsetb = 4.305 MHz 92.2 dB 98.5 dB (typical)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset and region
specified. The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated
power. This specification is derived from other analyzer performance limitations such as third-order
intermodulation, DANL and phase noise. Dynamic range specifications are based on default measure-
ment settings, with detector set to average, and depend on the mixer level. Mixer level is defined to be
the input power minus the input attenuation.
b. Shoulder offset is the midpoint of the Shoulder Offset Start and Shoulder Offset Stop settings. The
specification applies with the default difference between these two of 400 kHz.

284 Chapter 30
 DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dB

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input –36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracya ±0.44 dB 7.61 MHz noise bandwidth,
(Offset Freq = 8 MHz) method = IBW,
At ACPR –45 dBc with
optimum mixer levelb
a. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately –37 dBm – (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
b. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring transmitter at –45 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML)
must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is –20 dBm, so the input attenuation must
be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input power is
–3 dBm, set the attenuation to 17 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range
instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.

Chapter 30 285
 DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask
(7.61 MHz transmission BW,
RBW = 3.9 kHz)
4.2 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 92.2 dB 98.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.18 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
10 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativee 94.5 dB 100.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolute –110.5 dBm –115.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relative ±0.21 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 3.9 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 3.9 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 474 MHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –13 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.

286 Chapter 30
 DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emission
(ML = 3 dBm)
Dynamic Rangea, relative
RBW = 3.9 kHz 105.8 dB 106.4 dB (typical)
RBW = 100 kHz 91.7 dB 92.4 dB (typical)
Sensitivity,b absolute
RBW = 3.9 kHz –110.3 dBm –115.3 dBm (typical)
RBW = 100 kHz –96.2 dBm –101.2 dBm (typical)
Accuracy, absolute
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 GHz to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 GHz to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB
compression point, which will degrade accuracy by 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

Chapter 30 287
 DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

DVB-T 64QAM EVM FFT Size = 2048
(MLa = –20 dBm Guard Interval = 1/32,
20 to 30°C) alpha = 1
EVM
Operating range 0 to 8%
Floor
EQ On 0.52%
EQ Off 0.56%
Accuracy
from 0.6% to 1.2% ±0.20%
from 1.2% to 2.0% ±0.20%
from 2.0% to 8.0% ±0.20%
MER
Operating range ≥22 dB
Floor
EQ On 46 dB
EQ Off 45 dB
Accuracy
from 38 to 44 dB ±2.20 dB
from 34 to 38 dB ±0.69 dB
from 22 to 34 dB ±0.36 dB
Frequency Errorb
Range –100 kHz to 100 kHz
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfac
Phase Jitter
Range 0 to 0.0349 rad
Resolution 0.0001 rad
Quad Error
Range –4° to +5°
Accuracy ±0.090°
Amplitude Imbalance
Range –5% to +5%
Accuracy ±0.45%
BER Before Viterbi
Range 0 to 1.0×10–1
BER Before Reed-Solomon
Range 0 to 1.0×10–3
BER After Reed-Solomon
Range 0 to infinity

288 Chapter 30
 DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application
Measurements

a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation

b. The accuracy specification applies at the EVM =1%.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

DVB-T2 256QAM EVM Single PLP, V & V001
(MLa = –20 dBm FFT Size = 32K,
20 to 30°C, CF ≤1 GHz) Guard Interval = 1/128,
Bandwidth Extension = Yes,
Data Symbols = 59, Pilot = PP7,
L1 Modulation = 64QAM,
Rotation = Yes, Code Rate = 3/5,
FEC = 64 K, FEC Block = 202,
Interleaving Type = 0,
Interleaving Length = 3
EVM
Operating range 0 to 6%
Floor 0.58% EQ Off
MER
Operating range ≥24 dB
Floor 44.7 dB EQ Off
Frequency Error
Range –380 kHz to 380 kHz
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfab
Clock Error
Range –20 Hz to 20 Hz
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfab
Quad Error
Range –5° to +5°
Amplitude Imbalance
Range –1 to +1 dB
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation
b. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 30 289
DVB-T/H with T2 Measurement Application
Measurements

290 Chapter 30
31 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9071A GSM/EDGE/EDGE Evolution Measurement
Application. For EDGE Evolution (EGPRS2) including Normal Burst (16QAM/32QAM) and High
Symbol Rate (HSR) Burst, option 3FP is required.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

291
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
EDGE Error Vector Magnitude 3π/8 shifted 8PSK modulation,
(EVM) 3π/4 shifted QPSK, π/4 shifted
16QAM, –π/4 shifted 32QAM
modulation in NSR/HSR with
pulse shaping filter.
Specifications based on 200 bursts
Carrier Power Range at RF Input +24 to −45 dBm (nominal)
EVMa, rms
Operating range 0 to 20% (nominal)
Floor 0.6% 0.5% (nominal)
(NSR/HSR Narrow/HSR Wide)
(all modulation formats)
Floor (Baseband IQ Input) 0.5% (nominal)
Accuracyb ±0.5%
(EVM range 1% to 10% (NSR 8PSK)
EVM range 1% to 6% (NSR
16QAM/32QAM)
EVM range 1% to 8% (HSR QPSK)
EVM range 1% to 5% (HSR
16QAM/32QAM))
Frequency errora
Initial frequency error range ±80 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy c
±5 Hz + tfa d

IQ Origin Offset
DUT Maximum Offset −15 dBc (nominal)
Maximum Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Trigger to T0 Time Offset ±5.0 ns (nominal)
(Relative accuracye)
a. EVM and frequency error specifications apply when the Burst Sync is set to Training Sequence.
b. The definition of accuracy for the purposes of this specification is how closely the result meets the
expected result. That expected result is 0.975 times the actual RMS EVM of the signal, per 3GPP TS
45.005, annex G.
c. This term includes an error due to the software algorithm. The accuracy specification applies when
EVM is less than 1.5%.
d. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy
e. The accuracy specification applies when the Burst Sync is set to Training Sequence, and Trigger is set
to External Trigger.

292 Chapter 31
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power vs. Time GMSK modulation (GSM)
3π/8 shifted 8PSK modulation, 3π/4 shifted
and
QPSK, π/4 shifted 16QAM, –π/4 shifted
EDGE Power vs. Time 32QAM modulation in NSR/HSR (EDGE)
Measures mean transmitted RF carrier
power during the useful part of the burst
(GSM method) and the power vs. time
ramping. 510 kHz RBW
Minimum carrier power at RF Input −35 dBm (nominal)
for GSM and EDGE
Absolute power accuracy for in-band −0.11 ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
signal (excluding mismatch error)a
Power Ramp Relative Accuracy Referenced to mean transmitted power
Accuracy ±0.11 dB
Measurement floor −92 dBm
a. The power versus time measurement uses a resolution bandwidth of about 510 kHz. This is not wide
enough to pass all the transmitter power unattenuated, leading the consistent error shown in addition to
the uncertainty. A wider RBW would allow smaller errors in the carrier measurement, but would allow
more noise to reduce the dynamic range of the low-level measurements. The measurement floor will
change by 10 × log(RBW/510 kHz). The average amplitude error will be about −0.11 dB ×
((510 kHz/RBW)2). Therefore, the consistent part of the amplitude error can be eliminated by using a
wider RBW.

Chapter 31 293
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Phase and Frequency Error GMSK modulation (GSM)
Specifications based on 3GPP
essential conformance requirements,
and 200 bursts
Carrier power range at RF Input +27 to −45 dBm (nominal)
Phase errora, rms
Floor 0.5°
Floor (Baseband IQ Input) 0.3° (nominal)
Accuracy ±0.3° Phase error range 1° to 6°
Frequency errora
Initial frequency error range ±80 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy b
±5 Hz + tfa c

I/Q Origin Offset

DUT Maximum Offset −15 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Trigger to T0 time offset ±5.0 ns (nominal)
(Relative accuracyd)
a. Phase error and frequency error specifications apply when the Burst Sync is set to Training Sequence.
b. This term includes an error due to the software algorithm. The accuracy specification applies when
RMS phase error is less than 1°.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy
d. The accuracy specification applies when the Burst Sync is set to Training Sequence, and Trigger is set
to External Trigger.

294 Chapter 31
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Output RF Spectrum (ORFS) GMSK modulation (GSM)
3π/8 shifted 8PSK modulation,
and
3π/4 shifted QPSK, π/4 shifted
EDGE Output RF Spectrum 16QAM, –π/4 shifted 32QAM
modulation in NSR/HSR (EDGE)
Minimum carrier power at RF Input −20 dBm (nominal)a
ORFS Relative RF Power Uncertaintyb
Due to modulation
Offsets ≤ 1.2 MHz ±0.16 dB
Offsets ≥ 1.8 MHz ±0.18 dB
Due to switchingc ±0.12 dB (nominal)
ORFS Absolute RF Power Accuracyd ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
a. For maximum dynamic range, the recommended minimum power is –10 dBm.
b. The uncertainty in the RF power ratio reported by ORFS has many components. This specification does
not include the effects of added power in the measurements due to dynamic range limitations, but does
include the following errors: detection linearity, RF and IF flatness, uncertainty in the bandwidth of the
RBW filter, and compression due to high drive levels in the front end.
c. The worst-case modeled and computed errors in ORFS due to switching are shown, but there are two
further considerations in evaluating the accuracy of the measurement: First, Agilent has been unable to
create a signal of known ORFS due to switching, so we have been unable to verify the accuracy of our
models. This performance value is therefore shown as nominal instead of guaranteed. Second, the stan-
dards for ORFS allow the use of any RBW of at least 300 kHz for the reference measurement against
which the ORFS due to switching is ratioed. Changing the RBW can make the measured ratio change
by up to about 0.24 dB, making the standards ambiguous to this level. The user may choose the RBW
for the reference; the default 300 kHz RBW has good dynamic range and speed, and agrees with past
practices. Using wider RBWs would allow for results that depend less on the RBW, and give larger
ratios of the reference to the ORFS due to switching by up to about 0.24 dB.
d. The absolute power accuracy depends on the setting of the input attenuator as well as the sig-
nal-to-noise ratio. For high input levels, the use of the electronic attenuator and “Adjust Atten for Min
Clip” will result in high signal-to-noise ratios and Electronic Input Atten > 2 dB, for which the absolute
power accuracy is best. At moderate levels, manually setting the Input Atten can give better accuracy
than the automatic setting. For GSM and EDGE, “high levels” would nominally be levels above
+1.7 dBm and −1.3 dBm, respectively.

Chapter 31 295
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

ORFS and EDGE
ORFS (continued)
Dynamic Range, 5-pole sync-tuned filtersb
Spectrum due to Methods: Direct Timec and FFTd
modulationa
Early analyzers
(SN prefix
<MY/SG/US5233)
EDGE
(NSR
EDGE 8PSK &
(NSR 8PSK GSM Narrow EDGE
GSM & Narrow EDGE (GMSK) QPSK) (others)e
Offset Frequency (GMSK) QPSK) (others)e (typical) (typical) (typical)
100 kHzf 63.7 dB 63.7 dB 63.6 dB
200 kHzf 69.1 dB 69.0 dB 68.8 dB
250 kHzf 70.8 dB 70.6 dB 70.3 dB
400 kHzf 74.3 dB 73.9 dB 73.3 dB
600 kHz 77.1 dB 76.5 dB 75.4 dB 81.6 dB 81.0 dB 79.8 dB
1.2 MHz 81.3 dB 79.9 dB 77.7 dB 85.8 dB 84.3 dB 82.1 dB
EDGE
(NSR
8PSK &
GSM Narrow EDGE
(GMSK) QPSK) (others)
(nominal) (nominal) (nominal)
1.8 MHzg 80.5 dB 80.0 dB 79.2 dB 85.4 dB 84.9 dB 84.0 dB
g
6.0 MHz 84.9 dB 83.8 dB 82.0 dB 89.8 dB 88.6 dB 86.7 dB
Analyzers with -EP2 5-pole sync-tuned filtersb
(SN prefix Methods: Direct Timec and FFTd
≥MY/SG/US5233,
ship standard with
N9020A-EP2)h
EDGE
(NSR
EDGE 8PSK &
(NSR 8PSK GSM Narrow EDGE
GSM & Narrow EDGE (GMSK) QPSK) (others)e
e
Offset Frequency (GMSK) QPSK) (others) (typical) (typical) (typical)
100 kHz 63.8 dB 63.8 dB 63.7 dB
200 kHz 70.0 dB 69.9 dB 69.6 dB
250 kHz 72.0 dB 71.8 dB 71.4 dB

296 Chapter 31
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

400 kHz 76.0 dB 75.5 dB 74.6 dB
600 kHz 79.1 dB 78.2 dB 76.6 dB 80.8 dB 80.3 dB 79.2 dB
1.2 MHz 82.7 dB 80.9 dB 78.3 dB 85.0 dB 83.7 dB 81.7 dB
EDGE
(NSR
8PSK &
GSM Narrow EDGE
(GMSK) QPSK) (others)
(nominal) (nominal) (nominal)
1.8 MHz 81.8 dB 81.3 dB 80.1 dB 83.2 dB 82.9 dB 82.3 dB
6.0 MHz 86.4 dB 84.9 dB 82.6 dB 88.5 dB 87.5 dB 86.0 dB
Dynamic Range, 5-pole sync-tuned filtersi
Spectrum due to
switchinga
Early analyzers
EDGE
(SN prefix (NSR 8PSK
<MY/SG/US5233)h GSM & Narrow EDGE
Offset Frequency (GMSK) QPSK) (others)e
400 kHz 72.2 dB 71.9 dB
600 kHz 74.8 dB 74.2 dB
1.2 MHz 78.1 dB 77.1 dB
1.8 MHz 83.5 dB 83.1 dB
Analyzers with -EP2
(SN prefix
≥MY/SG/US5233,
EDGE
ship standard with (NSR 8PSK
N9020A-EP2)h GSM & Narrow EDGE
Offset Frequency (GMSK) QPSK) (others)e
400 kHz 73.7 dB 73.3 dB
600 kHz 76.4 dB 75.7 dB
1.2 MHz 79.1 dB 77.8 dB
1.8 MHz 84.7 dB 84.2 dB
a. Maximum dynamic range requires RF input power above −2 dBm for offsets of 1.2 MHz and below for
GSM, and above −5 dBm for EDGE. For offsets of 1.8 MHz and above, the required RF input power for
maximum dynamic range is +8 dBm for GSM signals and +5 dBm for EDGE signals.
b. ORFS standards call for the use of a 5-pole, sync-tuned filter; this and the following footnotes review
the instrument's conformance to that standard. Offset frequencies can be measured by using either the
FFT method or the direct time method. By default, the FFT method is used for offsets of 400 kHz and
below, and the direct time method is used for offsets above 400 kHz. The FFT method is faster, but has
lower dynamic range than the direct time method.

Chapter 31 297
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Measurements

c. The direct time method uses digital Gaussian RBW filters whose noise bandwidth (the measure of
importance to “spectrum due to modulation”) is within ±0.5% of the noise bandwidth of an ideal 5-pole
sync-tuned filter. However, the Gaussian filters do not match the 5-pole standard behavior at offsets of
400 kHz and below, because they have lower leakage of the carrier into the filter. The lower leakage of
the Gaussian filters provides a superior measurement because the leakage of the carrier masks the ORFS
due to the UUT, so that less masking lets the test be more sensitive to variations in the UUT spectral
splatter. But this superior measurement gives a result that does not conform with ORFS standards.
Therefore, the default method for offsets of 400 kHz and below is the FFT method.
d. The FFT method uses an exact 5-pole sync-tuned RBW filter, implemented in software.
e. EDGE (others) means NSR 16/32QAM and HSR all formats (QPSK/16QAM/32QAM).
f. The dynamic range for offsets at and below 400 kHz is not directly observable because the signal spec-
trum obscures the result. These dynamic range specifications are computed from phase noise observa-
tions.
g. Offsets of 1.8 MHz and higher use 100 kHz analysis bandwidths.
h. Phase Noise optimization is set to Best Wide offset (offset >100 kHz).
i. The impulse bandwidth (the measure of importance to “spectrum due to switching transients”) of the fil-
ter used in the direct time method is 0.8% less than the impulse bandwidth of an ideal 5-pole sync-tuned
filter, with a tolerance of ±0.5%. Unlike the case with spectrum due to modulation, the shape of the filter
response (Gaussian vs. sync-tuned) does not affect the results due to carrier leakage, so the only param-
eter of the filter that matters to the results is the impulse bandwidth. There is a mean error of −0.07 dB
due to the impulse bandwidth of the filter, which is compensated in the measurement of ORFS due to
switching. By comparison, an analog RBW filter with a ±10% width tolerance would cause a maximum
amplitude uncertainty of 0.9 dB.

298 Chapter 31
 GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Frequency Ranges

Frequency Ranges

Description Uplink Downlink

In-Band Frequency Ranges
P-GSM 900 890 to 915 MHz 935 to 960 MHz
E-GSM 900 880 to 915 MHz 925 to 960 MHz
R-GSM 900 876 to 915 MHz 921 to 960 MHz
DCS1800 1710 to 1785 MHz 1805 to 1880 MHz
PCS1900 1850 to 1910 MHz 1930 to 1990 MHz
GSM850 824 to 849 MHz 869 to 894 MHz
GSM450 450.4 to 457.6 MHz 460.4 to 467.6 MHz
GSM480 478.8 to 486 MHz 488.8 to 496 MHz
GSM700 777 to 792 MHz 747 to 762 MHz
T-GSM810 806 to 821 MHz 851 to 866 MHz

Chapter 31 299
GSM/EDGE Measurement Application
Frequency Ranges

300 Chapter 31
32 iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement
Application
This chapter contains specifications for the N6149A, iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement
Application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

301
 iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement Application
Frequency and Time

Frequency and Time

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Frequency and Time-related Please refer to “Frequency and
Specifications Time” on page 19

302 Chapter 32
 iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement Application
Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Amplitude Accuracy and Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Amplitude and Range-related Please refer to “Amplitude Accuracy
Specifications and Range” on page 32.

Dynamic Range

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Dynamic Range-related Please refer to “Dynamic Range” on
Specifications page 45.

Chapter 32 303
 iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement Application
Application Specifications

Application Specifications
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Measurements
iDEN Power ACP (adjacent channel power) Includes Carrier Power on
Occupied Bandwidth summary data screen
iDEN Demod PvT (power versus time)
Modulation analysis
BER (bit error rate)
SER
Sub-channel analysis
Slot power results
MotoTalk Demod EVM (error vector magnitude)
Slot power results
Vector Analysis IQ waveform
BER (bit error rate)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Parameter Setups
Radio Device BS (outbound) and MS (inbound)
Radio Standard iDEN version R02.00.06 and Motorola
TalkAround: RF Interface, TalkAround
Protocol (8/19/2002) developed by
Motorola Inc.
Bandwidths 25/50/75/100/50-Outer kHz
Modulation 4QAM/16QAM/64QAM

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

iDEN Power
Supported Formats iDEN single carrier TDMA
WiDEN- multiple carrier TDMA
Pass/Fail Tests Occupied Bandwidth (OBW)
Adjacent Channel Power (ACP)
Carrier Configuration 25 kHz WiDEN
50 kHz WiDEN
75 kHz WiDEN
100 kHz WiDEN
50 kHz Outer WiDEN

304 Chapter 32
 iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement Application
Application Specifications

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

iDEN Signal Demod
Supported Formats iDEN single carrier TDMA
WiDEN multiple carrier TDMA
iDEN Composite EVM Floora 2.4% (nominal)
Carrier Configuration 25 kHz WiDEN
50 kHz WiDEN
75 kHz WiDEN
100 kHz WiDEN
50 kHz Outer WiDEN
Provided Tests Bit Error Rate (BER)
Error Vector Magnitude (EVM)
Power Versus Time (PvT)
a. The EVM floor is derived for signal power –20 dBm at mixer. The signal is iDEN Inbound Full
Reserved.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

MotoTalk Signal Demod
Supported Slot Formats Traffic Burst Slot Format
Composite EVM Floora 1.3% (nominal)
Measurement Parameters Search Length
Normalize IQ and FSK waveforms
Measurement Parameters Gaussian BT Bandwidth Time product
(advanced) Symbol Rate
Burst Search on/off
Result Displays Slot Error Vector Time
Slot Error Summary Table
a. The EVM floor is derived for signal power –20 dBm at mixer.

Chapter 32 305
iDEN/WiDEN/MotoTalk Measurement Application
Application Specifications

306 Chapter 32
33 ISDB-T Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for N6155A, ISDB-T measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply to carrier frequencies below 2 GHz.

307
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power Input signal must not be bursted
(5.6 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –84.2 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power with Shoulder Input signal must not be bursted
Attenuation View
(5.60 MHz Integration BW,
ML = –16 dBm, Shoulder
Offseta = 3.40 MHz)
Dynamic Range, relativeb 87.7 dB 94.1 dB (typical)
a. Shoulder offset is the midpoint of the Shoulder Offset Start and Shoulder Offset Stop settings. The
specification applies with the default difference between these two of 200 kHz.
b. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset and region
specified. The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated
power. This specification is derived from other analyzer performance limitations such as third-order
intermodulation, DANL and phase noise. Dynamic range specifications are based on default measure-
ment settings, with detector set to average, and depend on the mixer level. Mixer level is defined to be
the input power minus the input attenuation.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dBa
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of a histogram of the
power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

308 Chapter 33
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input –36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracya ±0.38 dB At ACPR –45 dBc with
(5.60 MHz noise bandwidth optimum mixer levelb
method = IBW,
Offset Freq = 6 MHz)
a. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately –37 dBm – (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
b. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring transmitter at –45 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML)
must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum mixer level is –21 dBm, so the input attenuation must
be set as close as possible to the average input power. For example, if the average input power is
–3 dBm, set the attenuation to 18 dB. Note that if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range
instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally doubled.

Chapter 33 309
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Limit Type
• Manual
(5.60 MHz Integration BW
RBW = 10.0 kHz) • JEITA (ARIB-B31) according to
P ≤ 0.025 W;
0.025 W < P ≤ 0.25 W;
0.25 W < P ≤ 2.5 W;
P > 2.5 W
(P is the channel power)
• ABNT Non-Critical
• ABNT Sub-Critical
• ABNT Critical
• ISDB-TSB
3.0 MHz Offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 87.6 dB 93.9 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –106.5 dBm –111.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.16 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
4.36 MHz Offset
Dynamic Range, relativee 88.1 dB 94.4 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolute –106.5 dBm –111.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relative ±0.18 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 10.0 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default
10.0 kHz RBW, at a center frequency of 713.142857 MHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.

310 Chapter 33
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis Settings
Radio Standard ISDB-T or ISDB-TSB
Segment Number 13 Segments for ISDB-T

1 or 3 Segments for ISDB-TSB

FFT Size 2K, 4K, or 8K Auto-Detection or Manual Input
Guard Interval 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 or 1/32 Auto-Detection or Manual Input
Partial Reception On or Off Auto-Detection or Manual Input
Layer A Segment Count =1 (Partial Auto-Detection or Manual Input
Reception=On) or number
maximum to 13 (ISDB-T)

Segment Count =1
(ISDB-TSB)

Modulation Format:
QPSK/16QAM/64QAM

Layer B Segment Count = number Auto-Detection or Manual Input

maximum to 13-LayerA
Segments (ISDB-T)

Segment Count = 2
(ISDB-TSB)

Modulation Format:
QPSK/16QAM/64QAM

Layer C Segment Count = number Auto-Detection or Manual Input

maximum to 13-LayerA
Segments-LayerB Segments

Modulation Format:
QPSK/16QAM/64QAM
Spectrum Normal or Invert
Clock Rate 8.126984 MHz Auto or Manual
Demod Symbols 4 to 50
Out of Band Filtering On or Off
Data Equalization On or Off

Chapter 33 311
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis
Measurements
I/Q Measured Polar Graph Constellation (subcarriers 0 to Start and Stop subcarriers can be
5616 configurable for 8K FFT) manually configured

MER (dB), EVM (%),Mag Error

(%), Phase Error (deg) RMS,
Peak results (Peak Position)

Freq Error (Hz)

I/Q Error (Quad View) MER vs Subcarriers In this View, you can measure:

Constellation: Layer A/B/C, MER vs Subcarriers

Segment (0-12 for ISDB-T) or
All Segments MER by Segment

MER (dB), EVM (%), Amp MER by Layer

Error (%), Phase Error(deg)
RMS, Peak results Constellation by Segment

Quadrature Error (deg) Constellation by Layer

Amplitude Imbalance (dB)

Channel Frequency Response Amplitude vs Subcarriers

Phase vs Subcarriers

Group Delay vs Subcarriers

Channel Impulse Response
Spectrum Flatness Amax-Ac (Limit: +0.5)

Amin-Ac (Limit: –0.5)

Amax: max amplitude value

Amin: min amplitude value

Ac: center frequency amp value

312 Chapter 33
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Result Metrics MER (dB), EVM (%), Mag Error
(%), Phase Error (deg), RMS,
Peak (Peak Position)

MER (dB) and EVM (%) by

Layer A, Layer B, Layer C, Data,
Pilot, TMCC, AC1

Frequency Error (Hz)

Quadrature Error (deg)

Amplitude Imbalance (dB)

Inband Spectrum Ripple:

Amax-Ac (dB)

Amin-Ac (dB)

TMCC Decoding Current, Next and Current

Settings

Partial Reception: Yes or No

Layer A/B/C:
• Modulation Schemes
• Code Rate
• Interleaving Length
• Segments

System Descriptor: ISDB-T or

ISDB-TSB
Indicator of Transmission
-parameter Switching

Start-up Control: On/Off

Phase Correction: Yes/No

Chapter 33 313
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

ISDB-T Modulation Analysis Segments=13
(MLa = –20 dBm, Mode3
20 to 30°C, CF ≤1 GHz) Guard Interval=1/8
Partial Reception=Off
Layer A-C
Segment=13
Code Rate=3/4
Time Interleaving I=2
Modulation=64QAM
EVM EQ OFF
Operating range 0 to 8%
Floor 0.66%
Accuracy
from 0.66% to 1.2% ±0.30%
from 1.2% to 2.0% ±0.20%
from 2.0% to 8% ±0.70%
MER EQ OFF
Operating range ≥ 22 dB
Floor 44 dB
Accuracy
from 38 to 43 dB ±2.68 dB
from 34 to 38 dB ±1.16 dB
from 22 to 34 dB ±0.73 dB
Frequency Errorb
Range –170 kHz to 170 kHz
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfac
Clock Error
Range –100 Hz to 100 Hz (nominal)
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfac
Quad Error
Range –5 to +5°
Amplitude Imbalance
Range –1 to +1 dB
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus input attenuation
b. The accuracy specification applies at the EVM = 1%.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

314 Chapter 33
 ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

ISDB-Tmm Modulation Analysis Segments=33
(MLa = –20 dBm, Mode3
20 to 30°C)
Guard Interval=1/4
Super Segment #0 ISDB-T:
Layer A: QPSK
Layer B: 16QAM
SuperSegment #1 Seven
1-segment:
Layer A: QPSK
SuperSegment #2 ISDB-T:
Layer A: QPSK
Layer B: 16QAM
EVM EQ OFF
Operating range 0 to 25%
Floor 0.51%(EQ Off)
Accuracy
MER EQ OFF
Operating range ≥ 12 dB
Floor 45.9 dB(EQ Off)
Accuracy
Frequency Errorb
Range –170 kHz to 170 kHz
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfac
Clock Error
Range –100 Hz to 100 Hz
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfac
Quad Error
Range –5° to +5°
Amplitude Imbalance
Range –1 to +1 dB
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus input attenuation
b. The accuracy specification applies at the EVM = 1%.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 33 315
ISDB-T Measurement Application
Measurements

316 Chapter 33
34 LTE Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9080A LTE measurement application and for the N9082A
measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

317
 LTE Measurement Application
Supported Air Interface Features

Supported Air Interface Features

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
3GPP Standards Supported 36.211 V9.1.0 (March 2010)
36.212 V9.4.0 (September 2011)
36.213 V9.3.0 (September 2010)
36.214 V9.2.0 (June 2010)
36.141 V9.10.0 (July 2012)
36.521-1 V9.8.0 (March 2012)
Signal Structure FDD Frame Structure Type 1 N9080A only
TDD Frame Structure Type 2 N9082A only
Special subframe N9082A only
configurations 0-8
Signal Direction Uplink and Downlink
UL/DL configurations 0-6 N9082A only
Signal Bandwidth 1.4 MHz (6 RB), 3 MHz (15 RB), 5
MHz (25 RB), 10 MHz (50 RB), 15
MHz (75 RB), 20 MHz (100 RB)
Modulation Formats and BPSK; BPSK with I &Q CDM;
Sequences QPSK; 16QAM; 64QAM; PRS;
CAZAC (Zadoff-Chu)
Physical Channels
Downlink PBCH, PCFICH, PHICH, PDCCH,
PDSCH, PMCH
Uplink PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH
Physical Signals
Downlink P-SS, S-SS, RS, P-PS (positioning),
MBSFN-RS
Uplink PUCCH-DMRS, PUSCH-DMRS,
S-RS (sounding)

318 Chapter 34
 LTE Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power
Minimum power at RF input −50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute power accuracya ±0.82 dB
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
95th Percentile ±0.23 dB
Absolute power accuracy
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor −79.7 dBm (nominal) in a 10 MHz
bandwidth
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the mea-
surement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit On/Off Power This table applies only to the
N9082A measurement application.
Burst Type Traffic, DwPTS, UpPTS, SRS,
PRACH
Transmit power Min, Max, Mean, Off
Dynamic Rangea 124.5 dB (nominal)
Average type Off, RMS, Log
Measurement time Up to 20 slots
Trigger source External 1, External 2, Periodic, RF
Burst, IF Envelope
a. This dynamic range expression is for the case of Information BW = 5 MHz; for other Info BW, the
dynamic range can be derived. The equation is:
Dynamic Range = Dynamic Range for 5 MHz – 10*log10(Info BW/5.0e6)

Chapter 34 319
 LTE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power Single Carrier
Minimum power at RF −36 dBm (nominal)
input
Accuracy Channel Bandwidth
Radio Offset 5 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz ACPR Range for Specification
MS Adjacenta ±0.13 dB ±0.20 dB ±0.38 dB −33 to −27 dBc with opt MLb
BTS Adjacentc ±0.57 dB ±0.82 dB ±1.19 dB −48 to −42 dBc with opt MLd
BTS Alternatec ±0.21 dB ±0.35 dB ±0.65 dB −48 to −42 dBc with opt MLe
Dynamic Range E-UTRA Test conditionsf
Dynamic Optimum
Channel Range Mixer Level
Offset BW (nominal) (nominal)
Adjacent 5 MHz 74.2 dB −18.4 dBm
Adjacent 10 MHz 73.8 dB −18.4 dBm
Adjacent 20 MHz 71.7 dB −18.2 dBm
Alternate 5 MHz 77.6 dB −18.6 dBm
Alternate 10 MHz 75.1 dB −18.4 dBm
Alternate 20 MHz 72.1 dB −18.2 dBm

Dynamic Range UTRA Test conditionsf

Dynamic Optimum
Channel Range Mixer Level
Offset BW (nominal) (nominal)
2.5 MHz 5 MHz 75.9 dB −18.5 dBm
2.5 MHz 10 MHz 76.2 dB −18.4 dBm
2.5 MHz 20 MHz 75.0 dB −18.2 dBm
7.5 MHz 5 MHz 78.4 dB −18.5 dBm
7.5 MHz 10 MHz 78.6 dB −18.4 dBm
7.5 MHz 20 MHz 78.1 dB −18.2 dBm
a. Measurement bandwidths for mobile stations are 4.5, 9.0 and 18.0 MHz for channel bandwidths of 5,
10 and 20 MHz respectively.
b. The optimum mixer level (ML) is −23 dBm.
c. Measurement bandwidths for base transceiver stations are 4.515, 9.015 and 18.015 MHz for channel
bandwidths of 5, 10 and 20 MHz respectively.
d. The optimum mixer levels (ML) are −19, −18 and −16 dBm for channel bandwidths of 5, 10 and 20
MHz respectively.
e. The optimum mixer levels (ML) are −9, −8 and −8 dBm for channel bandwidths of 5, 10 and 20 MHz
respectively.
f. E-TM1.1 and E-TM1.2 used for test. Noise Correction set to On.

320 Chapter 34
 LTE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Minimum carrier power at RF Input −30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency accuracy ±10 kHz RBW = 30 kHz,
Number of Points = 1001,
Span = 10 MHz

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Offset from CF = (channel bandwidth +
measurement bandwidth) / 2;
measurement bandwidth = 100 kHz
Dynamic Range
Channel Bandwidth
5 MHz 76.2 dB 82.9 dB (typical)
10 MHz 77.8 dB 84.0 dB (typical)
20 MHz 78.3 dB 84.9 dB (typical)
Sensitivity −94.5 dBm −99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relative ±0.13 dB
Absolute, 20 to 30°C ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions Table-driven spurious signals;
search across regions
Dynamic Rangea, relative (RBW = 1 81.3 dB 82.2 dB (typical)
MHz)
Sensitivityb, absolute (RBW=1 MHz) −84.5 dBm −89.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Attenuation = 10 dB
Frequency Range
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB com-
pression point, which will degrade accuracy by 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

Chapter 34 321
 LTE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis % and dB expressionsa
(Signal level within one range
step of overload)
OSTP/RSTP
Absolute accuracyb ±0.27 dB (nominal)
EVM Floor for Downlink
(OFDMA)
Early analyzers
(SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233)c
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.40% (−48 dB) (nominal)
10 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.40% (−48 dB) (nominal)
20 MHzd 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.45% (−47 dB) (nominal)
Analyzers with -EP2 (SN prefix
≥MY/SG/US5233, ship standard
with N9020A-EP2)e
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.36% (–48.8 dB)
10 MHz 0.36% (–48.8 dB)
20 MHzd 0.4% (–47.9 dB)
EVM Floor for Downlink
(OFDMA) (with Option BBA)
(Signal Bandwidth:5/10/20 MHz) 0.18% (–54.8 dB) (nominal)
EVM Accuracy for Downlink
(OFDMA)
(EVM range: 0 to 8%)f ±0.3% (nominal)
EVM for Uplink (SC-FDMA)
Floor
Early analyzers
(SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233)c
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.35% (–49 dB) (nominal)
10 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.35% (–49 dB) (nominal)
20 MHzd 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.35% (–49 dB) (nominal)

322 Chapter 34
 LTE Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Analyzers with -EP2 (SN prefix
≥MY/SG/US5233, ship standard
with N9020A-EP2)e
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.35% (–49.1 dB)
10 MHz 0.35% (–49.1 dB)
20 MHzd 0.4% (–47.9 dB)
Frequency Error
Lock range ±2.5 × subcarrier spacing = 37.5 kHz for
default 15 kHz subcarrier spacing (nominal)
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfag (nominal)
Time Offseth
Absolute frame offset accuracy ±20 ns
Relative frame offset accuracy ±5 ns (nominal)
MIMO RS timing accuracy ±5 ns (nominal)
a. In these specifications, those values with % units are the specifications, while those with decibel units,
in parentheses, are conversions from the percentage units to decibels for reader convenience.
b. The accuracy specification applies when EVM is less than 1% and no boost applies for the ref-
erence signal.
c. Overall EVM and Data EVM using 3GPP standard-defined calculation. Phase Noise Optimization set
to Best Close-in (<20 kHz).
d. Requires Option B25, B40, B85, B1A, or B1X (IF bandwidth above 10 MHz).
e. Phase noise optimization left to its default setting (Fast Tuning).
f. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows:
error = [sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2)] –EVMUUT
where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in
percent.
g. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.
h. The accuracy specification applies when EVM is less than 1% and no boost applies for resource
elements

Chapter 34 323
 LTE Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

Operating Band, FDD Uplink Downlink
1 1920 to 1980 MHz 2110 to 2170 MHz
2 1850 to 1910 MHz 1930 to 1990 MHz
3 1710 to 1785 MHz 1805 to 1880 MHz
4 1710 to 1755 MHz 2110 to 2155 MHz
5 824 to 849 MHz 869 to 894 MHz
6 830 to 840 MHz 875 to 885 MHz
7 2500 to 2570 MHz 2620 to 2690 MHz
8 880 to 915 MHz 925 to 960 MHz
9 1749.9 to 1784.9 MHz 1844.9 to 1879.9 MHz
10 1710 to 1770 MHz 2110 to 2170 MHz
11 1427.9 to 1452.9 MHz 1475.9 to 1500.9 MHz
12 698 to 716 MHz 728 to 746 MHz
13 777 to 787 MHz 746 to 756 MHz
14 788 to 798 MHz 758 to 768 MHz
17 704 to 716 MHz 734 to 746 MHz

Operating Band, TDD Uplink/Downlink

33 1900 to 1920 MHz
34 2010 to 2025 MHz
35 1850 to 1910 MHz
36 1930 to 1990 MHz
37 1910 to 1930 MHz
38 2570 to 2620 MHz
39 1880 to 1920 MHz
40 2300 to 2400 MHz

324 Chapter 34
35 LTE-A Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9080B LTE-Advanced FDD measurement application and
for the N9082B LTE-Advanced TDD measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.
The specifications apply to the single carrier case only, unless otherwise stated.

325
 LTE-A Measurement Application
Supported Air Interface Features

Supported Air Interface Features

Description Specifications Supplemental Information
3GPP Standards Supported 36.211 V10.7.0 (March 2013)
36.212 V10.7.0 (December 2012)
36.213 V10.9.0 (March 2013)
36.214 V10.12.0 (Maech 2013)
36.141 V11.4.0 (March 2013)
36.521-1 V10.5.0 (March 2013)
Signal Structure FDD Frame Structure Type 1 N9080B only
TDD Frame Structure Type 2 N9082B only
Special subframe N9082B only
configurations 0-8
Signal Direction Uplink and Downlink
UL/DL configurations 0-6 N9082A only
Signal Bandwidth 1.4 MHz (6 RB), 3 MHz (15 RB), 5
MHz (25 RB), 10 MHz (50 RB), 15
MHz (75 RB), 20 MHz (100 RB)
Modulation Formats and BPSK; BPSK with I &Q CDM;
Sequences QPSK; 16QAM; 64QAM; PRS;
CAZAC (Zadoff-Chu)
Component Carrier 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
Physical Channels
Downlink PBCH, PCFICH, PHICH, PDCCH,
PDSCH, PMCH
Uplink PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH
Physical Signals
Downlink P-SS, S-SS, C-RS, P-PS
(positioning), MBSFN-RS, CSI-RS
Uplink PUCCH-DMRS, PUSCH-DMRS,
S-RS (sounding)

326 Chapter 35
 LTE-A Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power
Minimum power at RF input −50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute power accuracya ±0.82 dB
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
95th Percentile ±0.23 dB
Absolute power accuracy
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor −79.7 dBm (nominal) in a 10 MHz
bandwidth
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the mea-
surement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit On/Off Power This table applies only to the
N9082A measurement application.
Burst Type Traffic, DwPTS, UpPTS, SRS,
PRACH
Transmit power Min, Max, Mean, Off
Dynamic Rangea 124.5 dB (nominal)
Average type Off, RMS, Log
Measurement time Up to 20 slots
Trigger source External 1, External 2, Periodic, RF
Burst, IF Envelope
a. This dynamic range expression is for the case of Information BW = 5 MHz; for other Info BW, the
dynamic range can be derived. The equation is:
Dynamic Range = Dynamic Range for 5 MHz – 10*log10(Info BW/5.0e6)

Chapter 35 327
 LTE-A Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power Single Carrier
Minimum power at RF −36 dBm (nominal)
input
Accuracy Channel Bandwidth
Radio Offset 5 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz ACPR Range for Specification
MS Adjacenta ±0.13 dB ±0.20 dB ±0.38 dB −33 to −27 dBc with opt MLb
BTS Adjacentc ±0.57 dB ±0.82 dB ±1.19 dB −48 to −42 dBc with opt MLd
BTS Alternatec ±0.21 dB ±0.35 dB ±0.65 dB −48 to −42 dBc with opt MLe
Dynamic Range E-UTRA Test conditionsf
Dynamic Optimum
Channel Range Mixer Level
Offset BW (nominal) (nominal)
Adjacent 5 MHz 74.2 dB −18.4 dBm
Adjacent 10 MHz 73.8 dB −18.4 dBm
Adjacent 20 MHz 71.7 dB −18.2 dBm
Alternate 5 MHz 77.6 dB −18.6 dBm
Alternate 10 MHz 75.1 dB −18.4 dBm
Alternate 20 MHz 72.1 dB −18.2 dBm

Dynamic Range UTRA Test conditionsf

Dynamic Optimum
Channel Range Mixer Level
Offset BW (nominal) (nominal)
2.5 MHz 5 MHz 75.9 dB −18.5 dBm
2.5 MHz 10 MHz 76.2 dB −18.4 dBm
2.5 MHz 20 MHz 75.0 dB −18.2 dBm
7.5 MHz 5 MHz 78.4 dB −18.5 dBm
7.5 MHz 10 MHz 78.6 dB −18.4 dBm
7.5 MHz 20 MHz 78.1 dB −18.2 dBm
a. Measurement bandwidths for mobile stations are 4.5, 9.0 and 18.0 MHz for channel bandwidths of 5,
10 and 20 MHz respectively.
b. The optimum mixer level (ML) is −23 dBm.
c. Measurement bandwidths for base transceiver stations are 4.515, 9.015 and 18.015 MHz for channel
bandwidths of 5, 10 and 20 MHz respectively.
d. The optimum mixer levels (ML) are −19, −18 and −16 dBm for channel bandwidths of 5, 10 and 20
MHz respectively.
e. The optimum mixer levels (ML) are −9, −8 and −8 dBm for channel bandwidths of 5, 10 and 20 MHz
respectively.
f. E-TM1.1 and E-TM1.2 used for test. Noise Correction set to On.

328 Chapter 35
 LTE-A Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Minimum carrier power at RF Input −30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency accuracy ±10 kHz RBW = 30 kHz,
Number of Points = 1001,
Span = 10 MHz

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Offset from CF = (channel bandwidth +
measurement bandwidth) / 2;
measurement bandwidth = 100 kHz
Dynamic Range
Channel Bandwidth
5 MHz 76.2 dB 82.9 dB (typical)
10 MHz 77.8 dB 84.0 dB (typical)
20 MHz 78.3 dB 84.9 dB (typical)
Sensitivity −94.5 dBm −99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relative ±0.13 dB
Absolute, 20 to 30°C ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions Table-driven spurious signals;
search across regions
Dynamic Rangea, relative (RBW = 1 81.3 dB 82.2 dB (typical)
MHz)
Sensitivityb, absolute (RBW=1 MHz) −84.5 dBm −89.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Attenuation = 10 dB
Frequency Range
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB com-
pression point, which will degrade accuracy by 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

Chapter 35 329
 LTE-A Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Analysis % and dB expressionsa
(Signal level within one range
step of overload)
OSTP/RSTP
Absolute accuracyb ±0.27 dB (nominal)
EVM Floor for Downlink
(OFDMA)
Early analyzers
(SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233)c
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.40% (−48 dB) (nominal)
10 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.40% (−48 dB) (nominal)
20 MHzd 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.45% (−47 dB) (nominal)
Analyzers with -EP2 (SN prefix
≥MY/SG/US5233, ship standard
with N9020A-EP2)e
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.36% (–48.8 dB)
10 MHz 0.36% (–48.8 dB)
20 MHzd 0.4% (–47.9 dB)
EVM Accuracy for Downlink
(OFDMA)
(EVM range: 0 to 8%)f ±0.3% (nominal)
EVM for Uplink (SC-FDMA)
Floor
Early analyzers
(SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233)c
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.35% (–49 dB) (nominal)
10 MHz 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.35% (–49 dB) (nominal)
20 MHzd 0.7% (–43 dB) 0.35% (–49 dB) (nominal)

330 Chapter 35
 LTE-A Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Analyzers with -EP2 (SN prefix
≥MY/SG/US5233, ship standard
with N9020A-EP2)e
Signal Bandwidth
5 MHz 0.35% (–49.1 dB)
10 MHz 0.35% (–49.1 dB)
20 MHzd 0.4% (–47.9 dB)
Frequency Error
Lock range ±2.5 × subcarrier spacing = 37.5 kHz for
default 15 kHz subcarrier spacing (nominal)
Accuracy ±1 Hz + tfag (nominal)
Time Offseth
Absolute frame offset accuracy ±20 ns
Relative frame offset accuracy ±5 ns (nominal)
MIMO RS timing accuracy ±5 ns (nominal)
a. In these specifications, those values with % units are the specifications, while those with decibel units,
in parentheses, are conversions from the percentage units to decibels for reader convenience.
b. The accuracy specification applies when EVM is less than 1% and no boost applies for the ref-
erence signal.
c. Overall EVM and Data EVM using 3GPP standard-defined calculation. Phase Noise Optimization set
to Best Close-in (<20 kHz).
d. Requires Option B25, B40, B85, B1A, or B1X (IF bandwidth above 10 MHz).
e. Phase noise optimization left to its default setting (Fast Tuning).
f. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows:
error = [sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2)] –EVMUUT
where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in
percent.
g. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.
h. The accuracy specification applies when EVM is less than 1% and no boost applies for resource
elements

Chapter 35 331
 LTE-A Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

Operating Band, FDD Uplink Downlink
1 1920 to 1980 MHz 2110 to 2170 MHz
2 1850 to 1910 MHz 1930 to 1990 MHz
3 1710 to 1785 MHz 1805 to 1880 MHz
4 1710 to 1755 MHz 2110 to 2155 MHz
5 824 to 849 MHz 869 to 894 MHz
6 830 to 840 MHz 875 to 885 MHz
7 2500 to 2570 MHz 2620 to 2690 MHz
8 880 to 915 MHz 925 to 960 MHz
9 1749.9 to 1784.9 MHz 1844.9 to 1879.9 MHz
10 1710 to 1770 MHz 2110 to 2170 MHz
11 1427.9 to 1452.9 MHz 1475.9 to 1500.9 MHz
12 698 to 716 MHz 728 to 746 MHz
13 777 to 787 MHz 746 to 756 MHz
14 788 to 798 MHz 758 to 768 MHz
17 704 to 716 MHz 734 to 746 MHz

Operating Band, TDD Uplink/Downlink

33 1900 to 1920 MHz
34 2010 to 2025 MHz
35 1850 to 1910 MHz
36 1930 to 1990 MHz
37 1910 to 1930 MHz
38 2570 to 2620 MHz
39 1880 to 1920 MHz
40 2300 to 2400 MHz

332 Chapter 35
36 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for two measurement applications. One of those is the N9079A-1FP
or N9079A-1TP TD-SCDMA measurement application. Modulation specifications rows and columns
labeled with DPCH apply to TD-SCDMA only. The other application is the N9079A-2FP or
N9079A-2TP HSPA/8PSK measurement application. Modulation specifications rows and columns
labeled with HS-PDSCH apply to HSPA/8PSK only.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

333
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specification Supplemental Information
Power vs. Time
Burst Type Traffic, UpPTS and DwPTS
Measurement results type Min, Max, Mean
Dynamic range 130.3 dB (nominal)
Averaging type Off, RMS, Log
Measurement time Up to 9 slots
Trigger type External1, External2, RF Burst
Measurement floor –100.3 dBm (nominal)

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Transmit Power
Burst Type Traffic, UpPTS, and DwPTS
Measurement results type Min, Max, Mean
Averaging type Off, RMS, Log
Average mode Exponential, Repeat
Measurement time Up to 18 slots
Power Accuracy ±0.25 dB(95th percentile)
Measurement floor –88.3 dBm(nominal)

334 Chapter 36
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
Single Carrier
Minimum Power at RF Input −36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracya RRC weighted, 1.28 MHz noise
bandwidth, method = IBW
Radio Offset Freq
MS (UE) 1.6 MHz ±0.10 dB At ACPR range of −30 to −36 dBc with
optimum mixer levelb
MS (UE) 3.2 MHz ±0.12 dB At ACPR range of −40 to −46 dBc with
optimum mixer levelc
BTS 1.6 MHz ±0.17 dB At ACPR range of −37 to −43 dBc with
optimum mixer leveld
BTS 3.2 MHz ±0.13 dB At ACPR range of −42 to −48 dBc with
optimum mixer levele
BTS 1.6 MHz ±0.11 dB At −43 dBc non-coherent ACPRd
Multiple Carriers RRC weighted, 1.28 MHz noise
bandwidth. All specifications apply for
1.6 MHz offset.
Four Carriers
ACPR Accuracy, BTS,
Incoherent TOIcf UUT ACPR Optimum MLg
Noise Correction (NC) off ±0.15 dB −37 to −43 dB −14 dBm
Noise Correction (NC) on ±0.11 dB −37 to −43 dB −18 dBm
a. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately −37 dBm − (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
b. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring mobile station (MS) or user equipment (UE) within 3
dB of the required −33 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML) must be optimized for accuracy. This opti-
mum mixer level is −25 dBm, so the input attenuation must be set as close as possible to the average
input power − (−25 dBm). For example, if the average input power is −6 dBm, set the attenuation to 19
dB. This specification applies for the normal 3.5 dB peak-to-average ratio of a single code. Note that if
the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally
doubled.
c. ACPR accuracy at 3.2 MHz offset is warranted when the input attenuator is set to give an average
mixer level of −13 dBm.
d. In order to meet this specified accuracy, the mixer level must be optimized for accuracy when measur-
ing node B Base Transmission Station (BTS) within 3 dB of the required -40 dBc ACPR. This opti-
mum mixer level is −23 dBm, so the input attenuation must be set as close as possible to the average
input power − (−23 dBm). For example, if the average input power is -5 dBm, set the attenuation to 18
dB. This specification applies for the normal 10 dB peak-to-average ratio (at 0.01% probability) for
Test Model 1. Note that, if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range instead of accuracy, accu-
racy errors are nominally doubled.

Chapter 36 335
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

e. ACPR accuracy at 3.2 MHz offset is warranted when the input attenuator is set to give an average
mixer level of −12 dBm.
f. Incoherent TOI means that the specified accuracy only applies when the distortions of the device under
test are not coherent with the third-order distortion of the analyzer. Incoherence is often the case with
advanced multicarrier amplifiers built with compensations and predistortions that mostly eliminate
coherent third-order affects in the amplifier.
g. Optimum mixer level (MLOpt). The mixer level is given by the average power of the sum of the four
carriers minus the input attenuation.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dBa
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of the histogram of
the power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Minimum power at RF Input −30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency Accuracy ±4.8 kHz RBW = 30 kHz, Number of Points = 1001,
Span = 4.8 MHz

336 Chapter 36
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask
Dynamic Range, relative 79.3 dB 85.0 dB (typical)
(815 kHz offsetab)
Sensitivity, absolute −99.7 dBm −104.7 dBm (typical)
(815 kHz offsetc)
Accuracy
(815 kHz offset)
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolutee, 20 to 30°C ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 30 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about −17 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 30 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. The absolute accuracy of SEM measurement is the same as the absolute accuracy of the spectrum ana-
lyzer.

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions
Dynamic Rangea, relative (RBW=1 MHz) 81.3 dB 82.2 dB (typical)
Sensitivityb, absolute (RBW=1 MHz) −84.5 dBm −89.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
(Attenuation = 10 dB)
Frequency Range
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)

3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)

8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)

a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB
compression point, which will degrade accuracy by 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

Chapter 36 337
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Code Domain
(BTS Measurements Set the attenuation to meet the Mixer
−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm Level requirement
20 to 30°C)
Code Domain Power
Absolute Accuracy
−10 dBc DPCH, Atten = 10 dBb ±0.25 dB (95th percentile)
−10 dBc HS-PDSCH, Atten = ±0.26 dB (95th percentile)
10 dBb
Relative Accuracy
Code domain power rangec DPCH HS-PDSCH
0 to −10 dBc ±0.02 dB ±0.03 dB
−10 to −20 dBc ±0.06 dB ±0.11 dB
−20 to −30 dBc ±0.19 dB ±0.32 dB
Symbol Power vs Timeb
Relative Accuracy
Code domain power range DPCH HS-PDSCH
0 to −10 dBc ±0.02 dB ±0.03 dB
−10 to −20 dBc ±0.06 dB ±0.11 dB
−20 to −30 dBc ±0.19 dB ±0.32 dB
Symbol error vector magnitude
Accuracy
DPCH Channel ±1.1% (nominal)
(0 to −25 dBc)
HS-PDSCH Channel ±1.2% (nominal)
(0 to −25 dBc)
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.
b. Code Domain Power Absolute accuracy is calculated as sum of 95th percentile Absolute Amplitude
Accuracy and Code Domain relative accuracy at Code Power Level.
c. This is tested for signal with 2 DPCH or 2 HS-PDSCH in TS0.

338 Chapter 36
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specification Supplemental Information

Modulation Accuracy (Composite
EVM)
(BTS Measurements Set the attenuation to meet the Mixer Level
−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm requirement
20 to 30°C)
Composite EVM
Range
Test signal with TS0 active and 0 to 18%
one DPCH in TS0
Test signal with TS0 active and 0 to 17% (nominal)
one HS-PDSCH in TS0
Floorb 1.5%
Floor (with Option BBA) 1.5% (nominal)
Accuracy
Test signal with TS0 active and
one DPCH in TS0
EVM ≤ 9% ±0.7%cd
EVM 9% < EVM ≤ 18% ±1.1%
Test signal with TS0 active and ±1.1% (nominal)
one HS-PDSCH in TS0
Peak Code Domain Error
Accuracy
Test signal with TS0 active and ±0.3 dB
one DPCH in TS0
Test signal with TS0 active and ±1.0 dB
one HS-PDSCH in TS0
I/Q Origin Offset
DUT Maximum Offset −20 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency Error
Range ±7 kHz (nominal)e
Accuracy
Test signal with TS0 active and ±5.2 Hz + tfaf
one DPCH in TS0
Test signal with TS0 active and ±6 Hz + tfaf (nominal)
one HS-PDSCH in TS0
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.
b. The EVM floor is derived for signal power −20 dBm. The signal has only 1 DPCH or HS-PDSCH in
TS0.

Chapter 36 339
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

c. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows: error = [sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2)] − EVMUUT,
where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in
percent. For example, if the EVM of the UUT is 7%, and the floor is 2.5%, the error due to the floor is
0.43%.
d. The accuracy is derived in the EVM range 0 to 18%. We choose the maximum EVM variance in the
results as the accuracy.
e. This specifies a synchronization range with Midamble.
f. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

340 Chapter 36
 TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

Operating Band Frequencies
I 1900 to 1920 MHz
2010 to 2025 MHz
II 1850 to 1910 MHz
1930 to 1990 MHz
III 1910 to 1930 MHz

Chapter 36 341
TD-SCDMA Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

342 Chapter 36
37 W-CDMA Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9073A W-CDMA/HSPA/HSPA+ measurement application.
It contains N9073A-1FP W-CDMA, N9073A-2FP HSPA and N9073A-3FP HSPA+ measurement
applications.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove those variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

343
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Conformance with 3GPP TS 25.141 Base Station Requirements

Conformance with 3GPP TS 25.141 Base Station

Requirements
3GPP Required
3GPP Standard Sections Test Instrument Instrument
Sub- Tolerance Tolerance Supplemental
Clause Measurement Name (as of 2009-12) Intervalabc Information
6.2.1 Maximum Output Power ±0.7 dB (95%) ±0.23 dB (95%)
(Channel Power)
6.2.2 CPICH Power Accuracy ±0.8 dB (95%) ±0.25 dB (95%)
(Code Domain)
6.3 Frequency Error ±12 Hz (95%) ±5 Hz (100%) Excluding timebase
(Modulation Accuracy) error
6.4.2 Power Control Stepsd (Code
Domain)
1 dB step ±0.1 dB (95%) ±0.03 dB (100%)
Ten 1 dB steps ±0.1 dB (95%) ±0.03 dB (100%)
6.4.3 Power Dynamic Range ±1.1 dB (95%) ±0.14 dB (100%)
6.4.4 Total Power Dynamic ±0.3 dB (95%) ±0.06 dB (100%)
Ranged (Code Domain)
6.5.1 Occupied Bandwidth ±100 kHz (95%) ±10 kHz (100%)
6.5.2.1 Spectrum Emission Mask ±1.5 dB (95%) ±0.27 dB (95%) Absolute peake
6.5.2.2 ACLR
5 MHz offset ±0.8 dB (95%) ±0.49 dB (100%)
10 MHz offset ±0.8 dB (95%) ±0.45 dB (100%)
6.5.3 Spurious Emissions
f ≤ 2.2 GHz ±1.5 dB (95%) ±0.29 dB (95%)
2.2 GHz < f ≤ 4 GHz ±2.0 dB (95%) ±1.17 dB (95%)
4 GHz < f ±4.0 dB (95%) ±1.54 dB (95%)
6.7.1 EVM ±2.5% (95%) ±0.5% (100%) EVM in the range of
(Modulation Accuracy) 12.5% to 22.5%
6.7.2 Peak Code Domain Error ±1.0 dB (95%) ±1.0 dB (100%)
(Modulation accuracy)
6.7.3 Time alignment error in Tx ±26 ns (95%) ±1.25 ns (100%)
Diversity (Modulation [= 0.1 Tc]
Accuracy)
a. Those tolerances marked as 95% are derived from 95th percentile observations with 95% confidence.
b. Those tolerances marked as 100% are derived from 100% limit tested observations. Only the 100%
limit tested observations are covered by the product warranty.

344 Chapter 37
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Conformance with 3GPP TS 25.141 Base Station Requirements

c. The computation of the instrument tolerance intervals shown includes the uncertainty of the tracing of
calibration references to national standards. It is added, in a root-sum-square fashion, to the observed
performance of the instrument.
d. These measurements are obtained by utilizing the code domain power function or general instrument
capability. The tolerance limits given represent instrument capabilities.
e. The tolerance interval shown is for the peak absolute power of a CW-like spurious signal. The stan-
dards for SEM measurements are ambiguous as of this writing; the tolerance interval shown is based on
Agilent’s interpretation of the current standards and is subject to change.

Chapter 37 345
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input −50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute power accuracya ±0.82 dB
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
95th percentile Absolute power accuracy ±0.23 dB
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)
Measurement floor −83.8 dBm (nominal)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

346 Chapter 37
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Adjacent Channel Power
(ACPR; ACLR)
Single Carrier
Minimum power at RF Input −36 dBm (nominal)
ACPR Accuracyab RRC weighted, 3.84 MHz noise
Radio Offset Freq bandwidth, method = IBW or Fastc
MS (UE) 5 MHz ±0.14 dB At ACPR range of −30 to −36 dBc
with optimum mixer leveld
MS (UE) 10 MHz ±0.22 dB At ACPR range of −40 to −46 dBc
with optimum mixer levele
BTS 5 MHz ±0.49 dB At ACPR range of −42 to −48 dBc
with optimum mixer levelf
BTS 10 MHz ±0.45 dB At ACPR range of −47 to −53 dBc
with optimum mixer levele
BTS 5 MHz ±0.22 dB At −48 dBc non-coherent ACPRg
Dynamic Range RRC weighted, 3.84 MHz noise
bandwidth
Noise Offset Typicalh Optimum ML
Correction Freq Method Dynamic Range (nominal)
off 5 MHz Filtered IBW −73 dB −8 dBm
off 5 MHz Fast −72 dB −9 dBm
off 10 MHz Filtered IBW −79 dB −2 dBm
on 5 MHz Filtered IBW −78 dB −8 dBm
on 10 MHz Filtered IBW −82 dB −2 dBm
RRC Weighting Accuracyi
White noise in Adjacent Channel 0.00 dB (nominal)
TOI-induced spectrum 0.001 dB (nominal)
rms CW error 0.012 dB (nominal)
Multiple Carriers RRC weighted, 3.84 MHz noise
bandwidth. All specifications apply for
5 MHz offset.
Two Carriers
ACPR Dynamic Range −70 dB NC off (nominal)
ACPR Accuracy ±0.42 dB (nominal)

Chapter 37 347
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Four Carriers Dynamic range Optimum MLj
ACPR Dynamic Range (nominal) (nominal)
Noise Correction (NC) off −64 dB −12 dBm
Noise Correction (NC) on −72 dB −15 dBm
ACPR Accuracy, BTS, UUT ACPR
Incoherent TOIk Range
Noise Correction (NC) off ±0.43 dB −42 to −48 dB −12 dBm
Noise Correction (NC) on ±0.18 dB −42 to −48 dB −15 dBm
a. The accuracy of the Adjacent Channel Power Ratio will depend on the mixer drive level and whether
the distortion products from the analyzer are coherent with those in the UUT. These specifications
apply even in the worst case condition of coherent analyzer and UUT distortion products. For ACPR
levels other than those in this specifications table, the optimum mixer drive level for accuracy is
approximately −37 dBm − (ACPR/3), where the ACPR is given in (negative) decibels.
b. Accuracy is specified without NC. NC will make the accuracy even better.
c. The Fast method has a slight decrease in accuracy in only one case: for BTS measurements at 5 MHz
offset, the accuracy degrades by ±0.01 dB relative to the accuracy shown in this table.
d. To meet this specified accuracy when measuring mobile station (MS) or user equipment (UE) within 3
dB of the required −33 dBc ACPR, the mixer level (ML) must be optimized for accuracy. This optimum
mixer level is −22 dBm, so the input attenuation must be set as close as possible to the average input
power − (−22 dBm). For example, if the average input power is −6 dBm, set the attenuation to 16 dB.
This specification applies for the normal 3.5 dB peak-to-average ratio of a single code. Note that if the
mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range instead of accuracy, accuracy errors are nominally dou-
bled.
e. ACPR accuracy at 10 MHz offset is warranted when the input attenuator is set to give an average mixer
level of −14 dBm.
f. In order to meet this specified accuracy, the mixer level must be optimized for accuracy when measur-
ing node B Base Transmission Station (BTS) within 3 dB of the required −45 dBc ACPR. This opti-
mum mixer level is −19 dBm,so the input attenuation must be set as close as possible to the average
input power − (−19 dBm). For example, if the average input power is −5 dBm, set the attenuation to
14 dB. This specification applies for the normal 10 dB peak-to-average ratio (at 0.01% probability) for
Test Model 1. Note that, if the mixer level is set to optimize dynamic range instead of accuracy, accu-
racy errors are nominally doubled.
g. Accuracy can be excellent even at low ACPR levels assuming that the user sets the mixer level to opti-
mize the dynamic range, and assuming that the analyzer and UUT distortions are incoherent. When the
errors from the UUT and the analyzer are incoherent, optimizing dynamic range is equivalent to mini-
mizing the contribution of analyzer noise and distortion to accuracy, though the higher mixer level
increases the display scale fidelity errors. This incoherent addition case is commonly used in the indus-
try and can be useful for comparison of analysis equipment, but this incoherent addition model is rarely
justified. This derived accuracy specification is based on a mixer level of −14 dBm.
h. Agilent measures 100% of the signal analyzers for dynamic range in the factory production process.
This measurement requires a near-ideal signal, which is impractical for field and customer use. Because
field verification is impractical, Agilent only gives a typical result. More than 80% of prototype instru-
ments met this “typical” specification; the factory test line limit is set commensurate with an on-going
80% yield to this typical.
The ACPR dynamic range is verified only at 2 GHz, where Agilent has the near-perfect signal avail-
able. The dynamic range is specified for the optimum mixer drive level, which is different in different
instruments and different conditions. The test signal is a 1 DPCH signal.
The ACPR dynamic range is the observed range. This typical specification includes no measurement
uncertainty.

348 Chapter 37
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

i. 3GPP requires the use of a root-raised-cosine filter in evaluating the ACLR of a device. The accuracy
of the passband shape of the filter is not specified in standards, nor is any method of evaluating that
accuracy. This footnote discusses the performance of the filter in this instrument. The effect of the RRC
filter and the effect of the RBW used in the measurement interact. The analyzer compensates the shape
of the RRC filter to accommodate the RBW filter. The effectiveness of this compensation is summa-
rized in three ways:
− White noise in Adj Ch: The compensated RRC filter nominally has no errors if the adjacent channel
has a spectrum that is flat across its width.
− TOI-induced spectrum: If the spectrum is due to third-order intermodulation, it has a distinctive
shape. The computed errors of the compensated filter are −0.004 dB for the 470 kHz RBW used for UE
testing with the IBW method and also used for all testing with the Fast method, and 0.000 dB for the
30 kHz RBW filter used for BTS testing with the IBW method. The worst error for RBWs between
these extremes is 0.05 dB for a 330 kHz RBW filter.
− rms CW error: This error is a measure of the error in measuring a CW-like spurious component. It is
evaluated by computing the root of the mean of the square of the power error across all frequencies
within the adjacent channel. The computed rms error of the compensated filter is 0.023 dB for the
470 kHz RBW used for UE testing with the IBW method and also used for all testing with the Fast
method, and 0.000 dB for the 30 kHz RBW filter used for BTS testing. The worst error for RBWs
between these extremes is 0.057 dB for a 430 kHz RBW filter.
j. Optimum mixer level (MLOpt). The mixer level is given by the average power of the sum of the four
carriers minus the input attenuation.
k. Incoherent TOI means that the specified accuracy only applies when the distortions of the device under
test are not coherent with the third-order distortion of the analyzer. Incoherence is often the case with
advanced multicarrier amplifiers built with compensations and predistortions that mostly eliminate
coherent third-order affects in the amplifier.

Chapter 37 349
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Fast ACPR Testa

a. Observation conditions for ACP speed:

Display Off, signal is Test Model 1 with 64 DPCH, Method set to Fast. Measured with an IBM compat-
ible PC with a 3 GHz Pentium 4 running Windows XP Professional Version 2002. The communications
medium was PCI-GPIB IEEE 488.2. The Test Application Language was .NET - C#. The Application
Communication Layer was Agilent T&M Programmer’s Toolkit For Visual Studio (Version 1.1), Agi-
lent I/O Libraries (Version M.01.01.41_beta).

350 Chapter 37
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dBa
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of the histogram of
the power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Minimum power at RF Input −30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency Accuracy ±10 kHz RBW = 30 kHz, Number of Points = 1001, span
= 10 MHz

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask
Dynamic Range, relative 81.9 dB 88.1 dB (typical)
(2.515 MHz offsetab)
Sensitivity, absolute −99.7 dBm −104.7 dBm (typical)
(2.515 MHz offsetc)
Accuracy
(2.515 MHz offset)
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolutee ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 30 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about −16 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 30 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.
e. The absolute accuracy of SEM measurement is the same as the absolute accuracy of the spectrum ana-
lyzer. See “Absolute Amplitude Accuracy” on page 38 for more information. The numbers shown are
for 0 to 3.6 GHz, with attenuation set to 10 dB.

Chapter 37 351
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions Table-driven spurious signals;
search across regions
Dynamic Rangea, relative (RBW=1 MHz) 81.3 dB 82.2 dB (typical)
Sensitivityb, absolute (RBW=1 MHz) −84.5 dBm −89.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
(Attenuation = 10 dB)
Frequency Range
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)
a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB
compression point, which will degrade accuracy by 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

352 Chapter 37
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Code Domain RF input power and attenuation are set
to meet the Mixer Level range.
(BTS Measurements
−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm
20 to 30°C)
Code domain power
Absolute accuracyb ±0.25 dB (95th percentile)
(−10 dBc CPICH, Atten = 10 dB)
Relative accuracy
Code domain power range
0 to −10 dBc ±0.015 dB
−10 to −30 dBc ±0.06 dB
−30 to −40 dBc ±0.07 dB
Power Control Steps
Accuracy
0 to −10 dBc ±0.03 dB
−10 to −30 dBc ±0.12 dB
Power Dynamic Range
Accuracy ±0.14 dB
(0 to −40 dBc)
Symbol power vs. time
Relative accuracy
Code domain power range
0 to −10 dBc ±0.015 dB
−10 to −30 dBc ±0.06 dB
−30 to −40 dBc ±0.07 dB
Symbol error vector magnitude
Accuracy ±1.0% (nominal)
(0 to −25 dBc)
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.
b. Code Domain Power Absolute accuracy is calculated as sum of 95% Confidence Absolute Amplitude
Accuracy and Code Domain relative accuracy at Code Power level.

Chapter 37 353
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

QPSK EVM
(−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm RF input power and attenuation are set to
20 to 30°C) meet the Mixer Level range.
EVM
Range 0 to 25% (nominal)
Floor 1.5%
Accuracyb ±1.0%
I/Q origin offset
DUT Maximum Offset −10 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency error
Range ±30 kHz (nominal)c
Accuracy ±5 Hz + tfad
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.
b. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor
and successfully synchronized to the signal. When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the
errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors. The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add
incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows:
error = sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2) − EVMUUT, where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent,
and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in percent.
c. This specifies a synchronization range with CPICH for CPICH only signal.
d. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy

354 Chapter 37
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Modulation Accuracy (Composite
EVM)
(BTS Measurements RF input power and attenuation are set to
−25 dBm ≤ MLa ≤ −15 dBm meet the Mixer Level range.
20 to 30°C)
Composite EVM
Range 0 to 25%
Floor 1.5%
Floor (with Option BBA) 1.5% (nominal)
Accuracyb
Overall ±1.0%c
Limited circumstances ±0.5%
(12.5% ≤ EVM ≤ 22.5%, No
16QAM nor 64QAM codes)
Peak Code Domain Error
Accuracy ±1.0 dB
I/Q Origin Offset
DUT Maximum Offset −10 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor −50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency Error
Range ±3 kHz (nominal)d
Accuracy ±5 Hz + tfae
Time offset
Absolute frame offset accuracy ±20 ns
Relative frame offset accuracy ±5.0 ns (nominal)
Relative offset accuracy ±1.25 ns
(for STTD diff mode)f
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation.
b. For 16 QAM or 64 QAM modulation, the relative code domain error (RCDE) must be better than
−16 dB and −22 dB respectively.
c. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement floor.
When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy errors.
The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors depend
on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows: error = [sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2)] − EVMUUT,
where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the analyzer in
percent. For example, if the EVM of the UUT is 7%, and the floor is 2.5%, the error due to the floor is
0.43%.
d. This specifies a synchronization range with CPICH for CPICH only signal.
e. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy
f. The accuracy specification applies when the measured signal is the combination of CPICH (antenna−1)
and CPICH (antenna−2), and where the power level of each CPICH is −3 dB relative to the total power
of the combined signal. Further, the range of the measurement for the accuracy specification to apply is
±0.1 chips.

Chapter 37 355
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Control
Absolute power measurement Using 5 MHz resolution bandwidth
Accuracy
0 to −20 dBm ±0.7 dB (nominal)
−20 to −60 dBm ±1.0 dB (nominal)
Relative power measurement
Accuracy
Step range ±1.5 dB ±0.1 dB (nominal)
Step range ±3.0 dB ±0.15 dB (nominal)
Step range ±4.5 dB ±0.2 dB (nominal)
Step range ±26.0 dB ±0.3 dB (nominal)

356 Chapter 37
 W-CDMA Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

UL Frequencies DL Frequencies
Operating
UE transmit, UE receive,
Band
Node B receive Node B transmit
I 1920 to 1980 MHz 2110 to 2170 MHz
II 1850 to 1910 MHz 1930 to 1990 MHz
III 1710 to 1785 MHz 1805 to 1880 MHz
IV 1710 to 1755 MHz 2110 to 2155 MHz
V 824 to 849 MHz 869 to 894 MHz
VI 830 to 840 MHz 875 to 885 MHz
VII 2500 to 2570 MHz 2620 to 2690 MHz
VIII 880 to 915 MHz 925 to 960 MHz
IX 1749.9 to 1784.9 MHz 1844.9 to 1879.9 MHz
X 1710 to 1770 MHz 2110 to 2170 MHz
XI 1427.9 to 1452.9 MHz 1475.9 to 1500.9 MHz
XII 698 to 716 MHz 728 to 746 MHz
XIII 777 to 787 MHz 746 to 756 MHz
XIV 788 to 798 MHz 758 to 768 MHz

Chapter 37 357
W-CDMA Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

358 Chapter 37
38 Single Acquisition Combined Fixed
WiMAX Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9074A, Combined Fixed WiMAX measurement
application.1

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications for dynamic range and sensitivity in this chapter include the highest variations in the noise
commonly encountered. The specifications for accuracy apply only with adequate (external to the
application) averaging to remove the variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.

1. Currently, the Option B40, B85, B1A, B1X, DP2, or MPB hardware does not support single acquisition combined
measurement applications.

359
 Single Acquisition Combined Fixed WiMAX Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Power Input signal must not be bursted
(10 MHz Integration BW)
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±1.29 dB ±0.33 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that measure-
ment floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Tx Output Spectrum Tx Output Spectrum measurement
(10 MHz Transmission BW is the same as a Spectrum
RBW = 100 kHz Emission Mask measurement
5.05 MHz offset)
Dynamic Range, relativeab 68.9 dB (nominal)
Sensitivity, absolutec –85.7 dBm (nominal)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.63 dB
Absolute ±1.37 dB
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –13.91 dBm.
Mixer level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

360 Chapter 38
 Single Acquisition Combined Fixed WiMAX Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

64QAM EVM
(MLa = –10 dBm 10 MHz bandwidth profile.
20 to 30°C) Code Rate: 3/4
EQ Seq
Track Phase On
Track Amp Off
Track Timing Off
EVM
Operating range 0.1 to 8% (nominal)
Floor –48.0 dB (0.37%) (nominal)
Accuracyb
from 0.5% to 2.0% ±0.20% (nominal)
from 2.0% to 8.0% ±0.10% (nominal)
I/Q Origin Offset
UUT Maximum Offset –10 dBc (nominal)
Analyzer Noise Floor –50 dBc (nominal)
Frequency
Range ±100 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy ±10 Hz+tfac
a. ML (mixer level) is RF input power minus attenuation
b. The accuracy specification applies when the EVM to be measured is well above the measurement
floor. When the EVM does not greatly exceed the floor, the errors due to the floor add to the accuracy
errors. The errors due to the floor are noise-like and add incoherently with the UUT EVM. The errors
depend on the EVM of the UUT and the floor as follows: error = sqrt(EVMUUT2 + EVMsa2) -
EVMUUT, where EVMUUT is the EVM of the UUT in percent, and EVMsa is the EVM floor of the
analyzer in percent.
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 38 361
 Single Acquisition Combined Fixed WiMAX Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications

In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications

Band Class Spectrum Range
1 2.305 to 2.320 GHz
2.345 to 2.360 GHz
2 2.150 to 2.162 GHz
2.500 to 2.690 GHz (USA)
3 2.150 to 2.162 GHz
2.500 to 2.596 GHz
2.686 to 2.688 GHz (Canada)
4 2.400 to 2.4835 GHz

The following band class can be measured but is not subject to warranted specifications.

Band Class Spectrum Range

5 3.410 to 4.200 GHz
3.400 to 3.700 GHz
3.650 to 3.700 GHz
4.940 to 4.990 GHz

362 Chapter 38
39 Multi-Standard Radio Measurement
Application
This chapter contains specifications for the N9083A Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) measurement
application. The measurements for GSM/EDGE, W-CDMA and LTE FDD also require N9071A-2FP,
N9073A-1FP, and N9080A-1FP respectively.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range of each
application.

363
 Multi-Standard Radio Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power
Minimum power at RF Input −50 dBm (nominal)
95th percentile Absolute power accuracy ±0.23 dB
(20 to 30°C, Atten = 10 dB)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dBa
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of the histogram of
the power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth
Minimum power at RF Input −30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency Accuracy ± (Span / 1000) (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emissions Table-driven spurious signals;
search across regions
Accuracy
(Attenuation = 10 dB)
Frequency Range
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB (95th percentile)
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB (95th percentile)
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB (95th percentile)

364 Chapter 39
 Multi-Standard Radio Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Conformance EVMa
GSM/EDGEb
EVM, rms - floor (EDGE) 0.6% (nominal)
Phase error, rms - floor (GSM) 0.5º (nominal)
W-CDMAc
Composite EVM floor 1.5% (nominal)
LTE FDDd
EVM floor for downlink (OFDMA) % and dB expressione
Early analyzers
(SN prefix <MY\SG\US5233)
Signal bandwidths
5 MHz 0.52% (–45.6 dB) (nominal)
10 MHz 0.44% (–47.1 dB) (nominal)
20 MHz 0.48% (–46.3 dB) (nominal)
Analyzers with -EP2 (SN prefix
≥MY\SG\US5233, ship standard with
N9020A-EP2)
Signal bandwidths
5 MHz 0.49%(–46.1 dB) (nominal)
10 MHz 0.41%(–47.7 dB) (nominal)
20 MHz 0.43% (–47.3 dB) (nominal)
a. The signal level is within one range step of overload. The specification for floor do not include sig-
nal-to-noise impact which may decrease by increasing the number of carriers. The noise floor can be
estimated by DANL + 2.51 + 10 × log10(MeasBW), where DANL is the Display Averaged Noise
Level specification in dBm and MeasBW is the measurement bandwidth at the receiver in Hz.
b. Specifications apply when the carrier spacing is 600 kHz and the carrier power of each adjacent chan-
nel does not exceed the carrier power of the channel tested for EVM.
c. Specifications apply when the carrier spacing is 5 MHz and the carrier power of each adjacent channel
does not exceed the carrier power of the channel tested for EVM.
d. Specifications apply when the carrier spacing is the same as the signal bandwidth and the carrier power
of each adjacent channel does not exceed the carrier power of the channel tested for EVM.
e. In LTE FDD specifications, those values with % units are the specifications, while those with decibel
units, in parentheses, are conversion from the percentage units to decibels for reader convenience.

Chapter 39 365
 Multi-Standard Radio Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range

In-Band Frequency Range

Refer to the tables of In-Band Frequency Range in GSM/EDGE on page 299, W-CDMA on page 357,
and LTE on page 324.

366 Chapter 39
40 WLAN Measurement Application

This chapter contains specifications for the N9077A WLAN measurement application.

Additional Definitions and Requirements

Because digital communications signals are noise-like, all measurements will have variations. The
specifications apply only with adequate averaging to remove the variations.
The specifications apply in the frequency range documented in In-Band Frequency Range.
Different IEEE radio standard requires relative minimum hardware bandwidth for OFDM analysis:
802.11a/b/g/p, or 11n(20 MHz), or 11ac(20 MHz) requires N9020A-B25 or above.
802.11n (40 MHz), or 11ac (40 MHz) requires N9020A-B40 or above.
802.11ac (80 MHz) requires N9020A-B85 or above.
802.11ac (160 MHz) requires N9020A-B1X.
The List sequence measurements requires N9020A-B40 or above.

367
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Measurements
Description Specifications Supplemental Information
Channel Power Radio standards are:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM) or
20 MHz Integration BW
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM) or
802.11n (20 MHz) or
802.11ac (20 MHz), 5 GHz band
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Center Freq Center Freq
2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz 2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.82 dB ±1.87 dB ±0.23 dB (95th ±0.50 dB (95th
(20 to 30°C) percentile) percentile)

Measurement floor –76.7 dBm (typical) –76.7 dBm (typical)

a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power Radio standard is:
40 MHz Integration BW 802.11n (40 MHz) or
802.11ac (40 MHz), 5 GHz band
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Center Freq Center Freq
2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz 2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz
a
Absolute Power Accuracy ±0.82 dB ±1.87 dB ±0.23 dB (95th ±0.50 dB (95th
(20 to 30°C) percentile) percentile)
Measurement floor –73.7 dBm (typical) –73.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

368 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power Radio standard is:
22 MHz Integration BW 802.11b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.82 dB ±0.23 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –76.3 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power Radio standard is:
80 MHz Integration BW 802.11ac (80 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±1.87 dB ±0.50 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –70.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Channel Power Radio standard is:
160 MHz Integration BW 802.11ac (160 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±1.87 dB ±0.50 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –67.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

Chapter 40 369
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power Statistics CCDF Radio standards are:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
802.11/b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC),
802.11n (20 MHz),
802.11n (40 MHz),
802.11ac (20 MHz),
802.11ac (40 MHz)or

Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band or

5.0 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –50 dBm (nominal)
Histogram Resolution 0.01 dBa
a. The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) is a reformatting of a histogram of the
power envelope. The width of the amplitude bins used by the histogram is the histogram resolution.
The resolution of the CCDF will be the same as the width of those bins.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Occupied Bandwidth Radio standards are:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
802.11/b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC),
802.11n (20 MHz),
802.11n (40 MHz),
802.11ac (20 MHz),
802.11ac (40 MHz),
802.11ac (80 MHz) or
802.11ac (160 MHz)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band or
5.0 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –30 dBm (nominal)
Frequency accuracy ±25 kHz RBW = 100 kHz
Number of Points = 1001
Span = 25 MHz

370 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Power vs. Time Radio standard is:
802.11/b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
Measurement results type Min, Max, Mean
Average Type 0.01 dB Off, RMS, Log
Measurement Time Up to 88 ms
Dynamic Range 62.0 dB (nominal)

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Radio standards are:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM)
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM) or
802.11n (20 MHz)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
18 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
11.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 78.9 dB 84.3 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2.412 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

Chapter 40 371
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Radio standards are:
802.11a/g (OFDM),
802.11n (20 MHz) or
802.11ac (20 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
18 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
11.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 78.9 dB 84.3 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolute ±1.93 dB ±0.54 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 5.18 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

372 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Radio standard is:
(38 MHz Transmission BW 802.11n (40 MHz) or
RBW = 100 kHz 802.11ac (40 MHz) 5.0 GHz Band
21.0 MHz offset)
Center Freq Center Freq
2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz 2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz
Dynamic Range, relativeab 79.5 dB 79.5 dB 84.5 dB (typical) 84.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical) –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.12 dB ±0.12 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±1.93 dB ±0.27 dB (95th ±0.54 dB (95th
(20 to 30°C) percentile) percentile)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2.412 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

Chapter 40 373
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Radio standard is:
802.11b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
22 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
11.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 79.0 dB 84.3 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolute ±0.88 dB ±0.27 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2.412 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

374 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Radio standard is:
802.11ac (80 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
78 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
41.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 79.8 dB 84.6 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolute ±1.93 dB ±0.54 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2.412 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

Chapter 40 375
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spectrum Emission Mask Radio standard is:
802.11ac (160 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
158 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
81.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 80.0 dB 84.7 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.12 dB
Absolute ±1.93 dB ±0.54 dB (95th percentile)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2.412 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

376 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Spurious Emission Radio standards are:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
802.11b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC),
ML = 3 dBm,0 to 55º C
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
RBW = 100 kHz
802.11n (20 MHz),
802.11n (40 MHz),
802.11ac (20 MHz) 5.0 GHz Band,
802.11ac (40 MHz) 5.0 GHz Band,
802.11ac (80 MHz) 5.0 GHz Band or
802.11ac (160 MHz) 5.0 GHz Band
Center Freq Center Freq
2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz 2.4 GHz 5.0 GHz
Dynamic Rangea, relative 81.3 dB 80.4 dB 82.2 dB (typical) 81.8 dB (typical)
(RBW= 1 MHz)
Sensitivityb, absolute –84.5 dBm –84.5 dBm –89.5 dBm (typical) –89.5 dBm (typical)
(RBW= 1 MHz)
Accuracy, absolute (95th percentile) (95th percentile)
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz ±0.29 dB ±0.29 dB
3.5 to 8.4 GHz ±1.17 dB ±1.17 dB
8.3 to 13.6 GHz ±1.54 dB ±1.54 dB
a. The dynamic range is specified at 12.5 MHz offset from center frequency with mixer level of 1 dB
compression point, which will degrade accuracy 1 dB.
b. The sensitivity is specified at far offset from carrier, where phase noise does not contribute. You can
derive the dynamic range at far offset from 1 dB compression mixer level and sensitivity.

Chapter 40 377
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

64QAM EVM Radio standardsa are:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
, 2.4 GHz band
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
RF Input Level = –10 dBm,
802.11n (20 MHz)
Attenuation = 10 dB,
802.11n (40 MHz)
20 to 30°C
Code Rate: 3/4
EQ Training: Channel Est Seq Only
Track Phase On
Track Amp Off
Track Timing Off
EVM floor 20 MHz 40 MHz 20 MHz 40 MHz
(nominal) (nominal)
Early analyzersb –47.0 dB –46.0 dB –51.0 dB –48.0 dB
(SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233) (0.45%)c (0.50%) (0.27%) (0.38%)

Analyzers with -EP2d –49.0 dB –47.0 dB –52.0 dB –50.0 dB

(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, (0.35%) (0.45%) (0.25%) (0.32%)
ship standard with
N9020A-EP2)
Accuracy ±0.30%
(EVM Range:0 to 8.0%)
Frequency Error
Range ±100 kHz
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfae
a. The specifications for these radio standards can apply to WLAN List Sequence measurements
b. Phase Noise Optimization left at its default setting (Best Wide-offset φ Noise,>30 kHz)
c. In these specifications, those values with dB units are the specifications, while those with % units, in
parentheses, are conversions from the dB units to % for reader convenience.
d. Phase Noise Optimization left at its default setting (Fast Tuning)
e. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

378 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

64QAM EVM, 5 GHz band Radio standardsa are:
RF Input Level = –10 dBm, 802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
Attenuation = 10 dB, 802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
20 to 30°C 802.11n (20 MHz),
802.11n (40 MHz),
802.11ac (20 MHz).
802.11ac (40 MHz),
802.11ac (80 MHz),
802.11ac (160 MHz)
Code Rate: 3/4
EQ Training: Channel Est Seq Only
Track Phase On
Track Amp Off
Track Timing Off
EVM floor 20 MHz 40 MHz 80 MHz 160 MHz
(nominal) (nominal) (nominal) (nominal)
Early analyzersbc –49.0 dB –47.0 dB –46.0 dB –45.0 dB
(SN prefix <MY/SG/US5233) (0.34%)d (0.42%) (0.50%) (0.56%)

Analyzers with -EP2e –49.0 dB –47.0 dB –46.0 dB –45.0 dB

(SN prefix ≥MY/SG/US5233, (0.34%) (0.42%) (0.50%) (0.56%)
ship standard with
N9020A-EP2)
Accuracy ±0.30%
(EVM Range:0 to 8.0%)
Frequency Error
Range ±100 kHz
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfaf
a. The specifications for these radio standards can apply to WLAN List Sequence measurements. Depend-
ing on the channel bandwidth, the appropriate analysis bandwidth option is required.
b. Phase Noise Optimization left at its default setting (Best Wide-offset φ Noise,>30 kHz)
c. The EVM Floor specification applies when the signal path is set to μW Preselector Bypass (Option
MPB enabled) for center frequencies above 3.6 GHz.
d. In these specifications, those values with dB units are the specifications, while those with % units, in
parentheses, are conversions from the dB units to % for reader convenience.
e. Phase Noise Optimization left at its default setting (Fast Tuning)
f. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Chapter 40 379
 WLAN Measurement Application
Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

CCK 11Mbps Radio standard is:
802.11/b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)
(RF Input Level = –10 dBm,
Attenuation = 10 dB) Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
20 to 30°C Reference Filter: Gaussian
EVM
Floorab(EQ Off) –36.5 dB (1.49%) –40.0 dB (1.0%) (nominal)
Floor(EQ On) –46.0 dB (0.50%) (nominal)
Accuracy
(EVM Range: 0 to 2.0%) ±0.90% (nominal)
(EVM Range: 2 to 20.0%) ±0.40% (nominal)
Frequency Error
Range ±100 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. In these specifications, those values with dB units are the specifications, while those with 5 units, in
parentheses, are conversions from the dB units to % for reader convenience.
b. The EVM Floor specification applies when Phase Noise Optimization is set to Wide-offset (>30 kHz)
c. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

380 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

List Sequence Measurements1

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Power Radio standard is:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
20 MHz Integration BW
802.11n (20 MHz) or
802.11ac (20 MHz)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –35 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.40 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –76.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Power Radio standard is:
20 MHz Integration BW 802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
802.11n (20 MHz) or
802.11ac (20 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –35 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.74 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –76.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

1. Requires Option N9077A-5FP be installed and licensed.

Chapter 40 381
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Power Radio standard is:
40 MHz Integration BW 802.11n (40 MHz) or
802.11ac (40 MHz)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –35 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.40 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –73.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Power Radio standard is:
40 MHz Integration BW 802.11n (40 MHz) or
802.11ac (40 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –35 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.74 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –73.7 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Power Radio standard is:
22 MHz Integration BW 802.11b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
Minimum power at RF Input –35 dBm (nominal)
Absolute Power Accuracya ±0.40 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
Measurement floor –76.3 dBm (typical)
a. Absolute power accuracy includes all error sources for in-band signals except mismatch errors and
repeatability due to incomplete averaging. It applies when the mixer level is high enough that the
measurement floor contribution is negligible.

382 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Output Spectrum Radio standards are:
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM),
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
802.11n (20 MHz) or
802.11ac (20 MHz)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
18 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
11.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 78.9 dB 84.3 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.21 dB
Absolute ±0.41 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2.412 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

Chapter 40 383
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Output Spectrum Radio standards are:
802.11a/g (OFDM),
802.11n (20 MHz) or
802.11ac (20 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
18 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
11.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 78.9 dB 84.3 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.46 dB
Absolute ±0.74 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 5.18 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

384 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Output Spectrum Radio standards are:
802.11n (40 MHz) or
802.11ac (40 MHz)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
38 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
21.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 79.5 dB 84.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.23 dB
Absolute ±0.41 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 5.18 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

Chapter 40 385
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Output Spectrum Radio standards are:
802.11n (40 MHz) or
802.11ac (40 MHz)
Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
38 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
21.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 79.5 dB 84.5 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.55 dB
Absolute ±0.74 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 5.18 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

386 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

Transmit Output Spectrum Radio standard is:
802.11b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)
Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
22 MHz Transmission BW
RBW = 100 kHz
11.0 MHz offset
Dynamic Range, relativeab 79.0 dB 84.3 dB (typical)
Sensitivity, absolutec –94.5 dBm –99.5 dBm (typical)
Accuracy
Relatived ±0.21 dB
Absolute ±0.41 dB (nominal)
(20 to 30°C)
a. The dynamic range specification is the ratio of the channel power to the power in the offset specified.
The dynamic range depends on the measurement settings, such as peak power or integrated power.
Dynamic range specifications are based on default measurement settings, with detector set to average,
and depend on the mixer level. Default measurement settings include 100 kHz RBW.
b. This dynamic range specification applies for the optimum mixer level, which is about –14 dBm. Mixer
level is defined to be the average input power minus the input attenuation.
c. The sensitivity is specified with 0 dB input attenuation. It represents the noise limitations of the ana-
lyzer. It is tested without an input signal. The sensitivity at this offset is specified in the default 100 kHz
RBW, at a center frequency of 2.412 GHz.
d. The relative accuracy is a measure of the ratio of the power at the offset to the main channel power. It
applies for spectrum emission levels in the offsets that are well above the dynamic range limitation.

Chapter 40 387
 WLAN Measurement Application
List Sequence Measurements

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

64QAM EVM Radio standards are:
RF Input Level = –10 dBm, 802.11n (40 MHz) or
Attenuation = 10 dB, 802.11ac (40 MHz),
20 to 30°C Center Frequency in 5.0 GHz Band
Code Rate: 3/4
EQ Training: Channel Est Seq Only
Track Phase On
Track Amp Off
Track Timing Off
EVM
Floorabcd –47.5 dB (0.42%) (nominal)
Accuracy
(EVM Range:0 to 8.0%) ±0.30% (nominal)
Frequency Error
Range ±100 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfae (nominal)
a. In these specifications, those values with dB units are the specifications, while those with % units, in
parentheses, are conversions from the dB units to % for reader convenience.
b. The EVM Floor specification applies when Phase Noise Optimization is set to Wide-offset (>30 kHz)
c. The EVM Floor specification applies when B40, B85, B1A, or B1X is available.
d. The EVM Floor specification applies when μW Path Control is set to μW Preselector Bypass.
e. tfa = transmitter frequency × frequency reference accuracy.

Description Specifications Supplemental Information

CCK 11Mbps Radio standard is:
802.11/b/g (DSSS/CCK/PBCC)
RF Input Level = –10 dBm,
Attenuation = 10 dB Center Frequency in 2.4 GHz Band
20 to 30°C Reference Filter: Gaussian
EVM
Floorab(EQ Off) –40.0 dB (1.0%) (nominal)
Floor (EQ On) –46.0 dB (0.50%) (nominal)
Accuracy
(EVM Range: 0 to 2.0%) ±0.90% (nominal)
(EVM Range: 2 to 20.0%) ±0.40% (nominal)
Frequency Error
Range ±100 kHz (nominal)
Accuracy ±10 Hz + tfac (nominal)
a. In these specifications, those values with dB units are the specifications, while those with 5 units, in
parentheses, are conversions from the dB units to % for reader convenience.
b. The EVM Floor specification applies when Phase Noise Optimization is set to Wide-offset (>30 kHz)
c. tfa = transmitter frequency Χ frequency reference accuracy.

388 Chapter 40
 WLAN Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications

In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications

Description Spectrum Range Supplemental Information
Radio standard is 802.11b/g 2.4 GHz Band Channel center frequency =
(DSSS/CCK/PBCC) 2407 MHz + 5 × k MHz, k = 1,...,13
Radio standards are: 2.4 GHz Band Channel center frequency =
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM), 2407 MHz + 5 × k MHz, k = 1,...,13
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
802.11n (20 MHz),
802.11n (40 MHz)
802.11ac (20 MHz), or
802.11ac (40 MHz),
Radio standards are: 5.0 GHz Band Channel center frequency =
802.11a/g/j/p (OFDM), 5000 MHz + 5 × k MHz, k = 0, 1, 2, ...,200
802.11g (DSSS-OFDM),
802.11n (20 MHz),
802.11n (40 MHz),
802.11ac (20 MHz),
802.11ac (40 MHz),
802.11ac (80 MHz) or
802.11ac (160 MHz)

Chapter 40 389
WLAN Measurement Application
In-Band Frequency Range for Warranted Specifications

390 Chapter 40